02-H Series-Technical Installation and Service Handbook

VRF AIR-CONDITIONER
「HEAT PUMP」
Technical, Installation
and Service Handbook
VRF AIR-CONDITIONER (HEAT PUMP)

Hi - Smart H SERIES
BASIC MODELS
AVW-28H3FH
AVW-36H3FH
AVW-48H3FH
AVW-60H3FH
AVW-76HFFH
AVW-96HFFH
AVW-114HFFH
Qingdao Hisense Hitachi Air-conditioning Systems Co.,Ltd.

Add.: No. 218, Qianwangang Road, Economic and Technological Development Zone, Qingdao, China
http://www.hisensehvac.com E-mail: export@hisensehitachi.com
Specifications in this catalogue are subject to change without notice, in order that Hisense may
bring the latest innovations to their customers.
TCY12019011G
TCY12019011G
TCY12019011G Date: Feb. 2023

IMPORTANT NOTICE
Dear users:
Thank you for choosing and using our products. For your better understanding and use of this product, be sure to read
and comply with the following items before use.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Signal words (danger, warning and caution) are used to identify severity of hazard. Definitions for identifying hazard
severity are provided below with their respective signal words:
: Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.
: Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or

serious injury.
: Used with the safety alert symbol, indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
: Useful information for operation and/or maintenance.
● This manual should be considered as a permanent part of the air conditioning equipment and should remain with
the air conditioning equipment.
● This manual gives a common description and information for this air conditioner which you operate as well for other
models.
● HISENSE pursues a policy of continuing improvement in design and performance of products. The right is therefore
reserved to vary specifications without notice.
● HISENSE cannot anticipate every possible circumstance that might involve a potential hazard. This air conditioner is
designed for standard air conditioning only. Do not use this air conditioner for other purposes such as drying clothes,
refrigerating foods or for any other cooling process.
● Do not install the unit in the following places, otherwise, it may lead to a fire, deformation, corrosion or failure.
* Places where oil (including machinery oil) splashes. * Places where sulfide gas drifts such as in hot spring.
* Places where flammable gas may generate or flow. * Places where strong wind with high salinity blows
such as coast regions, or places with an atmosphere
of acidity or alkalinity.
● Do not install the unit in the place where silicon gas drifts. If the silicon gas attaches to the surface of heat
exchanger, the fin surface repels water. As a result, drain water splashes outside of the drain pan and splashed
water runs inside of electrical box. In the end, water leakage or electrical devices failure may occur.
● Do not install the unit in the place where the breeze directly catches the animals and plants. It could adversely affect
the animals and plants.
● Installation and service engineering must comply with local standards, laws and regulations.
● As public inaccessible appliances, the indoor units are required to be installed at a height of no lower than 2.5m.
● The installation of the air conditioner can only be carried out by the dealer or professionals. Installation by customers
themselves may lead to water leakage, electric shock or a fire.
● If you have any questions, please contact your dealer or designated service center of HISENSE.
● To protect the environment, please do not discard the product at will, and HISENSE can provide recycling services
in accordance with the relevant provisions of the country and provide replaceable parts in accordance with national
standard requirements.
I
IMPORTANT NOTICE
● This air conditioner has been designed for the following temperatures , please operate the air conditioner within the
ranges.
AVW-36/48/60H3FH, AVW-76/96/114HFFH
Temperature °F (°C)
Maximum Minimum
Cooling Indoor 73°F WB (23°C WB) 59°F WB (15°C WB)
Operation Outdoor 114°F DB (46°C DB) 23°F DB (-5°C DB)
Heating Indoor 86°F DB (30°C DB) 59°F DB (15°C DB)
Operation Outdoor 60°F WB (15.5°C WB) -4°F WB (-20°C WB)
DB: Dry Bulb, WB: Wet Bulb
AVW-28H3FH
Temperature °F (°C)
Maximum Minimum
Cooling Indoor 73°F WB (23°C WB) 59°F WB (15°C WB)
Operation Outdoor 114°F DB (46°C DB) 23°F DB (-5°C DB)
Heating Indoor 86°F DB (30°C DB) 59°F DB (15°C DB)
Operation Outdoor 60°F WB (15.5°C WB) 5°F WB (-15°C WB)
DB: Dry Bulb, WB: Wet Bulb
Attention
This system has been designed for only cooling or heating operation.
Do not apply this system to the rooms where individual cooling and heating operation are required
at the same time
II
IMPORTANT NOTICE
● Do not perform installation work, refrigerant piping work, drain pump installation, drain piping and electrical wiring
without referring to installation manual. If the instructions are not followed, it may lead to water leakage, electric
shock or a fire. In case of fire, cut off the power at the first time; do not touch the electrical parts by hand to avoid
electric shock.
● These products are equipped with electrical parts, so do not pour water into the indoor units or outdoor units, or it
will lead to a serious electrical failure.
● Do not open the service cover of the indoor or outdoor units without turning OFF the main power supply, otherwise it
may lead to a serious accident. (In any cases, users are not allowed to open the service cover).
● Do not touch or adjust safety devices inside the indoor or outdoor units. Otherwise, it may lead to a serious accident.
● Refrigerant R410A for this unit is incombustible, non-toxic and odorless; however if the refrigerant leaked and
contacted with fire, toxic gas will generate. Also because the R410A is heavier than air, its accumulation near floor
surface could lead to difficulty with breathing. Turn OFF the main switch, extinguish any naked flames and contact
your service contractor, if refrigerant leakage occurs. Do not charge oxygen, acetylene or other flammable and
poisonous gases into the refrigeration cycle when performing a leakage test or an air-tightness test. These types of
gases can lead to an explosion. It is recommended that nitrogen be used for these tests.
● Refrigerant safety leakage standards for construction and operation systems are determined in accordance with
local regulations or standards.
● Use an ELB (Earth Leakage Breaker, with an actuation time of 0.1s or less) at or above medium induction speed,
otherwise it may lead to an electric shock or a fire.
● For installation, firmly connect the refrigerant pipe before the compressor starts operating.
● For maintenance, relocation and disposal, remove the refrigerant pipe after the compressor stops.
● Do not perform a short-circuit to the protection device such as a pressure switch when operating. It may lead to a
fire or explosion.
● Do not use any sprays such as insecticide, lacquer, hair spray or other flammable gases within approximately one (1)
meter from the system.
● If circuit breaker is frequently activated, stop the system and contact your or service contractor.
● Check that the earth wire is securely connected. If the unit is not properly earthed, it may lead to electric shock. Do
not connect the earth wire to gas piping, water piping, lighting conductor or earth wire of a telephone.
● Before performing any brazing work, check to ensure that there is no flammable materials around. When charging
refrigerant be sure to wear leather gloves to prevent from cold injuries.
● Protect the wires, electrical parts and the like from rats or other small animals. If not, rats may gnaw at unprotected
parts, which may lead to a fire.
● Fix the cables securely. External forces on the terminals could lead to a fire.
● Provide a sufficiently strong foundation. If not, the unit may fall down and it may lead to injuries.
● Perform electrical work according to installation manual, relevant regulations and standards.
● If the instructions are not followed, an electrical failure and a fire may occur due to insufficient capacity and
inadequate performance. Use specified cables between units, otherwise, an electrical failure or a fire may occur.
Ensure that the outdoor unit is not covered with ice or snow before use.
● This appliance can be used by children aged from 8 years and above, and persons with reduced physical, sensory
or mental capabilities or lack of experience and knowledge if they have been given supervision or instruction
concerning use of the appliance in a safe way and understand the hazards involved. Children shall not play with the
appliance. Cleaning and maintenance shall not be done by children without supervision.
● The A-weighted emission sound pressure level at workstations does not exceed 70 dB(A).
III
IMPORTANT NOTICE
● Do not step on or put any objects on the product.

● Do not put any foreign materials on or inside the unit.
● Do not install the indoor unit, outdoor unit, remote control switch and cable within approximately 3 meters from
strong electromagnetic wave radiators such as medical equipment.
● Starting the unit after longtime idleness requires the compressor temperature to meet the starting requirements or
reach a certain heating time.
NOTE:
● It is recommended that the room be ventilated every 3 to 4 hours.
In some cases, the air conditioner may not work properly in the following cases.
* In case that the power supplied by the power transformer is less than or equal to the electric power of the air
conditioner.
* In case that the large power-consuming equipment is too close to the power supply wiring of the air conditioner,
large surge voltage may be inducted in the power supply wiring of the air conditioner.
● The capacity may decrease according to the outdoor air temperature. Therefore, it is recommended that auxiliary
equipment be used on the job site when the unit is installed in a high temperature region.
● The repair and maintenance of this air conditioner can only be carried out by professionals.
CHECKING UPPON DELIVERY

● Upon receiving this product, inspect it for any shipping damage.
Claims for damage, either apparent or concealed, in a written form, should be filed immediately with the shipping
company.
● Check the model number, electrical characteristics (power supply, voltage and frequency) and accessories to
determine if they are correct. The standard utilization of the unit shall be explained in these instructions. Please
contact your local agent, as the occasion arises.
HISENSE’s liability shall not cover defects arising from the alteration performed by customers without HISENSE’s
consent in a written form.
IV

CONTENT
DESIGN
1. Introduction 1
1.1 Line-Up of Outdoor Unit 1
1.2 Application Case 2
1.3 Combination 3
2. General Data 4
2.1 Key Parameter 4
2.2 Component Data 6
2.3 Safety and Control Device Setting 8
2.4 Sound Data 9
2.5 Dimensional Data 11
2.6 Structure 14
2.7 Electrical Data 17
3. Piping System 18
3.1 Connection of Refrigerant Pipes 18
3.2 Calculation of Additional Refrigerant 19
3.3 Piping Connection Branch Pipe Dimensions (optional) 24
4. Capacities and Selection Data 26
4.1 Capacity Correction Based on Refrigerant Piping Length 26
4.2 Correction Factor According to Defrosting Operation 28
5. Control System 29
5.1 Refrigerant Cycle 29
5.2 Control Logic 32
5.3 Standard Operation Sequence 33
5.4 Electrical Wiring Diagram 42
INSTALLATION
AVW-28H3FH
1. Safety Summary 46
2. Structure 46
2.1 Outdoor Unit & Refrigerant Cycle 46
2.2 Necessary Tools and Instrument List for Installation 48
3. Transportation and Handling 49
3.1 Transportation
3. 49
3.2 Handling of Outdoor Unit 49
4. Outdoor Unit Installation 50
4.1 Factory-Supplied Accessories 50
4.2 Initial Check 50
4.3 Service Space 51
4.4 Installation Work 51
5. Refrigerant Piping Work 53
5.1 Piping Materials 53
5.2 Refrigerant Piping Work 53
5.3 Branch pipe for Line Branch 56
5.4 Piping Connection 57
5.5 Air-Tightness Test 58
5.6 Vacuum Pumping and charge refrigerant 59
5.7 Caution of the Pressure by Check Joint 63
5.8 Collecting Refrigerant 64
6. Electrical Wiring 64
6.1 General Check 64
6.2 Electrical Wiring Connection 65
7. Test Run 68
8. Safety and Control Device Setting 73
V

AVW-36/48/60H3FH
2. Structure 74
3.1 Transportation
3. 77
5.3 Branch pipe for Line Branch 84
5.6 Vacuum Pumping and charge refrigerant 87
5.8 Additional Refrigerant Charge 90
7. Outdoor Unit Dip-Switch Setting 97
8. Test Run 98
AVW-76/96/114HFFH
2. Structure 104
3.
3.1 Transportation 107
5.5 Vacuum Pumping 117
7. Test Run 125
VI

SERVICE
1. Troubleshooting 132
1.1 Initial Troubleshooting 132
1.1.1 Checking of Electrical Wiring and Power Supply 132
1.1.2 Checking of DIP Switch Settings 134
1.2 Troubleshooting Procedure 135
1.2.1 Checking of Using 7-Segment Display 135
1.2.2 Checking of Protection Control Information 143
1.2.3 Check Mode by Remote Control Switch 145
1.2.3.1 Check mode 145
1.2.3.2 Alarm History Display 151
1.2.4 Failure of Power Supply to Indoor Unit and Remote Control Switch 152
1.2.5 Abnormal Transmission between Remote Control Switch and Indoor Unit 153
1.2.6 Abnormalities of Devices 154
1.2.7 Troubleshooting by Alarm Code 163
1.2.8 Function of RSW, DSWs and LEDs 204
1.2.8.1 Arrangement Inside Electrical Box 204
1.2.8.2 LEDS and SEGS on PCB 207
1.2.9 Checking Method of Electronic Expansion Valve 208
1.2.10 Checking of DC Fan motor 208
1.2.11 Checking of Reversing Valve 209
2. Maintenance 210
2.1 Outdoor Unit——AVW-28H3FH 210
2.1.1 Removing Service Cover 210
2.1.2 Removing Air Outlet Grille 211
2.1.3 Removing Upper Cover 211
2.1.4 Removing Outdoor Fan Motor 212
2.2 Outdoor Unit——AVW-36/48/60H3FH 214
2.2.4 Removing Lower Service Cover and Rear Cover 216
2.2.6 Removing Electrical Box 219
2.2.7 Removing Compressor 220
2.2.8 Removing High Pressure Switch and Pressure Sensor. 223
2.2.9 Opening Electrical Box (Attaching P-Plate) 224
2.3 Outdoor Unit——AVW-76/96/114HFFH 225
2.4 Main Parts 229
2.4.1 Inverter 229
2.4.2 Electronic Expansion Valve for Outdoor Units 232
2.4.3 Pressure Sensor 233
2.4.4 Pressure Switch 234
2.4.5 Reactor (DCL) 235
3. External Input/Output and Function Setting 236

3.1 DIP Switch Settings of Outdoor Unit 236
3.2 External Input / Output Setting Method 237
3.3 External Input and Output Settings 238
3.3.1 Input Fixing Heating Operation Mode (Control Function No.1)
Input Fixing Cooling Operation Mode (Control Function No.2) 239
3.3.2 Input Demand Stoppage (Control Function No.3) 239
3.3.3 Input Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop (Control Function No.4) 240
VII

3.3.4 Input Forced Stoppage (Control Function No.5) 241
3.3.5 Input Demand Current Control 60%, 70%, 80%, 100% (Control Function No.6 to 9) 241
3.3.6 Input Low Noise Mode (Control Function No.10) 242
3.3.7 Output Operation Signal (Control Function No.1) 244
3.3.8 Output Alarm Signal (Control Function No.2) 244
3.3.9 Output Compressor ON Signal (Control Function No.3) 245
3.3.10 Output Defrosting Signal (Control Function No.4) 245
3.4 Function Setting 246
3.4.1 Function Setting Item 247
3.4.2 Circulator Function at Heating Thermo-OFF (Function Setting “FA”) 248
3.4.3 Night Shift (Function Setting “ni”) 248
3.4.4 Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient Temperature Limit for Heating (Function Setting “GH”) 250
3.4.5 Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient Temperature Limit for cooling (Function Setting “GC”) 250
3.4.6 Change of Defrost Condition (Function Setting “Jo”) 251
3.4.7 SLo Defrost Setting (Function Setting “bJ”) 251
3.4.8 Priority Capacity Mode for Cooling (Function Setting “cU”) 251
3.4.9 Priority Capacity Mode for Heating (Function Setting “hU”) 252
3.4.10 Low Noise Setting (Function Setting “dB”) 252
3.4.11 Demand Function Setting (Function Setting “dE”) 253
3.4.12 Wave Function Setting (Function Setting “UE”) 253
3.4.13 Low Outlet Temperature Protection In Cooling Mode1 (Function Setting “Fb”) 254
3.4.14 Low Outlet Temperature Protection In Cooling Mode2 (Function Setting “Fc”) 254
3.4.15 Convert Unit in Checking Mode (Function Setting “Fd”) 254
4. Field Work Instructions 255
4.1 Caution for Refrigerant Leakage 255
4.2 Maintenance Work 256
4.3 Service and Maintenance Record by 7-Segment Display 257
4.4 Service and Maintenance Record by Wired Controller 258
4.5 Service and Maintenance Record 260
4.6 Saturation Curve for Refrigerant 261
4.7 Pressure-enthalpy Diagram for R410A 262
5. Test Run 263
5.1 Test Run by Remote Control Switch 264
5.2 Test Run from Outdoor Unit Side 265
5.3 Checking the Test Run 267
5.4 Checklist for Refrigerant System 268
VIII
DESIGN
Introduction
1. Introduction
1.1 Line-Up of Outdoor Unit
Model AVW-28H3FH AVW-36H3FH AVW-48H3FH AVW-60H3FH
Outdoor Unit Power Supply 208/230V ~ 60Hz
kW 8.0 10.6 14.0 15.5
Nominal Cooling Capacity
kBtu/h 27.3 36.0 48.0 57.5
kW 9.5 12.3 15.8 17.9
Nominal Heating Capacity
kBtu/h 32.4 42.0 54.0 61.0
Model AVW-76HFFH AVW-96HFFH AVW-114HFFH

Outdoor Unit Power Supply 208/230V 3~ 60Hz
kW 22.4 28.0 33.5
Nominal Cooling Capacity
kBtu/h 76.5 95.6 114.3
kW 25.0 31.5 37.5
Nominal Heating Capacity
kBtu/h 85.3 107.5 128.0
Model: AVW-28H3FH Model: AVW-36/48/60H3FH Model: AVW-76/96/114HFFH
1
Introduction
1.2 Application Case
The following indoor units can be combined with the outdoor unit.
Table 1.1 Indoor Unit Type List
Nominal Power (kBtu/h)
Type Picture
05 07 09 12 14 15 17 18 19 22 24 27 30 38 48 54 76 96
4-way Cassette Type
Mini 4-way Cassette

Type
Ceiling Ducted
Type(High Static
Pressure)
Ceiling Ducted
Type(Low Static
Pressure)
Ceiling Ducted
Type(DC Low- height)
Wall Mounted Type
：Available
● Standard Capacity of Outdoor Unit:

Model AVW-28H3FH AVW-36H3FH AVW-48H3FH AVW-60H3FH
Power Supply 208/230V ~ 60Hz
Cooling kW 8.0 10.6 14.0 15.5
Capacity kBtu/h 27.3 36.0 48.0 57.5
Heating kW 9.5 12.3 15.8 17.9
Capacity kBtu/h 32.4 42.0 54.0 61.0

Power Supply 208/230V 3~ 60Hz
Cooling kW 22.4 28.0 33.5
Capacity Btu/h 76,500 95,600 114,300
Heating kW 25.0 31.5 37.5
Capacity Btu/h 85,300 107,500 128,000
● The standard capacity of outdoor unit is referred as the total capacity of all indoor units equals to that of outdoor unit
(Combination rate is 100%). Please refer to the parameter shown in capacity performance curve of outdoor unit if the
total capacity of all indoor units does not equal to that of outdoor unit.
● Maximum actual capacity of outdoor unit
Maximum actual capacity of outdoor unit=(capacity of outdoor unit under nominal working condition x correction factor of
capacity of all indoor units x pipe length and height difference correction factor x working temperature correction factor).
2
Introduction
1.3 Combination
System Combination
Minimum Individual Minimum Maximum Recommended

Model Operation Capacity Combination Combination Combination Combination Range
(kBtu/h) Quantity Quantity Quantity
AVW-28H3FH 05 1 5 3 50%~125%
AVW-36H3FH 05 1 9 5
AVW-48H3FH 05 1 11 5 50%~150%
AVW-60H3FH 05 1 11 5
AVW-76HFFH 05 1 10 8
AVW-96HFFH 05 1 10 8 50%~130%
AVW-114HFFH 05 1 10 8
● (*1) The connect ratio should not be bigger than 100% for systems where all indoor units may operate at the same time;
otherwise, overload operation may occur in harsh conditions or narrow range.
(*2) Capacity ratio must be 100% when only one indoor unit is connected, and the refrigerant additional charge should
be reduced according to the indoor unit type.
(*3) The capacity of indoor unit should be modified when the capacity ratio exceed 100% or the combination quantity
exceed the recommend quantity.
Modified capacity = Nominal capacity × Correction factor

Correction factors are defined as follows:
Indoor Unit Type Model Correction Factor

Wall mounted 07/09 2.0
3
General Data
2. General Data
2.1 Key Parameter
Model AVW-36H3FH AVW-48H3FH AVW-60H3FH
Power Supply 208/230 ~ 60Hz
Cooling Capacity kW 10.6 14.1 16.9
kBtu/h 36.0 48.0 57.5
Power Input * kW 2.86/2.54 4.71/3.81 6.25/5.75
EER(Ducted/Non-ducted) (Btu/h)/W 12.60/14.20 10.20/12.60 9.2/10.00
SEER(Ducted/Non-ducted) (Btu/h)/W 17.00/20.00 17.00/19.00 16.50/18.60
Heating Capacity kW 12.3 15.8 17.9
kBtu/h 42.0 54.0 61.0
Power Input * kW 3.07/2.73 4.65/3.85 5.77/5.26
COP 47°F(Ducted/Non-ducted) kW/kW 4.00/4.50 3.40/4.10 3.10/3.40
Low Temperature Heating Capacity kW 7.6 9.4 10.3
kBtu/h 26.00 32.0 35.0
Power Input * kW 2.62/2.38 3.92/3.48 4.68/4.48
COP 17°F (Ducted/Non-ducted) kW/kW 2.90/3.20 2.40/2.70 2.20/2.30
HSPF (Ducted/Non-ducted) (Btu/h)/W 10.50/11.00 9.50/10.50 10.00/10.50
MCA A 31.4 32.8 33.2
MOP A 40.0 45.0 45.0
Ventilation Air Flow Rate m³/min 90.0 90.0 100.0
CFM 3176.0 3176.0 3529.0
Fan Quantity - 2.0 2.0 2.0
Sound Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 50/52 52/54 53/55
Compressor Type - Rotary
Compressor Quantity PC 1 1 1
Refrigerant Type - R410a R410a R410a
Pre-charged Quantity kg 3.8 3.8 4.1
lbs. 8.4 8.4 9.0
Weight Net Weight kg 104 104 105
lbs. 229 229 231
Gross Weight kg 116 116 116
lbs. 256 256 256
Dimensions External (H*W*D) mm 1380*950*370
in. 54-11/32*37-13/32*14-9/16
Packing (H*W*D) mm 1531*1070*515
in. 60-9/32*42-1/8*20-9/32
Cabinet Color - Ivory White
Ref. Piping Gas mm Φ15.88 Φ15.88 Φ15.88
in. (5/8) (5/8) (5/8)
Liquid mm Φ9.53 Φ9.53 Φ9.53
in. (3/8) (3/8) (3/8)
Connectable Indoor Units Quantity PC 9.0 11 11
Piping Design Height Difference Between ODU m 30.0 30 30
and IDU ft. 98.4 98.4 98.4
m 30.0 30 30
ft. 98.4 98.4 98.4
Height Difference Between IDUs m 10.0 10.0 10.0
ft. 32.8 32.8 32.8
Max. Piping Length m 75.0 75.0 75.0
ft. 246.0 246.0 246.0
Operation Range Cooling °C DB -5~46 -5~46 -5~46
°F DB 23~114 23~114 23~114
Heating °C WB -20~15.5 -20~15.5 -20~15.5
°F WB -4~60 -4~60 -4~60
Notes:
1. Rated cooling capacity and rated heating/low temp. heating capacity are tested in the following conditions:
Cooling Operation Conditions Heating Operation Conditions Low Temp. Heating Operation Conditions
Indoor Air Inlet Temp.: 80°F DB (26.7°C DB) Indoor Air Inlet Temp.: 70°F DB (21.1°C DB) Indoor Air Inlet Temp.: 70°F DB (21.1°C DB)
67°F WB ( 19.4°C WB)
Outdoor Air Inlet Temp.: 95°F DB (35°C DB) Outdoor Air Inlet Temp.: 47°F DB (8.3°C DB) Outdoor Air Inlet Temp 17°F DB (-8.3°C DB)
43°F WB (6.1°C WB) 15°F WB (-9.4°C WB)
2. The sound pressure level is based on the following conditions: 4.9ft. (1.5m) below the unit
The above data are measured in an anechoic chamber so that reflected echo should be taken into consideration in the field.
4
*For AHRI rating, refer to the AHRI website http://www.ahridirectory.org...
General Data
Model AVW-28H3FH AVW-76HFFH AVW-96HFFH AVW-114HFFH

Power Supply 208/230 ~ 60Hz 208/230 3 ~ 60Hz
Cooling Capacity kW 8.0 22.4 28.0 33.5
kBtu/h 27.2 76.0 96.0 114.0
Power Input * kW 1.93 6.3 8.3 10.7
EER kW/kW 4.15 3.56 3.37 3.13
Heating Capacity kW 9.5 25.0 31.5 37.5
kBtu/h 32.4 85.0 108.0 128.0
Power Input * kW 2.37 5.9 7.8 9.9
COP kW/kW 4.01 4.24 4.04 3.79
MCA A 23.2 26.0 34.0 44.0
MOP A 30.0 35.0 45.0 60.0
Ventilation Air Flow Rate m³/min 49.5 153.0 170.0 178.0
CFM 1747.0 5400.0 6000.0 6280.0
Fan Quantity - 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
Sound Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 50/52 53/55 56/58 56/61
Compressor Type - Rotary Scroll
Compressor Quantity PC 1 1
Refrigerant Type - R410A R410A R410A R410A
Pre-charged Quantity kg 2.5 5.0 5.5 6.5
lbs. 5.5 11 12.1 14.3
Weight Net Weight kg 65 168 168 171
lbs. 143 370 370 377
Gross Weight kg 78 185 188 189
lbs. 172 408 414 417
Dimensions External (H*W*D) mm 800*950*370 1650*1100*390 1650*1100*390 1650*1100*390
in. 31-1/2*37- 64-31/32*43- 64-31/32*43- 64-31/32*43-
13/32*14-9/16 5/16*15-3/8 5/16*15-3/8 5/16*15-3/8
Packing (H*W*D) mm 951*1070*515 1806*1185*530 1806*1185*530 1806*1185*530
in. 37-7/16*42- 71-1/8*46- 71-1/8*46- 71-1/8*46-
1/8*20-9/32 21/32*20-7/8 21/32*20-7/8 21/32*20-7/8
Cabinet Color - Ivory White
Ref. Piping Gas mm Φ15.88 Φ19.05 Φ22.2 Φ28.6
in. (5/8) (3/4) (7/8) (1-1/8)
Liquid mm Φ9.53 Φ9.53 Φ12.7 Φ12.7
in. (3/8) (3/8) (1/2) (1/2)
Connectable Indoor Units Quantity PC 5.0 10 10 10
Piping Design Height Difference Between m 20.0 40 40 40
ODU and IDU ft. 65.6 164 164 164
m 20.0 40 40 40
ft. 65.6 164 164 164
Height Difference Between m 3.5 15 15 15
IDUs ft. 11.0 49 49 49
Max. Piping Length m 25.0 100 100 100
ft. 82.0 328 328 328
Operation Range Cooling °C DB -5~46 -5~46 -5~46 -5~46
°F DB 23~114 23~114 23~114 23~114
Heating °C WB -15~15.5 -20~15.5 -20~15.5 -20~15.5
°F WB 5~60 -4~60 -4~60 -4~60
Notes:
1. Rated cooling capacity and rated heating/low temp. heating capacity are tested in the following conditions:
Cooling Operation Conditions Heating Operation Conditions
Indoor Air Inlet Temp.: 80°F DB (26.7°C DB) Indoor Air Inlet Temp.: 68°F DB (20°C DB)
66.2°F WB ( 19°C WB)
Outdoor Air Inlet Temp.: 95°FDB (35°C DB) Outdoor Air Inlet Temp.: 45°F DB (7°C DB)
43°F WB (6°C WB)
2. The sound pressure level is based on the following conditions: 4.9ft. (1.5m) below the unit
The above data are measured in an anechoic chamber so that reflected echo should be taken into consideration in the field.
5
General Data
2.2 Component Data
Outdoor Heat Exchanger, Fan and Fan Motor
Model AVW-28H3FH AVW-36H3FH
Heat Heat exchanger type - Multi-way cross-flow finned tube type
Exchanger Tube Material - Copper
Outside diameter φ in. 9/32 9/32
Rows - 2 2
Columns - 38 132
Fin Material - Aluminum
Pitch in 5/64 5/64
Quantity - 1 1
Max. operating pressure Psi 602 602
Total frontal area ft.2 8.29 14.64
Quantity - 1 1
Fan Part Fan Type - Propeller Fan
Outside diameter φ in. 21-27/64 21-27/64
Revolution rpm 505 568+464
Nominal air flow CFM 1748 3180
Fan motor Type - DC motor
Start-up mode - DC driven
Nominal output power W 51 51+51
Quantity - 1 2
Insulation grade - E E
Model AVW-48H3FH AVW-60H3FH

Outside diameter φ in. 9/32 9/32
Rows - 2 2
Columns 132 132
Pitch in. 5/64 5/64
Quantity - 1 1
Max. operating pressure Psi 602 602
6022
Total frontal area 14.64 14.64
Quantity - 1 1
Outside diameter in. 21-27/64 21-27/64
Revolution rpm 568+464 600+516
Nominal air flow CFM 3180 3530
Fan motor Type - DC motor
Nominal output power W 51+51 51+51
Quantity - 2 2
Insulation grade - E E

Outside diameter φ in. 9/32 9/32 9/32
Rows - 2 2 2
Columns - 80 80 80
Pitch in. 5/64 5/64 5/64
Max. operating pressure Psi 602 602 602
Total frontal area ft.2 21.53 21.53 21.53
Quantity - 2 2 2
Outside diameter φ in. 21-13/32 21-13/32 21-13/32
Revolution rpm 399+745 630+772 630+871
Nominal air flow CFM 4320 5350 5820
Fan motor Type - Drip-Proof Type Enclosure
Nominal output power W 138+160 138+160 138+230
Quantity - 2 2 2
Insulation grade - E+F E+F E+F
6
General Data
Parameters of Compressor
Model AVW-28H3FH AVW-38/48/54H3FH
Compressor Model ATL232SDNC9AU ATH356SDPC9FQ
Discharge Pressure Psi 602 602
Airtight Pressure
Suction Pressure Psi 320 320
PMSM (Permanent Magnet PMSM (Permanent Magnet
Type -
Synchronous Motors) Synchronous Motors)
Compressor Motor Start-up Mode - Start Simultaneously Start Simultaneously
Polarities - 4 4
Insulation Grade - E E
Brand - HAF68D1C α 6 8 HES - H
Refrigerator Oil
Volume L 0.88±0.02 1.65
Model AVW-76/96/114HFFH
Compressor Model E656DHD
Type Hermetic Scroll Type
Discharge Psi 609
Airtight Pressure
Suction Psi 320
Special Squirrel-cage
Type -
3-phase Motor
Compressor Motor Start-up Mode - Inverter Driven
Polarities - 4
Insulation Grade - E
Brand - FVC68D
Refrigerator Oil
Volume L 1.9
7
General Data
2.3 Safety and Control Device Setting
● Protection and Safety Control
Compressor Protection
The compressor is protected by the following devices and their combinations.
(1) High Pressure Switch: This switch cuts out the operation of the compressor when the discharge pressure exceeds the
setting.
Oil Heater: This band type heater protects against oil foaming during cold starting, as it is energized while the
compressor stopped.
Fan Motor Protection
The automatic temperature controller is set in the motor coil of fan and can be automatically cut off (tipped off) if the
temperature of coil of fan motor exceeds the setting value.
Model AVW-28H3FH
Reset automatically and non-adjustable
Pressure Switch
Cut-Out psi (MPa) 601 (4.15)
High Pressure
Cut-In psi (MPa) 464 (3.2)
Control Switch Cut-Out psi (MPa) 413 (2.85)
High Pressure Cut-In psi (MPa) 522 (3.6)
Fuse on Main Circuit A 40
CCP timer Time setting min. 3
Reset automatically and non-adjustable
Temperature Controller
Cut-Out °F(°C) 248 (120)
of Fan Motor
Cut-In °F(°C) 230~140 (110~60)
Control Circuit Fuse A 5
Model AVW-36/48/60H3FH
Compressor Reset automatically and
Pressure switch non-adjustable
High Pressure Cut-Out psi (MPa) 601 (4.15)
Cut-In psi (MPa) 464 (3.2)
Compressor Crank
W 60 + 28
Heater Power
Non-adjustable
CCP timer Time setting min.
3
Compressor Reset automatically and non-adjustable
Pressure Switch Cut-Out psi (MPa) 601 (4.15)
High Cut-In psi (MPa) 464 (3.20) 464 (3.20) 464 (3.20)
Fuse on Main Circuit A 60 60 60
Non-adjustable
CCP Timer Setting Time min.
3 3 3
Condenser Fan Motor Reset automatically and non-adjustable
Internal Thermostat (one for each motor)
DC Cut-Out °F 248 248 248
AC Cut-Out °F 293 293 293
Cut-In °F 248~140 248~140 248~140
Control Circuit
Fuse Capacity on PCB1, 5 A 5 5 5
Fuse Capacity on PCB3 A 10 10 10
8
General Data
2.4 Sound Data
Measurement point: 1m from the service cover surface and 1.5m from floor level.
AVW-28H3FH AVW-36H3FH
Measuring point: 3.3ft. (1m) from the front panel of unit Measuring point: 3.3ft. (1m) from the front panel of unit
and 4.9ft. (1.5m) above the ground. and 4.9ft. (1.5m) above the ground.
Octave Sound Pressure Level (dB: Overall C Scale)
Central Frequency (Cycle per Second) Central Frequency (Cycle per Second)
AVW-48H3FH AVW-60H3FH
Measuring point: 3.3ft. (1m) from the front panel of unit Measuring point: 3.3ft. (1m) from the front panel of unit
and 4.9ft. (1.5m) above the ground. and 4.9ft. (1.5m) above the ground.
9
General Data
AVW-76HFFH AVW-96HFFH
AVW-114HFFH
Central Frequency (Cycle per Second)
10
General Data
2.5 Dimensional Data
Model: AVW-28H3FH
unit: in.
4 4
32
3-5 64
1-1 32
5-33 64
25 32
3-5 16
3-35 64
64
64
＊＊4-21 64
14- 16
64
＊16-
1-
3-11 16
2-6 64
25 32
32
12
23-5
6- 6-
14- 16
-13 32
2-6 64
4- 16
31-1 2
1-1 16
1-11 32
1-11 32
3-3 16 64
2-43 64
1-3
1- 32 15 16 15 16
3-15 16 2-33 64 2-13 64
11
General Data
Model: AVW-36/48/60H3FH
unit: in.
-13 16 -13 32 13-45 64

2-23 32
4 4
1 32
3-5 16
5-33 64
64
3-11 16
64
16
3-5 64
1 32
1-1 32
25 32
3-35 64 25 32
33 64
6- 64 23-5 6- 64
14- 16
3 -13 32
2-6 64
4- 16
5
54-21 64
1-1 16
1-11 32
1-11 32
64
3-3 16
2-43 64 3-
6-3
1-3
3-15 16 32 15 16
15 16
2-33 64
2-13 64
12
General Data
Model: AVW-76/96/114HFFH
unit: in.
2-19/32
（1）
2-7/8
*16-17/32
15-11/32
5
（1）
10-7/16 16 （10-7/16）
/16
2-3/4
4-11/32
64-31/32
69-11/16
46-5/32
1-15/16
2-15/16
2-11/16 4-3/4
1-5/8
/16
1-31/32 2-17/32
5-29/32 1-3/4
/16
13
General Data
2.6 Structure
Model：AVW-28H3FH
ON ON ON
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
ON ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
1 2
! #
Mark Part Name Mark Part Name

1 Compressor 14 Crankcase Heater
2 Heat Exchanger 15 Propeller Fan
3 Strainer 16 Damping Rubber
4 Distributor 17 Air Inlet Grille
5 Reversing Valve 18 Air Outlet Grille
6 Electronic Expansion Valve 19 Base Assembly
7 Stop Valve for Liquid Line
8 Stop Valve for Gas Line
9 Electrical Box
10 Pressure Switch (L)
11 Pressure Switch (H)
12 Check Joint
13 Solenoid Valve
14
General Data
Model：AVW-36/48/60H3FH
ON ON ON
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
ON ON
1 2 3 45 6 1 23 45 6
ON
1 2

1 Compressor 14 Solenoid Valve
2 Heat Exchanger 15 Pressure Switch (H)
3 Propeller Fan 16 Pressure Sensor
4 Fan Motor 17 Crankcase Heater
5 Check Valve 18 Electrical Box
6 Reversing Valve 19 Base Assembly
7 Distributor 20 Damping Rubber
8 Check Joint 21 Air Inlet Grille
9 Strainer 22 Air Outlet Grille
10 Electronic Expansion Valve
11 Accumulator

15
General Data
Model：AVW-76/96/114HFFH

1 Compressor 12 Electrical Box
2 Heat Exchanger 13 Pressure Switch (H)
3 Propeller Fan 14 Low Pressure Sensor
4 Fan Motor 15 High Pressure Sensor
5 Strainer 16 Check Valve
6 Distributor 17 Solenoid Valve
7 Reversing Valve 18 Crankcase Heater
8 Micro-Computer Control Expansion Valve 19 Air Outlet Grille
9 Stop Valve for Gas Line 20 Air Inlet Grille
11 Accumulator
16
General Data
2.7 Electrical Data
Model Power Source MCA (A) MOP (A) Minimum transmission cable size
AVW-28H3FH 23.2 30 AWG 18
AVW-36H3FH 31.4 40 AWG 18
AVW-48H3FH 208/230V~60Hz 32.8 45 AWG 18
AVW-60H3FH 33.2 45 AWG 18
AVW-76HFFH 26 35 AWG 18
AVW-96HFFH 208/230V~3PH 60Hz 34 45 AWG 18
AVW-114HFFH 44 60 AWG 18
NOTES:
(1) Field wiring shall conform to local laws and regulations, and all wiring operations must be performed by qualified
professionals.
(2) Select the power supply cable type and size in accordance with relevant local and national regulations.
(3) It is assumed that the power wire should be copper and rated 167°F(75°C), however it should vary according to actual
current.
(4) The wiring specifications for weak-current communication circuit shall not be lower than that for RVV(S)P shielded wires
or equivalent, and the shielding layer shall be grounded..
(5) A switch that can ensure all-pole disconnection shall be installed between power supply and air conditioning unit in such
a manner that the contact spacing shall not be less than 7/64in.(3mm).
(6) Once the power cord is damaged, the dealer or the professionals from designated maintenance department must be
contacted in a timely manner for repair and replacement
(7) For the installation of power cord, the ground wire must be longer than the current- carrying conductor.
(8) Please refer to the above table and select the models of power supply cable, transmission supply cable, ELB, fuse in
accordance with relevant local and national regulations.
(9) The cascade connection from the main module is not allowed for power line of combination module.
17
Piping System
3. Piping System
3.1 Connection of Refrigerant Pipes
unit: in. (mm)

Pipe Size Model of Branch Pipe
Applicable Model
a~e A
Φ5/8 / Φ3/8in.
AVW-28H3FH
(Φ15.88/Φ9.53mm)
Φ5/8 / Φ3/8in.
AVW-36H3FH
(Φ15.88/Φ9.53mm)
HFQ-052F
Φ5/8 / Φ3/8in.
AVW-48H3FH
(Φ15.88/Φ9.53mm)
Φ5/8 / Φ3/8in.
AVW-60H3FH
(Φ15.88/Φ9.53mm)
≥ 229.7ft. (70m):
Φ3/4 / Φ1/2in.
(Φ19.05/Φ12.7mm)
AVW-76HFFH
< 229.7ft. (70m):
Φ3/4 / Φ3/8in. HFQ-162F
(Φ19.05/Φ9.53mm) HFQ-102F(*1)
Φ7/8 / Φ1/2in.
AVW-96HFFH
(Φ22.2/Φ12.7mm)
Φ1-1/8 / Φ1/2in.
AVW-114HFFH
(Φ28.6/Φ12.7mm)
Note:
EL: Equivalent total distance between indoor unit (equivalent one-way piping length)
*1: For AVW-76HFFH only, provided its EL is no greater than 229.7ft (70m).
18
Piping System
3.2 Calculation of Additional Refrigerant
It is necessary to charge additional refrigerant as follows.
Additional Refrigerant Charge Calculation

Although refrigerant has been charged into this unit, it is required that additional refrigerant be charged according
to piping length.
A. Determine an additional refrigerant quantity according to the following procedure, and charge it into the system.
B. Record the additional refrigerant quantity to facilitate service activities thereafter.
Model：AVW-28H3FH
1. Calculating Method of Additional Refrigerant Charge (W lbs(kg))
<EXAMPLE>
AVW-28H3FH
1/4 13.1in. 1/4 13.1in. 1/4 13.1in. 1/4 13.1in.
3/8 49.2in. 3/8 9.8in. 3/8 9.8in.
See Example for Model AVW-28H3FH, and fill in the following table. Pipe
Diameter (in.) Total Piping Length (ft.) Additional Charge (lbs)
W11= 3/8 49.2 9.8 9.8 0.0201 1.38

W12= 1/4 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 0.0134 0.70
Total Piping Length 121.2ft.(37m) Additional 2.08 lbs

Charge Pipe Diameter in. Total Piping Length ft. Additional Charge (lbs)
W11= 3/8 a
W12= 1/4 b
Total Piping Length ft.
Additional Ref.Charge
2. Charging Work
Charge refrigerant (R410A) into the system as follows.
(1) For charging refrigerant, connect the gauge mani-fold using charging hoses with a refrigerant cylinder to the check joint
of the liquid line stop valve.
(2) Fully open the gas line stop valve and slightly open the liquid line stop valve.
Charge refrigerant by opening the gauge manifold valve.
(3) Charge the required refrigerant by operating the system in cooling.
Ensure to charge correct volume by utilizing a weight scale. An excess or shortage of refrigerant is the main cause
of trouble to the units.
Fully open the liquid line stop valve after completing refrigerant charge.
3. Record of Additional Charge Total Additional Charge W lbs
Record the refrigerant charging quantity in order to facilitate maintenance
Total Ref. Charge of This System lbs
and servicing activities.
Total refrigerant charge of this system is calculated in the following formula. Date of Ref. Charge Work
Total Ref. Charge of This System = W + W 0
Day Month Year
This System = + = lbs
<Table 1>
unit: lbs (kg)
W0: Max. Total
Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit a b Ref.Charge
Capacity(kBtu/h) Ref.Charge
28 5.5(2.5) 0.0201 0.0134 7.3(3.3)

(0.009) (0.006)
NOTE:
W0 is outdoor unit ref. charge before shipment.
19
Piping System
4. Notice of Additional Charge

When the system is connected one-to-one, the connection ratio must be 100%, and the additional refrigerant need
to be reduced as the following requirements：
Reduced Refrigerant Charge for Special Indoor Units

Indoor Unit Type
4-Way
Model Connection ratio Duct type
Cassette Type
Refrigerant reduction
0.44lbs(0.20kg)
_
28 100%
20
Piping System
Model：AVW-36/43/60H3FH
1. Calculating Method of Additional Refrigerant Charge
<EXAMPLE>
AVW-60H3FH
3/8×16.4ft. 1/4×32.8ft. 1/4×16.4ft. 1/4×32.8ft.
3/8×32.8ft. 3/8×16.4ft. 3/8×16.4ft.
See Example for Model AVW-60H3FH, and fill in the following table.
Pipe Diameter in.(mm) Total Piping Length ft. (m) Additional Charge (lbs)
W11= 3/8 32.8 16.4 16.4 16.4 0.0268 2.2 lbs
W12= 1/4 32.8 32.8 16.4 0.0134 1.1 lbs
W2 = 0
Total Piping Length 164ft.
Additional Ref.Charge 3.3 lbs

Pipe Diameter (in.) Total Piping Length (ft.)
W11= 3/8 a
W12= 1/4 b
Total Piping Length
Additional Ref.Charge lbs
W2 = lbs
Total Ref.Charge t W0 W1 W2 lbs
Additional refrigerant charge according to table below.
Table. Additional Refrigerant Charge Calculation

W1: W2:
W0: Additional Additional Ref.Charge Wt˖ Max. Total
Ref.Charge Ref.Charge according according to Total Ref. Ref.
Model before to piping Connection Ratio Charge Charge
shipment
(lbs/ft.) (lbs) (lbs) (lbs)
(lbs)
a b 100%~130% 130%~150%
AVW-36H3FH 8.4 0.0268 0.0134 17.4
0.33lbs for 1.32lbs for
AVW-48H3FH 8.4 0.0268 0.0134 W0+W1+W2 17.4
each 10%ķ each 10%ķ
AVW-60H3FH 9.0 0.0268 0.0134 17.4
NOTE:ķLess than 10% is calculated as 10%.
21
Piping System
2. Charging Work
Record the refrigerant charging quantity in order to facilitate maintenance Total Ref. Charge of This System lbs
Total Ref. Charge of This System = W0+W1+W2
Day Month Year
4. Dip-Switch Setting for Piping Length PCB1

Follow below ,setting the Dip-Switch for piping length.
Mark Show Switch Key Position)

Shipment I.U.is located higher O.U.is located higher
than O.U.65.6ft.(20m) than O.U.82.0ft.(25m)
Reduced Refrigerant Charge for Special Indoor Units
unit: lbs (kg)

Indoor Unit Type
4-Way
Cassette Type
AVW-36H3FH 0.33(0.15)
_
AVW-48H3FH
_
100% 0.44(0.20)
AVW-60H3FH 0.88(0.40) 0.44(0.20)
22
Piping System
Model：AVW-76/96/114HFFH
?"##$&6186&5)*(#@05%,2#,3#422)5),*&6#/03')(0'&*5#$%&'(0
VIJ&:E60W AVW-76HFFH Ф3/8in.×16ft. Ф1/4in.×32ft.
M,"#Q M,"#! V=&C60#?W

+QY
Ф3/8in.×16ft.
Capacity X852,,'#]*)5
/03"#$%&'(0#Albs.
-(B
M,"#? M,"#. 76 11.0
Ф3/8in.×16ft. 96 12.1
114 \14.3
"[#
MX=IY
Ф1/2in.×32ft. Ф3/8in.×16ft. Ф1/4in.×32ft. +Q#);#,852,,'#8*)5#'03"#1%&'(0#C03,'0#;%)E:0*5"
?!LHM@ANBD#&*2#3)66#)*#5%0#3,66,>)*(#5&C60"
H00#IJ&:E60#3,'#@,206#/4HK
AVW-76HFFH,
P)E0#F)&:050'#(in.)
A::B# =5 ,&6#P)E)*(#^0*(5%#(ft)
A:B# 422)5),*&6#$%&'(0#Albs.
-(B
_ `Ф1/2
?!"a#"""""# A(?32QB)# J#Q0.081
"?!#O#2.6
?"!
_ `Ф3/8
b"[.#"""""# (A [16+16+16+16
#R#[#R#[#R#[B#) J#0.048
Q"Qa###O#?3.1"S
_ `Ф1/4
\".[#"""""# (A ?32+32
Q#R#?)QB# J#Q0.02
"Q.#O#Q1.3"\
Total Piping Length 164ft
50m Additional Charge W = 7.0 (lbs.)
P)E0#F)&:050'#(in.)
A::B# =5,&6#P)E)*(#^0*(5%#A(ft.) :B# 422)5),*&6#$%&'(0#Albs. -(B
_ `Ф1/2
?!"a#"""""# # J#0.081
Q"?!#O#
_ `Ф3/8
b"[.#"""""# # J#0.048
Q"Qa###O#
_ `Ф1/4
\".[#"""""# # J#Q0.02
"Q.#O#
# =,5&6#P)E)*(#^0*(5%############:#
ft #
#######422)5),*&6#$%&'(0#+ O#############Al-bs.(B#
#
Note: No additional refrigerant is required for those with piping less than 98ft.(30m)
!"##$%&'()*(#+,'-
$%&'(0#'03')(0'&*5#A/S?Q4B#)*5,#5%0#;9;50:#&;#3,66,>;"
A?B#L,'#1%&'()*(#'03')(0'&*5D#1,**015#5%0#(&8(0#:&*)K3,62#8;)*(#1%&'()*(#%,;0;#>)5%#&#'03')(0'&*5#196)*20'#5,#5%0#1%01-#T,)*5
# ,3#5%0#6)78)2#6)*0#;5,E#<&6<0"
A!B#L8669#,E0*#5%0#(&;#6)*0#;5,E#<&6<0#&*2#;6)(%569#,E0*#5%0#6)78)2#6)*0#;5,E#<&6<0"
# $%&'(0#'03')(0'&*5#C9#,E0*)*(#5%0#(&8(0#:&*)K3,62#<&6<0"
A.B#$%&'(0#5%0#'078)'02#'03')(0'&*5#C9#,E0'&5)*(#5%0#;9;50:#)*#1,,6)*("
# I*;8'0#5,#1%&'(0#1,''015#<,68:0#C9#85)6)U)*(#&#>0)(%5#;1&60"##4*#0J10;;#,'#;%,'5&(0#,3#'03')(0'&*5#);#5%0#:&)*#1&8;0
# ,3#5',8C60#5,#5%0#8*)5;"
# L8669#,E0*#5%0#6)78)2#6)*0#;5,E#<&6<0#&350'#1,:E605)*(#'03')(0'&*5#1%&'(0"
."##/01,'2#,3#422)5),*&6#$%&'(0 =,5&6#422)5),*&6#$%&'(0#+ lbs.
/01,'2#5%0#'03')(0'&*5#1%&'()*(#78&*5)59#)*#,'20'#5,#3&1)6)5&50#:&)*50*&*10
&*2#;0'<)1)*(#&15)<)5)0;" =,5&6#/03"#$%&'(0#,3#=%);#H9;50:# lbs.
=,5&6#'03')(0'&*5#1%&'(0#,3#5%);#;9;50:#);#1&6186&502#)*#5%0#3,66,>)*(#3,':86&"## F&50#,3#/03"#$%&'(0#+,'-
=,5&6#/03"#$%&'(0#,3#=%);#H9;50:#O#+#R#+Q F&9# @,*5%# c0&'
# =%);#H9;50:# O# # R# # O# lbs.
No additional refrigerant is required for those with piping less than 98ft.(30m)
If the total piping length is more than 98ft.(30m) , additional refrigerant charge is required
as described above.
23
Piping System
3.3 Piping Connection Branch Pipe Dimensions (optional)
Branch Pipe HFQ-052F

5/8
1/2
5/8
5/8
1/2
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/4
1/2 4
3 4 1/4
1/4 O 1/4
3 4
24
Piping System
Branch Pipe HFQ-162F
1/2 4
3 4
1/2
3 4
1/2
1/2 O 1/4
1/4
25
Capacities and Selection Data
4. Capacities and Selection Data
4.1 Capacity Correction Based on Refrigerant Piping Length
Correction factor of cooling capacity of unit and corresponding pipe length
The cooling capacity can be corrected according to the following formula: For other pipeline accessories, it can be
CCA=CC×F considered based on the equivalent pipeline
length:
CCA: Actual cooling capacity after correction (kW)
● One 90° elbow is 1.6ft. (0.5m).
CC: Cooling capacity in the system capacity characteristic table (kW)
● One 180° bend is 4.9ft. (1.5m).
F: The correction factor can be found in the following curve based on the
● One branch pipe is 1.6ft. (0.5m).
equivalent piping length
H: Vertical Distance Between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit

EL: Equivalent Total Distance Between Indoor Unit and
Outdoor Unit (Equivalent One-Way Piping Length)
H>0: Position of Outdoor Unit Higher Than Position of
Indoor Unit
L: Actual One-Way Piping Length Between Indoor Unit and
Outdoor Unit
* H and EL please refer to Refrigerant Piping Work in

INSTALLATION Chapter
26
Correction factor of heating capacity of unit and corresponding pipe length

The heating capacity can be corrected according to the following formula: For other pipeline accessories, it can be
CCA=CC×F considered based on the equivalent pipeline
length:
CCA: Actual cooling capacity after correction (kW)
● One 90° elbow is 1.6ft. (0.5m).
CC: Cooling capacity in the system capacity characteristic table (kW)
● One 180° bend is 4.9ft. (1.5m).
F: The correction factor can be found in the following curve based on the
● One branch pipe is 1.6ft. (0.5m).
equivalent piping length
H: Vertical Distance Between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit

EL: Equivalent Total Distance Between Indoor Unit and
Outdoor Unit (Equivalent One-Way Piping Length)
H>0: Position of Outdoor Unit Higher Than Position of
Indoor Unit
L: Actual One-Way Piping Length Between Indoor Unit and
Outdoor Unit
* H and EL please refer to Refrigerant Piping Work in

INSTALLATION Chapter
27
4.2 Correction Factor According to Defrosting Operation
The frosting situation of our unit or defrosting operation process is not considered in the heating capacity of unit shown in the
table below.
Considering the frosting situation and defrosting operation process, the heating capacity of unit can be corrected based on
the following formula.
Correction value of heating capacity = Correction factor x heating capacity
Outdoor dry bulb temperature

°F(°C) 20 (-7) 23 (-5) 26 (-3) 32 (0) 38 (3) 41 (5) 44 (7)
(relative humidity is 85% RH)
Correction Factor 0.95 0.93 0.88 0.85 0.87 0.90 1.00
28
Control System
5. Control System
5.1 Refrigerant Cycle
Model: AVW-28H3FH
unit: in.
Liquid Line Refrigerant

Piping Connection
3/8
5/8
Gas Line Refrigerant
Piping Connection
1
Refrigerant Flow Direction(Cooling Operation)

Refrigerant Flow Direction(Heating Operation)
Field Refrigerant Piping
Flare Connection
Mark Part Name Remark

1 Compressor
2 Heat Exchanger
3 Electronic Expansion Valve (EVO)
4 Strainer
5 Distributor
6 Check Joint
7 SVA Capillary Tube
8 Solenoid Valve (SVF)
9 Pressure Switch Controlling
10 Pressure Switch Pressure protection
13 Check Valve
14 Reversing Valve (RVR)
29
Control System
Model: AVW-36/48/60H3FH
unit: in.
s s
3/8
5/8
P HP P

1 Compressor
2 Heat Exchanger
3 Accumulator
4 Strainer
5 Distributor
7 Capillary Tube Bypass
9 Check Valve
10 Solenoid Valve Bypass
11 Check Joint
14 Pressure Switch High Pressure Protection
15 Pressure Sensor High
16 Pressure Sensor Low
17 Muffler
30
Control System
Model: AVW-76/96/114HFFH
unit: in.
5/8in.
7/8in. 3/4in. 3/4in.
F 3/4in. (19.05mm)
F 7/8in. (22.2mm) 1/4in.
F 1-1/8in. (28.6mm)
1/4in.
3/8in.
5/8inch
1/4in.
3/4inch
1/4in.
F 3/8in. (9.53mm)
F 1/2in. (12.7mm)
F
5/8in.
1/2in. (12.7mm) 3/4in. 3/4in.
1/4in.
5/8in.
3/8in.
1/2in.
1/2in.
Refrigerant Flow Direction (Cooling Operation)

Refrigerant Flow Direction (Heating Operation)
Flare Connection
Brazing Connection
Flange Connection

1 Compressor
2 Heat Exchanger
3 Sensor for Refrigerant Pressure
4 Oil Separator
5 Accumulator
6 Strainer (3/8)
7 Strainer (1/2)
8 Strainer (3/4)
9 Distributor
11 Capillary Tube
13 Check Valve
14 Solenoid Valve
15 Solenoid Valve
16 Check Joint
19 Pressure Switch High Pressure Protection
31
Control System
5.2 Control Logic
No. Item Details

Comp. Frequency Control To determine the compressor frequency depending on (a),(b) and (c).
● Quasi PI Control:
To determine the I.U. electronic expansion valve opening so as to
I.U. Electronic Exp. Valve Control keep (d) at an optimum value.
To change the I.U. electronic expansion valve opening when the
number of operating indoor units is changed.
1 Cooling Operation O.U. Electronic Exp. Valve Control EVO: 480pls (Fully Opened)
To control the fan steps so that High Pressure is within a stable
Outdoor Fan Control
temperature range.
Reversing Valve Control Reversing Valve: OFF
Control of Solenoid Valve for High/ Low At Start-up and when High Pressure Increase Protection activated:
Pressure Bypass (SVA) ON
High/Low Pressure Control SVA: ON (during Operation Stop)
● PI Control:
To determine the compressor frequency so as to keep High
Pressure.
Comp. Frequency Control
To determine the compressor frequency from (a) and(c) when
heating operation is started or the number of operating indoor
units is changed.
● To determine the I.U. electronic expansion valve opening so
that the indoor liquid pipe temperature (trl) is at an optimum level.
I.U. Electronic Exp. Valve(EVI) Control
To change the I.U. electronic expansion valve opening when the
number of operating indoor units is changed.
● Quasi PI Control:
To determine the O.U. electronic expansion valve opening so as to
2 Heating Operation
keep the temperature at the top of the compressor at an optimum
level.
O.U. Electronic Exp. Valve(EVO) Control
When Operating Indoor Unit Number Changed:
To determine the O.U. electronic expansion valve opening from
the compressor frequency ratio before/after the change and Quasi
PI Control.
The fan steps are dependent on Ta in the beginning. After that to
Outdoor Fan Control
control the fan steps so that Pd is within a stable pressure range.
Reversing Valve Control Reversing Valve: ON
Control of Solenoid Valve for High/ Low At Start-up and when High Pressure Increase Protection activated:
Pressure Bypass (SVA) ON
High/Low Pressure Control SVA: ON (during operation stop)
Comp. Frequency Control Fixed Compressor Frequency
To determine the I.U. electronic expansion valve opening depending
I.U. Electronic Exp. Valve Control
on the discharge temperature of the compressor (Td).
O.U. Electronic Exp. Valve Control EVO: 480pls (Fully Opened)
3 Defrost Operation
Outdoor Fan Control To stop the outdoor fan.
Reversing Valve Control Reversing Valve: OFF
Control of Solenoid Valve for High/ Low
at Start-up: ON
Pressure Bypass (SVA)
4 Comp. Preheating Control Crankcase Heater Control
a . Difference between Indoor Inlet Air Temperature and Setting Temperature

b . Amount of Temperature Difference Change
c . Capacity Ratio between Operating Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit
d . Temperature Difference between Indoor Gas Pipe and Indoor Liquid Pipe
(= Indoor Gas Pipe Temperature - Indoor Liquid Pipe Temperature)
32
Control System
5.3 Standard Operation Sequence
Cooling Operation
41°F(-5°C)
41°F(-5°C)
°F °C) °F °C) °F(11°C) °F °C) °F °C) °F(11°C)
33
Control System
Cooling Operation
(2.9 MPa)
(2.9 MPa)
(2. MPa)
(2. MPa)
34
Control System
Dry Operation
41°F(-5°C)
41°F(-5°C)
°F °C) °F °C) °F °C) °F °C) °F °C) °F °C)
35
Control System
Dry Operation
(2.9 MPa)
(2.9 MPa)
(2. MPa)
(2. MPa)
36
Control System
Freezing Protection Control during Cooling or Dry Operation
°F °C
°F °C
°F °C
°F °C
°F °C
°F °C
37
Control System
Heating Operation
)
319psi (2.2MPa)
)
)
38
Control System
Heating Operation
104°F(40°C)
104°F(40°C)
39
Control System
Defrost Operation
No
40
Control System
Air Blowing Temperature Overheat Protection
9 5
9 5
41
5.4 Electrical Wiring Diagram
AVW-28H3FH
Turn OFF the main power switch to the indoor unit and the outdoor unit and wait for more than 10 minutes before electrical wiring work or a periodical check is performed.
※
(A) (B)
4 6 4
6 2 3
R S 1
DCL
THM
UVW
:
U VW :
※ :
42
AVW-36/48/60H3FH
MARK NAME
MC Motor for Compressor
MOF 1 Motor for Out Fan
MOF 2 Motor for Out Fan
FU1 Fuse
CMC Contactor for Compressor Motor
RVR Reversing Valve Relay
MV
SVA
PSH
Pd
Ps
TB1,2 Terminal Board
TF Transformer
PCB1 Printed Circuit Board
EFR1 Fuse
Y52C Relay(CMC)
Y21 Relay(RVR)
YCH Relay(CH)
Y20A Relay(SVA)
Y20B Relay(SVF)
THM7 Thermistor
THM8 Thermistor
THM9 Thermistor
THM81Thermistor
DCL Reactor
IPM Inverter System Power Podule
NF1～4 Noise Filter
PSW1 Push Switch on PCB1
DSW1 Dip Switch on PCB1
CH1～2 Crankcase Heater
E1 6 Ground Wire
43
AVW-76/96/114HFFH
TF1 MV1 : Factory Wiring

TB1 TB2 THM7 THM8 THM9 Pd Ps
1 2 : Field Wiring
L1 M
L2 ※ : Field-Supplied
S L3 NF2 PCB1
3 1 1 2 4 13 3 4 2 1 2 1 4 3 11 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
R1
PCN2 CN11 CN8 THM7 THM8 THM9 THM10 CN4 CN9 CN5A CN5B MARK NAME
(IN)
N1
E
E1 IPM （Inverter System Power Podule）
NF1 PCN1 1 MC1 （Motor for Compressor）
(OUT) 1 EFR1
4 DSW1 6 DSW2 6 DSW3 CN7 2 MOF1，2 （Motor for Out Fan）
3 3
5 PSW1 PSW2 PSW3 MV1
6 DSW4 2 DSW5 2 DSW6
7 1 NF1～3 （Noise Filter）
RSW1 SEG1 SEG2 CN1 2 PCB1～5 （Printed Circuit Board）
L1
-
L2 L3
+
DM 3 PSH
1 Pd,s (Sensor for Refrigerant Pressure）
ZNR YCH Y21 Y20A Y20B Y52C SK1
(B) CN2 2 PSW1～3 (Push Switch on PCB1)
2 4 6 3 (Reversing Valve Relay)
RS RVR
CMC1 1 3 5 YCH Y21 Y20A Y20B Y52C
RS (Resistor for Starting)
(A) CN6
DCL
1 SVA (Solenoid Valve for Hot Gas Bypass)
CB + 2
3 CN12 CN14 PCN5 PCN6 PCN7 PCN12 PCN8 PCN9 SVF (Solenoid Valve for Backing Of Oil)
- 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 3 5 1 3 3 11 3 1 3 1 3
PCB5 S (Switch)
PCN201 TB1,2
E2
（Terminal Board）
CS1
EFR1
CN202 DS1 DS2 TF1 （Transformer）

A1 THM （Thermistor for FIN Temperature）
CS2 PSH CMC1
PCB3 CH RVR SVA SVF
THM7～9 （Thermistor）
IPM N P PCB2 PCN203 CN201 1 EFR1 5 4 3 2 1 A2 ZNR （Surge Absorber）
U 1 23 1 2 3 4 5 CN401
V 2 CA (Capacitor)
W PCN301 CN206 3
CN301 CN3 PCN401 CS1,2 (Capacitor)
CTV YMF2 YMF1
CN2 PCN302 CB (Capacitor)
CTU
YMF2 YMF1 CH (Crankcase Heater)
NF3 CMC1 (Contactor for Compressor Motor)
PCN PCN
MOF 404 405 DCL (Reactor)
THM 2 1 3 5 7 9 123 DS1,2 (I.F.Connector)
UV W DM （Diode Module）
MC CA DSW1～6 (Dip Switch on PCB1)
MOF
1 1
E3
44
INSTALLATION
Installation (AVW-28H3FH)
1. Safety Summary
10 . (3 meters)
2. Structure
-AVW-28H3FH
ON ON ON
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
ON ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
ON
1 2
. .
1 Compressor 14 Crankcase Heater
2 Heat Exchanger 15 Propeller Fan
3 Strainer 16 Vibration Absorbing Rubber
4 Distributor 17 Air Inlet
5 Reversing Valve 18 Air Outlet
6 Electrical Expansion Valve 19 Base assembly
9 Electrical Box
10 Pressure Switch for Controlling
11 High Pressure Switch
12 Check Joint for High/Low Pressure(Cool/Heat)
13 Bypass Solenoid Valve
46
<Refrigerant Cycle>
unit: in.
Outdoor Unit-AVW-28H3FH

Piping Connection
3/8
5/8
Piping Connection
1

Flare Connection
NO. Remark
Compressor
Heat Exchanger
Electrical Expansion Valve
Strainer
Distributor
Check Joint
SVA Capillary Tube
Solenoid Valve
Pressure Switch Controlling
Pressure Switch Pressure Protect
Stop Valve for Liquid Line
Stop Valve for Gas Line
Check Valve
Reversing Valve
47
2.2 Necessary Tools and Instrument List for Installation
No. Tool No. Tool No. Tool No. Tool

1 Handsaw 6 Copper Pipe Bender 11 Spanner 16 Leveller
2 Phillips 7 12 17 Clamper for Solder-

Manual Water Pump Charging Cylinder
Screwdriver less Terminals
3 Vacuum Pump 8 Pipe Cutter 13 Gauge Manifold 18 Hoist
(for Indoor Unit)
4 Refrigerant Gas 9 Brazing Kit 14 Cutter for Wires 19 Ammeter
Hose
5 Megohmmeter 10 Hexagon Wrench 15 Gas Leak Detector 20 Voltage Meter
Use tools and measuring instruments exclusive for the new refrigerant in case of direct contact with refrigerant.
": Interchangeability is available with current R22 !: Only for Refrigerant R410A (No Interchangeability with R22)
#: Prohibited $: Only for Refrigerant R407C (No Interchangeability with R22)
Interchangeability
with R22 Reason of Non-Interchangeability and Attention
Measuring Instrument and Tool Use
(: Strictly Required)
R410A R407C
Pipe Cutter, Cutting Pipe
Chamfering   - Removing Burrs
Reamer
Flaring Tool   * The flaring tools for R407C are applicable to R22. Flaring for Tubes
* If using flaring tube, make dimension of tube larger Dimensional Control
Extrusion for R410A.
 - for Extruded Portion
Adjustment Gauge * In case of hard temper pipe, flaring is not available. of Tube after Flaring
* In case of hard temper pipe, bending is not Bending
Pipe Bender   available.
Use elbow for bend and braze.
* In case of hard temper pipe, expanding of tube is Expanding Tubes
Refrigerant Expanding Tool  
not available. Use socket for connecting tube.
Pipe
* For 1/2 in. D. (12.7mm), 5/8 in. D. (15.88mm), Connection of
 
spanner size is up 3/32 in. (2mm). Flare Nut
Torque Wrench
* For 1/4 in. D. (6.35mm), 3/8 in. D. (9.52mm), 3/4
 
in. D. (19.05mm), spanner size is the same.
Brazing Tool   * Perform correct brazing work. Brazing for Tubes
* Strict Control against Contamin Prevention from
Nitrogen Gas   (Blow nitrogen during brazing.) Oxidation during
Brazing
* Use a synthetic oil which is equivalent to the oil Applying Oil to
Lubrication Oil
  used in the refrigeration cycle. the Flared Surface
(for Flare Surface)
* Synthetic oil absorbs moisture quickly.
* Check refrigerant cylinder color. Refrigerant Charging
Refrigerant
   Liquid refrigerant charging is required regarding
Cylinder
zeotropic refrigerant.
Vacuum Pump    The current ones are applicable. However, it is Vacuum Pumping
 required to mount a vacuum pump adapter which
Adapter for  can prevent from reverse flow when a vacuum

Vacuum Pump pump stops, resulting in no reverse oil flow.
* No interchangeability is available due to higher Vacuum Pumping,
Vacuum Manifold Valve   pressures when compared with R22. Vacuum Holding,
Drying  Do not use current ones to the different refrigerant. Refrigerant Charging
 If used, mineral oil will flow into the cycle and and Check of
Refrigerant cause sludges, resulting in clogging or compressor Pressures
Charge failure.
Charging Hose   Connection diameter is different; R410A: UNF1/2,
R407C: UNF7/16.
Charging Cylinder   * Use the weight scale. -
Measuring
Weight Scale   - Instrument for
Refrigerant Charging
Refrigerant Gas  * The current gas leakage detector (R22) is not Gas Leakage Check
 
Leakage Detector applicable due to different detecting method.
: Interchangeability with R407C.
48
3. Transportation and Handling 3.2 Handling of Outdoor Unit

3.1 Transportation
Transport the product as close to the installation
Do not put any foreign material into the
location as possible before unpacking.
outdoor unit and check to ensure that none
exists in the outdoor unit before the
installation and test run. Otherwise, a fire or
failure, etc. may occur.
Do not put any material on the product.
Apply two lifting wires onto the outdoor unit,
when lifting it by crane.
When Using Handles
When manually lifting the unit using the
! Lifting Method
handles, pay attention to the following points.
When hanging the unit, ensure a balance of
the unit, check safety and lift up smoothly.
(1) Do not remove any packing materials. (1) Do not remove the wooden base from the
outdoor unit.
(2) Hang the unit under packing condition with
two (2) ropes, as shown in Fig. 3.1. (2) To prevent the unit from overturning, pay
attention to the center of gravity as shown
in the below figure.
(3) Two or more personnel should be used to
move the unit.
Do not remove the plastic

2~3 ft. band or the corrugated
paper frame. Fall Angle of
This Product
o
Approx. 20
Pass the wire ropes Handle

through each lifting
hole in the wooden
base as shown.
Wooden
Base
Fig. 3.1 Lifting Work for Transportation Fig. 3.2 Handling of Outdoor Unit
Lift the outdoor unit in its factory packaging

with 2 wire ropes.
For safety reasons ensure that the outdoor
unit is lifted smoothly and does not lean.
Do not attach lifting equipment to the plastic
band or the corrugated paper frame.
Ensure the exterior of the unit is adequately
protected with cloth or paper.
49
4. Outdoor Unit Installation

Direction of Strong Wind
4.1 Factory-Supplied Accessories
Check to ensure that the following accessories
are packed with the outdoor unit.
Table 4.1 Factory-Supplied Accessories
Direction of Air Discharge
NOTE • Install near the wall to avoid facing the wind

directly. Ensure that the service space
If any of these accessories are not packed with should be secured.
the unit, please contact your contractor.
4.2 Initial Check A Wall to Guard Against Wind

• Install the outdoor unit where good ventilation is
Wall
available, and where it is dry.
• Install the outdoor unit where the sound or the
discharge air from the outdoor unit does not
affect neighbors or surrounding vegetation.
The operating sound at the rear or right/left
sides is higher than the value in the catalog at
the front side.
• Check to ensure that the foundation is flat, level
and sufficiently strong. Direction of Strong Wind
Secure the adequate
• Do not install the outdoor unit where there is a service space.
high level of oil mist, salty air or harmful gases

NOTE:
such as sulphur.
If the extreme strong wind blows directly against
• Do not install the outdoor unit where the the air discharge portion, the fan may rotate
electromagnetic wave is directly radiated to the reversely and be damaged.
electrical box.
• Install the outdoor unit as far as possible being at
least 10ft. (3 meters) from the electromagnetic
wave radiator.
• When installing the outdoor unit in snow- Aluminum fins have very sharp edges. Pay
covered areas, mount the field-supplied hoods attention to the fins to avoid any injury.
at the discharge side of the outdoor unit and
the inlet side of the heat exchanger. NOTE
• Install the outdoor unit where it is in the shade Install the outdoor unit on a roof or in an area
or it will not be exposed to direct sunshine or where people except service engineers can not
direct radiation from high temperature heat touch the outdoor unit.
source.
• Do not install the outdoor unit where dust or
other contamination could block the outdoor
heat exchanger.
• Install the outdoor unit in a space with limited
access to general public.
• Do not install the outdoor unit in a space where
a seasonal wind directly blows to the outdoor
heat exchanger or a wind from a building space
directly blows to the outdoor fan.
50
4.3 Service Space

Install the outdoor unit with a sufficient space around the outdoor unit for operation and maintenance as
shown below Fig4.1.
(1) Upper Side is Open
Unit: in.
Single Installation Single Installation Multiple Installation
Upper Side is Open Above of two sides of the unit is open. Upper Side is Open
(Occasion of obstacles in the obverse
side of the units)
2
/3
29
5-
8
8
7/
>1-
7/
-
31/
-
>7
>7
32
2
Keep a distance of more than
1/
Keep a distance of 3-15/16 in.

1-
>3
(100mm) between service cover 100mm between other units.

and wall.
Fig. 4.1 Installation Space Requirement
(2) Obstacles in Above

When obstacles are in above, it is should be ensured that the distance between the top of units
and obstacles is more than 19-11/16 in. (500mm), besides the space for installation and
maintenance is satisfied.
4.4 Installation Work

(1) Secure the outdoor unit with the anchor (2) When installing the outdoor unit, fix the unit
bolts. by anchor bolts. Refer to Fig 4.3.
Air Flow Direction Unit (in.)

2-3/4 5-17/32
23/32
Base of Outdoor Unit
Nut
17-13/16
Special Washer
16-5/16
5/8
Anchor Bolt
M12
Concrete
27/32
Max.
6-29/32 23-5/8 6-29/32

Filled Mortar
Fig. 4.3 Position of Anchor Bolts

Fig. 4.2 Installation of Anchor Bolts NOTE:
Fix the outdoor unit to the anchor bolts by When the mark * dimension is secured, piping
special washer of factory-supplied work from bottom side is easy without
accessory. interference of foundation.
51
(3) Example of fixing outdoor unit by anchor (7) The whole of the base of the outdoor unit
bolts. should be installed on a foundation. When
Unit : ( in.) using vibration-proof mat, it should also be
positioned the same way.
When installing the outdoor unit on a field-
(After cut "A " )

supplied frame, use metal plates to adjust
A the frame width for stable installation as
Max. 27/32
shown in Fig. 4.6.
Incorrect Unit : ( in.)
Cut this portion when this type
of anchor bolt is used. Base Width of Outdoor Unit
If not, it is difficult to remove 2-31/32
the service cover.
Concrete Anchor Bolt
Fig. 4.4 Fixing Example Outdoor Unit

is Unstable.
(4) Fix the outdoor unit firmly so that declining,

making noise, and falling down by strong Frame
wind or earthquake is avoided.
Frame Width 2-3/8
Fixing Plate Unit : ( in.) (Field-Supplied)
(Field-Supplied)
Both sides on the unit fixing
can be possible. Correct
Base Width of Outdoor
Unit 2-31/32
4-5/32
2 Outdoor Unit
/3
2-
31
When vibration measures is Stable.
19- 1/2
are necessary,
add vibration proof rubber. Metal Plate
(Field-Supplied) Frame
Metal Plate
3-15/16 inch or more
Fig. 4.5 Additional Fixing Arrangement
Recommended Metal Plate Size (Field-Supplied)

(5) When installing the unit on a roof or a
veranda, drain water sometimes turns to Material: Hot-Rolled Mild Steel Plate (SPHC)
ice on a cold morning. Therefore, avoid Plate Thickness: 4.5T Unit : ( in.)
draining in an area people often use 25/32 C13/32
because it is slippery.
Hole
2- 3/8
4- 23/32
(6) In case the drain piping is necessary for

the outdoor unit, use the drain-kit
9/16
(DC-01Q: Optional Parts) . Unit : ( in.)

2-3/4 16-5/32 2-3/4
Air Inlet Drain Hole 1-1/32
（21-21/32）
11-1/2 9-3/8 13-23/32

Fig. 4.6 Frame and Base Installation
3-1/4
2-7/32
3-31/32
Drain Hole 15/16
52
5. Refrigerant Piping Work ! Piping Thickness and Material

Use the pipe as below.
Table 5.1 Piping Size

Use refrigerant R410A in the refrigerant cycle.
Unit :in.(mm)
Do not charge oxygen, acetylene or other
flammable and poisonous gases into the Diameter
refrigerant cycle when performing a leakage Thickness Material
test or an air-tightness test. These types of 1/4 (6.35) 0.031 (0.8) O
gases are extremely dangerous and can 3/8 (9.52) 0.031 (0.8) O
cause an explosion. It is recommended that
1/2 (12.7) 0.031 (0.8) O
compressed air, nitrogen or refrigerant be
used for these types of tests. 5/8 (15.88) 0.039 (1.0) O
5.1 Piping Materials

(1) Prepare locally-supplied copper pipes.
(2) Select the piping size from the Table 5.1. ! Flare Nut Dimension
Use the flare nut as below.
(3) Select clean copper pipes. Make sure
<Flare Nut Dimension B Unit :in.(mm)
there is no dust and moisture inside of the
pipes. Blow the inside of the pipes with Diameter R410A
nitrogen or dry air, to remove any dust or 1/4 (6.35) 21/32 (17)
foreign materials before connecting pipes. 3/8 (9.53) 7/8 (22)
1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32 (26)
NOTE 5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32 (29)
Flare Nut
! Cautions for Refrigerant Pipe Ends

When installing pipe through Do not place the pipe
the wall, secure a cap at the directly on the ground.
end of the pipe.
Correct Incorrect Correct Incorrect 5.2 Refrigerant Piping Work
Ensure that the directions for refrigerant piping work according
Hole Hole to the tables.
Attach a cap
Attach a cap or vinyl tape. Table 5.2 Limitation of Outdoor Unit Unit :in.
or vinyl tape.
Diameter Outer Diameter of Pipe Branch

Correct Incorrect Maximum Piping Length
Capacity pipe
(kBtu/h) Gas Liquid
Rain water can
enter. 28 Max.Total pipe Length 98.4 HFQ-052F
Attach a cap
or vinyl bag with
rubber band.
Table 5.3 Indoor Unit Pipe Model Indoor Unit Unit :in.(mm)
! Cap the end of the pipe when the pipe is to

be inserted through a hole. Capacity(kBtu/h) Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe
! Do not put pipes on the ground directly 05~17 1/2(12.7) 1/4(6.35)
without a cap or vinyl tape at the end of the 19~22(4-Way Cassette) 1/2(12.7) 1/4(6.35)
pipe.
19(Ducted) 5/8(15.88) 1/4(6.35)
! Flaring Dimension
22(Ducted) 5/8(15.88) 3/8(9.53)
Perform the flaring work as shown below.
Unit :in.(mm)
18~22(Wall-Mounted) 5/8(15.88) 3/8(9.53)
90o + 2o
24~30 5/8(15.88) 3/8(9.53)
+0
Diameter A
45 o -0.02 (-0.4)
+ 2o (d)
A R410A
1/4 (6.35) 0.36 (9.1)
3/8 (9.52) 0.52 (13.2)
1/64 ~ 1/32R 1/2 (12.7) 0.65 (16.6)
5/8 (15.88) 0.78 (19.7)
d 3/4 (19.05) ()
53
Mini W C
Table 5.5 System Combination

Minimum Individual Minimum Maximum Recommend
Combination
Model Operation Capacity Combination Combination Combination
Range
（kBtu/h） Quantity Quantity Quantity
28 05 1 5 3 50%~125%
(*1) The connection ratio should not be bigger than 100% for systems where all indoor units may operate
at the same time; otherwise, overload operation may occur in harsh conditions or narrow range.
(*2) Capacity ratio must be 100% when only one indoor unit is connected, and the refrigerant additional
charge should be reduced according to the indoor unit type, Refer to Table 5.9.
(*3) The capacity of indoor unit should be modified when the capacity ratio exceed 100% or the
combination quantity exceeds the recommended quantity.
Modified capacity = nominal capacity × correction factor

Indoor Unit Type Capacity （kBtu/h） Correction Factor

54
Table 5.6 Refrigerant Pipe System
System Branch pipe for Line Branch

Item
Example Oil Trap is recommended at

This is a system of one outdoor unit Outdoor Unit
every 32.8ft. (10meters) lift
and four indoor units. Pipe materials are
not provided by the manufacturer.
No.3
No.1 No.2
No.0
Max.Pipe Length L1≤82ft. (25m)
Outdoor is Higher
than Indoor Unit
H1≤65.6ft. (20m)
Height Distance
between Outdoor
and Indoor Unit Indoor is Higher
H1≤65.6ft. (20m)
than Outdoor Unit
Max. Height Distance between
Indoor and Indoor or Indoor and
Branch Pipe
H2≤11.5ft. (3.5m)
Max.Pipe Length between the

L2≤32.8ft.(10m)
First Branch Pipe and Indoor Unit
Pipe Length From every Branch

Pipe to Indoor Unite L3≤16.4ft. (5m)
55
5.3 Branch Pipe for Line Branch
Table 5.7 T Shape Branch Pipe
Branch Pipe H FQ - 052F

5/8
1/2
5/8
5/8
1/2
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/4
Unit in. Inner Diameter
56
5.4 Piping Connection (4) Pipes can be connected from 4 directions

Pipes can be connected from 4 directions. as shown Fig. 5.1. Make a knock-out hole
in the front pipe cover or bottom base to
pass through the hole.
After removing the pipe cover from the unit,
punch out the holes following the guide line
with screwdriver and a hammer.
Then, cut the edge of the holes and attach
insulation (Field-Supplied) for cables and
Rear Side Piping Work
(Knock-Out Hole) pipes protection.
(a) Connect Front and Right Side Pipe
Right Side Piping Work
(Knock-Out Hole) Select the correct knock-out size
Front Side Bottom Side depending on whether it is for power
Piping Work Piping Work wiring or transition wiring.
(Knock-Out Hole) (Knock-Out Hole)
Fig. 5.1 Piping Direction

Right Side Piping Hole
(1) Confirm that the valve is closed.

(2) Prepare a field-supplied bend pipe for
liquid line. Connect it to the liquid valve by
flare nut through the square hole of bottom
base. Front Side Piping Hole
(3) For Gas Piping Connection It is available to correct the liquid or gas
Prepare a field-supplied bend pipe for gas
piping, power wiring less than AWG5
line. Braze it and the factory-supplied pipe
(14mm² )and transition wiring form "B"
flange at the outside of the unit.
part.
NOTE:
When using conduit, check to the tube size
Do not apply the double before removing "B" part.
spanner work here.
Refrigerant leakage shall
occur.
(b) Bottom Side Piping Work

After removing bottom of the piping cover,
perform piping and wiring works.
Power Wire
Gas Piping
Liquid Piping
Liquid Piping
Double Spanner Work Tightening Work for Stop Valve
Knock Out Hole
Table 5.8 Tightening Torque for Flare Nut Bottom Side Piping Hole
Bottom Base
Pipe Size in.(mm) Torque ft.·lbs(N·m)
14.7 ft.·lbs (20 N·m)
29.5 ft.·lbs (40 N·m) NOTE:
44.3 ft.·lbs (60 N·m)
Prevent the cables from coming into direct
59.0 ft.·lbs (80 N·m) contact with the piping.
57
(c) Rear Piping Work (4) Stop Valve
After removing rear piping cover, punch Operation of the stop valve should be performed
out the "C" holes along the guide line. according to the below.
Rear Cover
<Stop Valve for AVW-28H3FH
<Stop Valve>
NOTE:
To avoid damage protect cables and pipes
with adequate insulation(Field-Supplied). Liquid Valve:12ft.·lbs (16N·m) Cap
(5) To prevent gaps use a rubber bush and Clockwise

insulation(Field-Supplied) adequately Gas Valve:36ft.·lbs (49N·m)
when installing the piping cover. Cut the
lower side guide line of the piping cover
when attaching work is difficult. If not, it
will be included water in the unit and Wrench Size:5/32 in. (4mm)
electrical parts will be damaged.
(6) Use a pipe bender or elbow(Field-Supplied)
for bending work when connecting pipe.
5.5 Air-Tightness Test

(1) The stop valve has been closed before
shipment, however, make sure that the stop
valves are closed completely.
(2) Connect the indoor unit and the outdoor
unit with field-supplied refrigerant piping.
Suspend the refrigerant piping at certain
points and prevent the refrigerant piping
from touching the weak part of the building
such as wall, ceiling, etc.
(If touched, abnormal sound may occur due
to the vibration of the piping. Pay special
attention in case of short piping length.)
(3) Apply the oil thinly at the seat surface of the
flare nut and pipe before tightening.
And when tightening the flare nut, use two
spanners.
Refrigerant Oil is field-supplied.
Model: α68HES-H (Ether Oil)
Manufacturer: IDEMITSU KOSAN Co., Ltd.
Procedure
Completion Applying Check of
of Ref. Nitrogen Pressure Pass
Piping Gas Decrease
Repairing
of Leakage
Part
58
.
Spindle Valve Torque ft.·lbs(N m) (5) Check for any gas leakage by gas leak
Gas Liquid detector or forming agent. Use the
6.6~8.1 (9~11) 5.2~6.6 (7~9) foaming agent which does not generate
the ammonia (NH3) by chemical
Hexagonal Wrench Size in. (mm) reaction. The recommended forming
Gas Liquid agent are as shown below. Do not use
7/32 (5) 5/32 (4) general household detergent for
checking.
! Do not apply an abnormal big force to Foaming Agent Manufacturer

the spindle valve at the end of opening 3.7 ft.·lbs SNOOP NUPRO (U.S.A.)
(5.0N ▪ m )or smaller. Gupoflex YOKOGAWA & CO., LTD
The back seat construction is not provided.
! Do not loosen the stop ring. If the stop ring NOTES:
is loosened, it is dangerous, since the 1. When the spindle cap for stop valve is
spindle will hop out. removed, the gas accumulated at O-ring or
screws is released and may make sound. This
! At the test run, fully open the spindle. If not
phenomenon is NOT a gas leakage.
fully opened, the devices will be damaged.
2. This unit is only for the refrigerant R410A. The
manifold gauge and the charging hose should
(5) Connect the gauge manifold using be exclusive use for R410A.
charging hoses with a nitrogen cylinder to the 3. If vacuum degree of -14.5Psi(-0.1MPa/760mmHg)
check joints of the liquid line and the gas line is not available, it is considered a gas leakage or
stop valves. entering moisture. Check for any gas leakage
Perform the air-tightness test. once again and correct. If no leakage exists,
Do not open the stop valves. Apply nitrogen operate the vacuum pump for more than one to
gas pressure of 601Psi (4.15MPa). two hours.
(6) Check for any gas leakage at the flare nut
connections, or brazed parts by gas leak
detector or foaming agent.
(7) After the air-tightness test, release nitrogen gas.
5.6 Vacuum Pumping and charge refrigerant
(1) Connect a mani-fold gauge to the check

joints at the both sides.
Continue vacuum pumping work until the
pressure reaches 756mmHg or lower for
one to two hours.
(2) After vacuum pumping work, stop the
mani-fold valve’s valve, stop the vacuum
pump and leave it for one hour. Check
to ensure that the pressure in the mani-
fold gauge does not increase.
(3) Fully open the gas valve and liquid valve.

(4) Add refrigerant according to the piping
diameter and piping length in the field
connecting.
59
Never use the refrigerant charged in the outdoor unit for air purging.
Insufficient refrigerant will lead to failure.
Thermal Insulation Finishing Work

Wrap tape around thermal
insulation of gas pipe and liquid
pipe.
Indoor Unit
Cover the flare nut and union of the
piping connection with thermal insulation.
Insulate the liquid pipe for

prevention of the capacity
decrease according to the
Gas Line ambient air conditions and
Liquid Line the dewing on the pipe surface
by the low pressure.
Check to ensure that there is

Liquid Line Stop Valve no gas leakage. When large
amount of the refrigerant leaks,
the troubles as follows may occur;
1. Oxygen Deficiency
Gas Line Stop Valve 2. Generation of Harmful Gas
Due to Chemical Reaction
with Fire.
Nitrogen Tank
for Air-Tightness
Test and
Manifold Nitrogen Blow
Gauge during Brazing
Vacuum Pump
! At the test run, fully open the spindle.

If not fully opened, the devices will be damaged.
! An excess or a shortage of refrigerant is the main
cause of damages to the units.
Charge the correct refrigerant quantity according
to the description of label at the inside of service
cover.
! Check for refrigerant leakage in detail. If a large
refrigerant leakage occurs, it will cause difficulty
with breathing or harmful gases would occur if a
fire was being used in the room.
60
(6) Additional Refrigerant Charge

It is necessary additional refrigerant charge as follows.

to piping length.
1. Calculating Method of Additional Refrigerant Charge (W lbs)

<EXAMPLE>
AVW-28H3FH
1/4×13.1ft. 1/4×13.1ft. 1/4×13.1ft. 1/4×13.1ft.
3/8×49.2ft. 3/8×9.8ft. 3/8×9.8ft.
See Example for Model AVW-28H3FH, and fill in the following table. Pipe
Diameter (in.) Total Piping Length (ft.) Additional Charge (lbs)
W11= 3/8 49.2 9.8 9.8 0.0201 1.38

W12= 1/4 13.1 13.1 13.1 13.1 0.0134 0.70
Total Piping Length 121.2ft.(37m) Additional 2.08 lbs

Charge Pipe Diameter in. Total Piping Length ft. Additional Charge (lbs)
W11= 3/8 a
W12= 1/4 b
Total Piping Length ft.
Additional Ref.Charge
2. Charging Work
Record the refrigerant charging quantity in order to facilitate maintenance
Total Ref. Charge of This System lbs
Total Ref. Charge of This System = W + W 0
Day Month Year
<Table 1>
W0: (lbs) Max. Total

Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit a b Ref.Charge
Capacity(kBtu/h) Ref.Charge
(lbs)
28 5.5 0.0201 0.0134 7.3
NOTE:
W0 is outdoor unit ref. charge before shipment.
61

Table 5.9 Reduced Refrigerant Charge for Special Indoor Units

(lbs)
Indoor Unit Type
4-Way
Cassette Type
Refrigerant reduction/lbs
28 100% 0.44
_
62
5.7 Caution of the Pressure by Check Joint

When the pressure is measured, use the check joint of gas stop valve ((A) in the figure below) and use the
check joint of liquid piping ( (C) in the figure below) .
At that time, connect the pressure gauge according to the following table because of high pressure side and
low pressure side changes by operation mode.
Cooling Operation Heating Operation
Check Joint for Gas Stop Valve "A" Low Pressure High Pressure
Check Joint for Piping "B" High Pressure Low Pressure
Check Joint for Liquid Stop Valve "C" Exclusive for Vacuum Pump and Refrigerant Charge
NOTE:
Be careful that refrigerant and oil do not splash onto the electrical parts when removing the charge hoses.
C
<Outdoor Unit 28 >
● Special Attention Regarding Refrigerant Gas Leakage

Pay attention to the critical gas concentration to avoid accidental refrigerant gas leakage before installing
air conditioning systems.
R: Total Quantity of Charged Refrigerant (lbs(kg))

≤ C: Critical Concentration 0.026 lbs/ft3 (0.42kg/m3)
V: Room Volume (ft3(m3))
* This value should be decided according to each country’s regulation such as ISO5149,EN378 and ASHRAE
Standard 15. In the case that the calculated critical concentration is higher than this value, take the following
actions:
1) Provide a gas leakage detector and exhaust fan controlled by its gas leakage detector.
2) Provide effective opening in the wall or door for ventilation to next door so that the critical gas concentration
can be maintained lower than the above value. (Provide an opening with area greater than 0.15% of the
floor surface at the lower part of a door.)
CAUTION
1. Maximum Permissible Concentration of HFC GAS R410A
The refrigerant R410A is an incombustible and non-toxic gas.
However, if leakage occurs and gas fills a room, it may cause suffocation.
Once leakage occurs, it is a must to take effective actions to make the concentration of R410A lower
than 0.026 lbs/ft3 (0.42 kg/m3).
2. Calculation of Refrigerant Concentration
(1) Calculate the total quantity of refrigerant R (lbs(kg)) charged in the system connecting all the
indoor units of target rooms.
(2) Calculate the volume of the room installing this unit V (ft3(m3)).
3. Calculate the refrigerant concentration C (lbs/ft3) (kg/m3) of the room according to the above equation.
Please follow local codes or regulations, if any.
63
5.8 Collecting Refrigerant 6. Electrical Wiring

When the refrigerant should be collected into the
outdoor unit due to indoor/outdoor unit relocation,
collect the refrigerant as follows.
! Turn OFF the main power switch to the
(1) Attach the manifold gauge to the gas stop indoor unit and the outdoor unit and wait for
valve and the liquid stop valve. more than 10 minutes before electrical wiring
(2) Turn ON the power source. work or a periodical check is performed.
(3) Set the DSW1-1 pin of the outdoor unit ! Check to ensure that the indoor fan and the
PCB at the “ON” side for cooling operation. outdoor fan have stopped before electrical
Close the liquid stop valve and collect the wiring work or a periodical check is
refrigerant. performed.
(4) When the pressure at lower pressure side ! Protect the wires, electrical parts, etc. from
(gas stop valve) indicates rats or other small animals.
-1psi(-0.01MPa) (684mmHg), perform If not protected, rats may gnaw at
the following procedures immediately. unprotected parts and at the worst, a fire
* Close the gas stop valve. will occur.
* Set the DSW1-1 pin at the “OFF” side. ! Avoid the wirings from touching the
(To stop the unit operation.) refrigerant pipes, plate edges and electrical
(5) Turn OFF the power source. parts inside the unit.
If not do, the wires will be damaged and at
the worst, a fire will occur.
Dip Switch
DSW1-1ON
Manifold Gauge
Liquid
Stop Valve
! Tightly secure the power source wiring
using the cord clamp inside the unit.
6.1 General Check

(1) Make sure that the field-selected electrical
components (main power switches, circuit
breakers, wires, conduit connectors and
Gas Stop Valve
wire terminals) have been properly
selected according to the electrical data.
<Outdoor Unit-28> for Example Make sure that the components comply
with National Electrical Code (NEC).
(2) Check to ensure that the voltage of power
supply is within +10% of nominal voltage
If not, electrical parts will be damaged.
Measure the low pressure by the pressure gauge (3) Check to ensure that the capacity of power
and keep it not to decrease than -1psi (-0.01MPa). supply is enough.
If the pressure is lower than -1psi (-0.01MPa), the If not, the compressor will not be able to
compressor may be faulty. operate cause of abnormal voltage drop
at starting.
(4) Check to ensure that the earth wire is
connected.
(5) Check to ensure that the electrical
resistance is more than 1 megohm, by
measuring the resistance between ground
and the terminal of the electrical parts.
If not, do not operate the system until the
electrical leakage is found and repaired.
64
6.2 Electrical Wiring Connection

(1) Connect the power supply wires to the (2) Connect the wires between the outdoor
terminal board in the electrical control box and indoor units to terminals 1 and 2 on the
of both outdoor unit and indoor unit. And terminal board.
connect the earth wire to the electrical If power supply wiring is connected to 1 and
control box of outdoor unit. 2 of terminal board, printed circuit board will
In addition, connect the earth wire to earth be damaged.
screw in the electrical control box of indoor
unit. Refer to Fig. 6.1. Indoor Unit Remote
Control Switch
(Option)
208/230V~60Hz 208/230V~60Hz
Outdoor Unit
L1 L2
L1 L2
Remote Control
Switch Cable
2
Shielded Twist-Pair Cable AWG18(0.75mm ) x 2 This cable
dose not need any polarity. Do not apply an excessively
high voltage to this cable. (Rated Voltage: 12V)
Fig. 6.1 Wiring Connection for Indoor & Outdoor
(3) Do not wire in front of the fixing screw of

the service panel. If you do, the screw can NOTES:
not be removed. 1. In case of total wiring length at intermediate
wiring between outdoor unit and indoor unit and
(4) Use shielded twisted pair for communication wire
between indoor units is less than 328ft.(100m),
connecting the indoor unit and outdoor unit，
it is possible to use the normal wiring (more than
respectively connected to the 1 and 2 terminals of
AWG18(0.75mm2)) except shielded twist pair.
the terminal block between the indoor and outdoor
unit. Connect the communication wire of the wired 2. Total wiring length for remote control switch can
controller to the A and B terminals of the indoor unit be extended up to 928ft. (500m).
terminal block. If total wiring length less than 98.4ft.(30m), it is
possible to use the normal wiring AWG22
(0.3mm2) except shielded twist pair.
! Install an ELB in the power source.
3. Power Source Wiring
If ELB is not used, it will cause electric shock or Power source wiring is fundamentally according
fire at the worst. to this method.
! The tightening torque of each screw shall be as
follows.
M4: 0.7 to 1.0 ft.·lbs (1.0 to 1.3 N·m)
M5: 1.5 to 1.8 ft.·lbs (2.0 to 2.5 N·m)
M6: 3.0 to 3.7 ft.·lbs (4.0 to 5.0 N·m)
M8: 6.6 to 8.1 ft.·lbs (9.0 to 11.0 N·m)
M10: 13.3 to 17.0 ft.·lbs (18.0 to 23.0 N·m)
Keep the above tightening torque when wiring work.
65
208/230V~60Hz
Distribution Box or Pull Box
208/230V~60Hz
Fig. 6.2 Wiring Connection (208/230V ~60Hz)
(5) Inthecasethat aconduit tube for field-wiring is not used, fix rubber bushes with adhesive on the panel.
Model Power Source MCA ( A ) MOP ( A ) Minimum transmission cable size
28 208/230V ~ 60Hz 23.2 30 AWG18(0.75mm2)
66
NOTES:
(1) Field wiring shall conform to local laws and regulations, and all wiring operations must
be performed by qualified professionals.
(2) Refer to relevant standards for above-noted power cord size.
(3) Where power cord is connected through junction box in series, be sure to determine the
total current and choose wires based on the table below 6.1.
(4) The wiring specifications for weak-current communication circuit shall not be lower than
that for RVV(S)P shielded wires or equivalent, and the shielding layer shall be grounded.
(5) A switch that can ensure all-pole disconnection shall be installed between power supply
and air conditioning unit in such a manner that the contact spacing shall not be less than
3mm.
(6) Once the power cord is damaged, the dealer or the professionals from designated
maintenance department must be contacted in a timely manner for repair and
replacement.
(7) For the installation of power cord, the ground wire must be longer than the current-
carrying conductor.
Insert the wires with a cord

clamp as shown in the figure.
Mount the clamp on stop

valve mounting plate, and
tighten it with screws.
Make a loop of the wires so that disconnecting

Do not use a solderless the wirings for replacing parts is not required.
terminal when a single
wire is used, or it will
cause abnormal heating
at the caulking portion
of the terminal.
If a single wire is used,
connect the wire direct
as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6.3 Wiring Connection of Outdoor Unit
67
Install a multi-pole main switch with a space of 1/8 inch (3.0mm) or more between each phase.
7.Test Run
Test run should be performed according to the
Table 7.1 on page 24. Use the Table 7.2 on
page 26 for recording test run.
! Do not operate the system until all the check

points have been cleared.
(A) Check and confirm Ref. pipe system and
communication wire link to same Ref. cycle
system.
(B) Check to ensure that the electrical
measuring the resistance between
ground and the terminal of the electrical
parts. If not, do not operate the system
until the electrical leakage is found and
repaired.
(C) Check to ensure that the stop valves of
the outdoor unit are fully opened, and
then start the system.
(D) Check to ensure that the switch on the
main power source has been ON for
more than 12 hours, to warm the
compressor oil by the oil heater .
! Pay attention to the following items while
the system is running.
(A) Do not touch any of the parts by hand at
the discharge gas side, since the
compressor chamber and the pipes at
the discharge side are heated higher
than194oF(90oC).
(B) DO NOT PUSH THE BUTTON OF THE
MAGNETIC SWITCH(ES). It will cause a
serious accident.
! Do not touch any electrical components
within ten minutes after turning OFF
the main switch.
! Operate every indoor unit one by one, check and
confirm their Ref. cycle and connect wire joint to
same Ref. cycle system.
68
Table 7.1 Checking of Wire Connection by Test Run
69
(7)
70
Table 7.2 Test Run and Maintenance Record
MODEL: SERIAL. No. COMPRESSOR MFG. No.
CUSTOMER'S NAME AND ADDRESS: DATE:
1. Is the rotation direction of the indoor coil fan correct?
2. Is the rotation direction of the outdoor coil fan correct?
3. Are there any abnormal compressor sounds?
4. Has the unit been operated at least twenty (20) minutes?
5. Check Room Temperature

Inlet: No. 1 DB /WB o
F, No. 2 DB /WB o
F, No.3 DB /WB o
F, No.4 DB /WB o
F
Outlet: DB /WB o
F, DB /WB o
F, DB /WB o
F, DB /WB o
F
6. Check Outdoor Ambient Temperature
Inlet: DB
o
F, WB o
F
o
Outlet: DB F, WB o
F
7. Check Refrigerant Temperature
Liquid Temperature: o
C
Discharge Gas Temperature: o
C
8. Check Pressure
Discharge Pressure: Psi
Suction Pressure: Psi
9. Check Voltage
Rated Voltage: V
Operating Voltage: V
Starting Voltage: V
10. Check Compressor Input Running Current

Input: kW
Running Current: A
11. Is the refrigerant charge adequate?
12. Do the operation control devices operate correctly?
13. Do the safety devices operate correctly?
14. Has the unit been checked for refrigerant leakage?
15. Is the unit clean inside and outside?
16. Are all cabinet panels fixed?
17. Are all cabinet panels free from rattles?
18. Is the filter clean?
19. Is the heat exchanger clean?
20. Are the stop valves open?
21. Does the drain water flow smoothly from the drain pipe?
71
Table 7.3 Alarm Code

!"#
$% &' ()*(+)( (),-.(/01/!)+*
$2 3" ' ()*(+)( ()*-10*4056(##)
70&8#96
$: ;
. &

### 3"<3"3"=
&((> 0!#;#0+#((> 0
;44,"#
$? ;
### .&)*@3"*@ ;###,"<!#(=
.,3"*@
$A -"44*/# *.-"(*/## &((*.-"(0(7)#B
*/#034*/#
$C D &)D EFGHIIJKLIMGNOPKQJIRSKTUVFWXYZPUGK[I\PJK]NRNYZG^
$_ ( +(#+#(/8#-"4/ 56 (##)7/0
,";/#0&((>
$` ( &(#+#(/8#;4" TUVFWXYZPUGKaPWJZOPJNUGK]bNJOPSK[ZRPK]MIOOZUOSK
,";/#0&((>
%% &;/#
%2 -# 3";/# &((> 0+#((>
%: &' ,c*(;/#
%? 8#*4;/#
%d ,9 ()*(+)(&, ,93)/0!(e
2% 1/*##"-#
22 -# 3+"#(/8
;/#
2: 3"' 5)4*#4;/ # &((> 0+#((>
2? ;/#
2d !.*##"-#
:% &((4(3"'&' &((-4(
:A &((-&'fg +"4(&'fg
-# ,"*(+(("
:` *()("3"' <,"*(+(+)(0
3"*@0&((> *@=
?: ()!.*##"+(#*( +()4##<,"4##
+)( &)0!#*.-"44(=
?? ()!.*##"&(#*(+)( 3)
<!
01/;4g10!(e
#(=
*(
?A +)( ()1/*##"&(#*(+)( 3) 34<0-/B*##=0*4
]MIOOZUOSKTUVFWXYZPUGKaPWJZOPJNUGSKTUPJGKhNVKiZjZUO
?_ ()!.*##"+(#*( TUVFWXYZPUGKaPWJZOPJNUGSKaPWJZOPJNUGK[ZRZUOK]MIOOZUOSK
+)(<D(""34= !(e<!#(=
?` ()&)3)("*(+)( 3) 3404##,"
A% -# "-# "-#,"
A: &)5-+( +)&5-+(<*(
3)("0!.D0-/B("=
A? &) &(#&),;4" &),;/#0156(/
0,
AA &)," &)*@,"
3", ,9 +#((> &((> .
A_ 9 *@<*@%=,7*@<*@:0
*@A=0,",9
55 4## 4##*( ,"4##
% 3"' &((3"'fg- 3)C?fg#-##7(g
fg-
A &'
fg- &((&'fg-
More than 17 Non-Corresponding to H-NET Units
are Connected to One Syetem
72
8. Safety and Control Device Setting

Fan Motor Protection
When the thermistor temperature is
reached to the setting, motor output is
decreased. The other way, when the
temperature becomes lower, limitation
is cancelled.
Outdoor Unit Model(kBtu/h) 28
Pressure Automatic Reset,Non-Adjustable

Switch High
Pressure Cut-Out Psi(MPa) -7
601 -29 ( )
+22
Cut-In Psi(MPa) 464- 29 ( )
Control
Switch High 413±15 ( )
Pressure Cut-Out Psi(MPa)
0
Cut-In Psi(MPa) 522- 22 ( )
40
Fuse on Main Circuit A
CCP Timer Set Time min. 3
Temperature Controller Automatic Reset,Non-Adjustable

of Fan Motor
Cut-Out o
F( ) 248±10 ( )
Cut-In F( ) 230~140 ( )
o
73
Installation (AVW-36/48/60H3FH)
1. Safety Summary
10 . (3 meters)
2. Structure
-AVW-36/48/60H3FH
ON ON ON
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
ON ON
1 2 3 45 6 1 23 45 6
ON
1 2
. .
1 Compressor 14 Bypass Solenoid Valve
2 Heat Exchanger 15 High Pressure Switch
3 Propeller Fan 16 Pressure Sensor
4 Fan Motor 17 Crankcase Heater
5 Check Valve 18 Electrical Box
6 Reversing Valve 19 Base assembly
7 Distributor 20 Vibration Absorbing Rubber
8 Check Joint for High/Low Pressure(Cool/Heat) 21 Air Inlet
9 Strainer 22 Air Outlet
10 Electrical Expansion Valve 23
11 Accumulator 24
12 Stop Valve for Gas Line 25
13 Stop Valve for Liquid Line 26
74
<Refrigerant Cycle>
Outdoor Unit-AVW-36/48/60H3FH in.
Air Temperature Sensor
Condensator Temperature
Sensor
s s
Piping Connection
3/8
5/8
Piping Connection P HP P
Discharge Temperature
Sensor

Flare Connection
NO. Remark
Compressor
Heat Exchanger
Accumulator
Strainer
Distributor
Reversing Valve
Capillary Tube Bypass
Electrical Expansion Valve
Reversing
Check Valve Valve
Capilary Tube
Solenoid Valve Bypass
Check Joint
Stop Valve for Liquid Line Bypass
Individual
Stop Valve Valve
for Gas Line
Pressure Switch High Pressure Protect
Pressure
Check JointSensor High Pressure
Pressure Sensor Low Pressure
17 Expansion Muffler
75
2.2 Necessary Tools and Instrument List for Installation
No. Tool No. Tool No. Tool No. Tool

1 Handsaw 6 Copper Pipe Bender 11 Spanner 16 Leveller
2 Phillips 7 12 17 Clamper for Solder-

Manual Water Pump Charging Cylinder
Screwdriver less Terminals
3 Vacuum Pump 8 Pipe Cutter 13 Gauge Manifold 18 Hoist
(for Indoor Unit)
4 Refrigerant Gas 9 Brazing Kit 14 Cutter for Wires 19 Ammeter
Hose
5 Megohmmeter 10 Hexagon Wrench 15 Gas Leak Detector 20 Voltage Meter
Use tools and measuring instruments exclusive for the new refridgerant in case of direct contact with refrigerant.
": Interchangeability is available with current R22 !: Only for Refrigerant R410A (No Interchangeability with R22)
#: Prohibited $: Only for Refrigerant R407C (No Interchangeability with R22)
Interchangeability
with R22 Reason of Non-Interchangeability and Attention
Measuring Instrument and Tool Use
(: Strictly Required)
R410A R407C
Pipe Cutter, Cutting Pipe
Chamfering   - Removing Burrs
Reamer
Flaring Tool   * The flaring tools for R407C are applicable to R22. Flaring for Tubes
* If using flaring tube, make dimension of tube larger Dimensional Control
Extrusion for R410A.
 - for Extruded Portion
Adjustment Gauge * In case of hard temper pipe, flaring is not available. of Tube after Flaring
* In case of hard temper pipe, bending is not Bending
Pipe Bender   available.
Use elbow for bend and braze.
* In case of hard temper pipe, expanding of tube is Expanding Tubes
Refrigerant Expanding Tool  
not available. Use socket for connecting tube.
Pipe
* For 1/2 in. D. (12.7mm), 5/8 in. D. (15.88mm), Connection of
 
spanner size is up 3/32 in. (2mm). Flare Nut
Torque Wrench
* For 1/4 in. D. (6.35mm), 3/8 in. D. (9.52mm), 3/4
 
in. D. (19.05mm), spanner size is the same.
Brazing Tool   * Perform correct brazing work. Brazing for Tubes
* Strict Control against Contamin Prevention from
Nitrogen Gas   (Blow nitrogen during brazing.) Oxidation during
Brazing
* Use a synthetic oil which is equivalent to the oil Applying Oil to
Lubrication Oil
  used in the refrigeration cycle. the Flared Surface
(for Flare Surface)
* Synthetic oil absorbs moisture quickly.
* Check refrigerant cylinder color. Refrigerant Charging
Refrigerant
   Liquid refrigerant charging is required regarding
Cylinder
zeotropic refrigerant.
Vacuum Pump    The current ones are applicable. However, it is Vacuum Pumping

required to mount a vacuum pump adapter which
Adapter for  can prevent from reverse flow when a vacuum

Vacuum Pump pump stops, resulting in no reverse oil flow.
* No interchangeability is available due to higher Vacuum Pumping,
Vacuum Manifold Valve   pressures when compared with R22. Vacuum Holding,
Drying  Do not use current ones to the different refrigerant. Refrigerant Charging
 If used, mineral oil will flow into the cycle and and Check of
Refrigerant cause sludges, resulting in clogging or compressor Pressures
Charge failure.
Charging Hose   Connection diameter is different; R410A: UNF1/2,
R407C: UNF7/16.
Charging Cylinder   * Use the weight scale. -
Measuring
Weight Scale   - Instrument for
Refrigerant Charging
Refrigerant Gas  * The current gas leakage detector (R22) is not Gas Leakage Check
 
Leakage Detector applicable due to different detecting method.
: Interchangeability with R407C.
76
3. Transportation and Handling 3.2 Handling of Outdoor Unit
3.1 Transportation
Transport the product as close to the installation Do not put any foreign material into the
location as possible before unpacking. outdoor unit and check to ensure that none
exists in the outdoor unit before the
installation and test run. Otherwise, a fire or
failure, etc. may occur.
Do not put any material on the product.
Apply two lifting wires onto the outdoor unit,
when lifting it by crane. When Using Handles
When manually lifting the unit using the
! Hanging Method handles, pay attention to the following points.
When hanging the unit, ensure a balance of
the unit, check safety and lift up smoothly.
(1) Do not remove the wooden base from the
(1) Do not remove any packing materials. outdoor unit.
(2) Hang the unit under packing condition with (2) To prevent the unit from overturning, pay
two (2) ropes, as shown in Fig. 3.1. attention to the center of gravity as shown
in the below figure.
(3) Two or more personnel should be used to
move the unit.
2~3 ft. Do not remove the plastic tRQQAkOXQ?ADTYK
band or the corrugated uPFSAZ@DVW
paper frame.
kHH@DlIAmCD
Pass the wire ropes

through each lifting pROVQ?
E
oRDSD?V?O
hole in the wooden
base as shown.
Fig. 3.3 Handling of Outdoor Unit

Fig. 3.1 Hanging Work for Transportation
If have no package to move. Please protect

with cloth or paper
Put Cloth or Paper
Fig.3.2 Transportation for no wooden base
77
4. Outdoor Unit Installation Direction of Strong Wind
4.1 Factory-Supplied Accessories

Check to ensure that the following accessories
are packed with the outdoor unit.
Table 4.1 Factory-Supplied Accessories
Accessory Q'ty Recommend

Washer 4 for Anchor Bolts
Direction of Air Discharge
NOTE • Install near the wall to avoid facing the wind

directly. Ensure that the service space
If any of these accessories are not packed with should be secured.
the unit, please contact your contractor.
A Wall to Guard Against Wind
4.2 Initial Check

• Install the outdoor unit where good ventilation is Wall
available, and where it is dry.
• Install the outdoor unit where the sound or the
discharge air from the outdoor unit does not
affect neighbors or surrounding vegetation.
The operating sound at the rear or right/left
sides is higher than the value in the catalog at
the front side.
• Check to ensure that the foundation is flat, level
and sufficiently strong. Secure the adequate service Direction of Strong Wind
space 23-5/8in. (600mm).
• Do not install the outdoor unit where there is a
high level of oil mist, salty air or harmful gases NOTE:
such as sulphur. If the extreme strong wind blows directly against
• Do not install the outdoor unit where the the air discharge portion, the fan may rotate
electromagnetic wave is directly radiated to the reversely and be damaged.
electrical box.
• Install the outdoor unit as far as possible being
at least 10 ft. (3 meters) from the Aluminum fins have very sharp edges. Pay
electromagnetic wave radiator. attention to the fins to avoid any injury.
• When installing the outdoor unit in snow-
covered areas, mount the field-supplied hoods NOTE
at the discharge side of the outdoor unit and
Install the outdoor unit on a roof or in an area
the inlet side of the heat exchanger.
where people except service engineers can not
• Install the outdoor unit where it is in the shade touch the outdoor unit.
or it will not be exposed to direct sunshine or
direct radiation from high temperature heat
source.
• Do not install the outdoor unit where dust or
other contamination could block the outdoor
heat exchanger.
• Install the outdoor unit in a space with limited
access to general public.
• Do not install the outdoor unit in a space where
a seasonal wind directly blows to the outdoor
heat exchanger or a wind from a building space
directly blows to the outdoor fan.
78
4.3 Service Space

Install the outdoor unit with a sufficient space around the outdoor unit for operation and maintenance as
shown below Fig4.1.
in.
Single Installation Single Installation Multiple Installation
Upper Side is Open Left Right&Upper Sides are Open

'
16 /8
-13/ >7-7
>11
>1 >3-15/16 16
-31 -13/
/32 >11
>3-15/16
Keep a distance of 3-15/16 in. Keep a distance of 3-15/16 in.
(100mm) on right side of unit (100mm) >5 on right side of unit
0
Fig. 4.1 Installation Space Requirement

4.4 Installation Work
(3) Example of fixing outdoor unit by anchor
(1) Secure the outdoor unit with the anchor bolts.
bolts.
Air Flow Direction
(After cut "A " )

Base of Outdoor Unit
A
Max. 27/32
Nut
Special Washer
Cut this portion when this type

Anchor Bolt of anchor bolt is used.
M10 If not, it is difficult to remove
Concrete the service cover. Concrete Anchor Bolt
27/32
Max.
Filled Mortar
Fig. 4.4 Fixing Example
Fig. 4.2 Installation of Anchor Bolts (4) Fix the outdoor unit firmly so that declining,
making noise, and falling down by strong
Fix the outdoor unit to the anchor bolts by wind or earthquake is avoided.
special washer of factory-supplied (in.)
accessory. Both sides on the unit fixing
Fixing Plate
(2) When installing the outdoor unit, fix the unit (Field-Supplied) can be possible.
by anchor bolts. Refer to Fig. 4.3
（ in.）
regarding the location of fixing holes.
17- 11/32
4-5/32
16- 5/32
14- 9/16
2
/3
31
2-
19- 1/2
2-3/4
When vibration measures
are necessary,
Front Air Outlet Anchor bolts add vibration proof rubber.
23-5/8 ( 1/2 )hole (Field-Supplied)
37-13/32 4-11/32
Fig. 4.3 Position of Anchor Bolts Fig. 4.5 Additional Fixing Arrangement
(5) When installing the unit on a roof or a
NOTE: veranda, drain water sometimes turns to
When the mark * dimension is secured, piping ice on a cold morning. Therefore, avoid
work from bottom side is easy without draining in an area people often use
interference of foundation. because it is slippery.
79
(6) In case the drain piping is necessary for Recommended Metal Plate Size (Field-Supplied)
the outdoor unit, use the drain-kit Material: Hot-Rolled Mild Steel Plate (SPHC)
(DC-01Q:Optional Parts). Plate Thickness: 4.5T
(in.) (in.)
Drain Hole 1-1/32 25/32 C13/32

Drain Hole 4---15/16 Position of Drain pipe joint
2-23/32 8-13/16 9-13/32 13-23/32 Optional Hole
2- 3/8
4- 23/32
3-11/16 5-17/32
3-5/16
9/16
2-3/4 16-5/32 2-3/4
（21-21/32）
Front(Air Outlet)
Fig. 4.6 Frame and Base Installation
(7) The whole of the base of the outdoor unit

should be installed on a foundation. When
using vibration-proof mat, it should also be
positioned the same way.
When installing the outdoor unit on a field-
supplied frame, use metal plates to adjust
the frame width for stable installation as
shown in Fig. 4.6.
Incorrect
(in.)
Base Width of Outdoor Unit
2-31/32
Outdoor Unit
is Unstable.
Frame
Frame Width 2-3/8

(Field-Supplied)
Correct
Unit 2-31/32
Outdoor Unit
is Stable.
Frame Metal Plate

Metal Plate 3-15/16
or more
80
in. (mm)
5. Refrigerant Piping Work 90o + 2o
A
+0
Diameter
45 o
+ 2o -0.02 (-0.4)
(d)
A R410A
1/4 (6.35) 0.36 (9.1)
Use refrigerant R410A in the refrigerant cycle. 3/8 (9.52) 0.52 (13.2)
Do not charge oxygen, acetylene or other
1/64 ~ 1/32R
1/2 (12.7) 0.65 (16.6)
flammable and poisonous gases into the 5/8 (15.88) 0.78 (19.7)
refrigerant cycle when performing a leakage 3/4 (19.05) ()

d
test or an air-tightness test. These types of

gases are extremely dangerous and can ! Piping Thickness and Material
cause an explosion. It is recommended that Use the pipe as below.
compressed air, nitrogen or refrigerant be
used for these types of tests. Table 5.1 Piping Size in. (mm)
Diameter
5.1 Piping Materials Thickness Material
(1) Prepare locally-supplied copper pipes.

1/4 (6.35) 0.031 (0.8) O
(2) Select the piping size from the Table 5.1.
3/8 (9.52) 0.031 (0.8) O
(3) Select clean copper pipes. Make sure 1/2 (12.7) 0.031 (0.8) O
there is no dust and moisture inside of the 5/8 (15.88) 0.039 (1.0) O
pipes. Blow the inside of the pipes with
nitrogen or dry air, to remove any dust or
foreign materials before connecting pipes.
! Flare Nut Dimension
NOTE
Use the flare nut as below.
<Flare Nut Dimension B in.(mm)

! Cautions for Refrigerant Pipe Ends Diameter R410A
When installing pipe through Do not place the pipe 1/4 (6.35) 21/32 (17)
the wall, secure a cap at the directly on the ground.
end of the pipe. 3/8 (9.53) 7/8 (22)
Correct Incorrect Correct Incorrect
1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32 (26)
Flare Nut
5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32 (29)
Hole Hole
Attach a cap
Attach a cap or vinyl tape.
or vinyl tape.
Correct Incorrect 5.2 Refrigerant Piping Work

(1) Ensure that the directions for refrigerant piping
Rain water can
enter. work according to the tables.
Attach a cap Table 5.2 Limitation of Outdoor Unit

or vinyl bag with
rubber band.
Diameter Outer Diameter of Pipe in. (mm)
Capacity
(kBtu/h) Gas Liquid Branch Pipe
36
! Cap the end of the pipe when the pipe is to 48 5/8 (15.88) 3/8 (9.53) HFQ-052F
be inserted through a hole. 60
! Do not put pipes on the ground directly
without a cap or vinyl tape at the end of the Table 5.3 Indoor Unit Pipe Model in. (mm)
pipe.
Capacity(kBtu/h) Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe
! Flaring Dimension 05~17 1/2(12.7) 1/4(6.35)
Perform the flaring work as shown below. 19~22(4-Way Cassette) 1/2(12.7) 1/4(6.35)
19(Ducted) 5/8(15.88) 1/4(6.35)
22(Ducted) 5/8(15.88) 3/8(9.53)
18~22(Wall-Mounted) 5/8(15.88) 3/8(9.53)
24~54 5/8(15.88) 3/8(9.53)
81
5 4
Mini W C
Table 5.5 Limitation of Combination Quantity

Minimum Individual Minimum Maximum Recommend
Combination
Model Operation Capacity Combination Combination Combination
Range
˄kBtu/h˅ Quantity Quantity Quantity
36 05 1 9 5
48 05 1 11 5 50%~150%
60 05 1 11 5
(*1) The connection ratio should not be bigger than 100% for systems where all indoor units may operate
at the same time; otherwise, overload operation may occur in harsh conditions or narrow range.
(*2) Capacity ratio must be 100% when only one indoor unit is connected, and the refrigerant additional
charge should be reduced according to the indoor unit type. Refer to Table 5.10.
(*3) The capacity of indoor unit should be modified when the capacity ratio exceeds 100% or the
combination quantity exceeds the recommended quantity.
Modified capacity = nominal capacity × correction factor
Indoor Unit Type Model Correction Factor

82
Table 5.6 Refrigerant Pipe System
System Branch pipe for Line Branch

Item
Example
Outdoor Unit Oil Trap is recommended at
This is a system of one outdoor unit
and six indoor units. Pipe materials are every 32.8 ft.(10meters) lift
not provided by the manufacturer. H1≤98.4 ft. (30m)
H2≤32.8 ft. (10m) H2≤32.8 ft. (10m)
L≤ 98.4 ft. (30m) Lt≤ 246 ft. (75m)
Max. Saving Length Lt Lt< 246 ft. (75m)

Total Pipe Length
Max.Pipe Length Lto< 393 ft. (120m)
Outdoor is Higher than

Height Distance H1≤98.4 ft. (30m)
Indoor Unit
between Outdoor
Indoor is Higher than
and Indoor Unit H1≤98.4 ft. (30m)
Outdoor Unit
Max. Height Distance between Indoor and
H2≤ 32.8 ft. (10m)
Indoor or Indoor and Branch Pipe
Max.Pipe Length From "a" Branch Pipe to

L≤98.4 ft. (30m)
between Branch Indoor of Max. Distance
Pipe and Indoor From every Branch Pipe L1,L2,L3,L4,L5≤ 32.8ft. (10m)
to Indoor of connecting
Choose Branch
Pipe 36/48/60 with HFQ-052F
83
5.3 Branch Pipe for Line Branch
Table 5.7 T Shape Branch Pipe
Branch Pipe H FQ - 052F

5/8
1/2
5/8
5/8
1/2
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/4
Unit in. Inner Diameter
84
5.4 Piping Connection

Pipes can be connected from 4 directions.
Rear Side Stop Valve

Piping Cover
(Knock-Out Hole)
Remove Direction of Distribution Pipe
Rear Side Piping Work Service Cover
(Knock-Out Hole)

Front Side Piping Cover (Knock-Out Hole)
Bottom Side
Front Side Piping Work
Piping Work (Knock-Out Hole)
(Knock-Out Hole) Front Side Piping Cover
Fig. 5.1 Piping Direction

Table 5.8 Tightening Torque for Flare Nut
Note Item for Remove Service Cover
Main Points for Remove
Pipe Size mm(in.) Torque ft.·lbs(N·m)
Service Cover Service Cover 14.7 ft.·lbs (20 N·m)
Remove the bolts of 29.5 ft.·lbs (40 N·m)
service cover follow 44.3 ft.·lbs (60 N·m)
right Fig.
59.0 ft.·lbs (80 N·m)
Note (4) Pipes can be connected from 4 directions

Press the service cover as shown Fig. 5.1. Make a knock-out hole
when remove the bolts. in the front pipe cover or bottom base to
It is possible for service pass through the hole.
cover to slide down.
After removing the pipe cover from the unit,
Fix Hook (3 Points) Then, cut the edge of the holes and attach
Press the service cover at front, insulation (Field-Supplied) for cables and
then remove it down slowly. pipes protection.
Front Side Piping Cover
Fig. 5.2 Remove Service Cover
liquid line. Connect it to the liquid valve by
flare nut through the square hole of bottom
base.
(3) For Gas Piping Connection
Gap
Prepare a field-supplied bend pipe for gas
line. Braze it and the factory-supplied pipe (a) Connect Front and Right Side Pipe
flange at the outside of the unit.
Do not apply the double Right Side Piping Hole
spanner work here.
occur.
A
Front Side Piping Hole
Double Spanner Work Tightening Work for Stop Valve
85
(b) Bottom Side Piping Work (3) Apply the oil thinly at the seat surface of the
flare nut and pipe before tightening.
Power Wire
Gas Piping And when tightening the flare nut, use two
Liquid Piping
spanners.
Liquid Piping
Refrigerant Oil is field-supply.
Knock Out Hole
Model: α68HES-H (Ether Oil)
Manufacturer: IDEMITSU KOSAN Co., Ltd.
Procedure
Bottom Side Piping Hole Completion Applying Check of

Bottom Base of Ref. Nitrogen Pressure Pass
Piping Gas Decrease
(c) Rear Piping Work Repairing

of Leakage
Part
Rear Cover
(4) Stop Valve
Liquid Valve Gas Valve
Rear Piping Guide Hole
(5) To avoid damage protect cables and

pipes with rubber sheath (Field- Supplied).
Rubber Sheath(attatch part)

Pipe Cover Cut a "+" shape gap at rubber sheath
center,wire lead rubber sheath.
Stop Valve Core for Opening and closing
Gas Pipe
Fig.5.3 Stop Valve Position
Power and Communication Wire
Operation of the stop valve should be
Liquid Pipe
performed according to the figure below.
<Stop Valve>
Heat Preservation Pipe
To prevent gaps use a rubber bush and
insulation (Factory-Supplied) adequately
lower side guide line of the piping cover
when attaching work is difficult.
5.5 Air-Tightness Test
Liquid Valve:12ft.·lbs (16N·m) Cap
(1) The stop valve has been closed before
shipment, however, make sure that the stop Clockwise
Gas Valve:36ft.·lbs (49N·m)
(2) Connect the indoor unit and the outdoor
unit with field-supplied refrigerant piping.
Suspend the refrigerant piping at certain Wrench Size:5/32 (4mm)
from touching the weak part of the building
Spindle Valve Torque .
ft.·lbs (N m)
to the vibration of the piping. Pay special Gas Liquid
attention in case of short piping length.) 8.9~11.1 (12~15) 3.7~5.9 (5~7)
86
<Gas Valve> ! Tighten nut cap below torque,great torque will

Hexagonal Wrench Refrigerant Pressure Cap bring on refrigerant leakage of valve spindle.
Tighten the cap with a
(to open/close spindle valve) torque 21.7ft.·lbs (29.4N·m).
Pipe Size in. (mm) Tightening Torque ft.·lbs(N·m)
1/4 in. (6.35 mm) 10.3 - 13.3 ft.·lbs (14 - 18 N·m)
3/8 in. (9.52 mm) 25.1 - 31.0 ft.·lbs (34 - 42 N·m)
1/2 in. (12.7 mm) 36.1 - 45.0 ft.·lbs (49 - 61 N·m)
Spindle Valve 5/8 in. (15.88 mm) 50.2 - 60.5 ft.·lbs (68 - 82 N·m)
Counterclockwise---- Open
Clockwise----Close
(Closed before Shipment) ! Make air-tightness test after valve spindle is
turned off closely.
O Ring
(Rubber) Note:
Check joint
(Only charging hose can be connected) Do not connect nut cap on test joint, which is used for
Tighten the cap with a torque 6.6ft •lbs connecting refrigerant charging hose. It is normal that
Refrigerant Piping
the slight leak sound comes out when the seal cap of
the check joint and the valve spindle cap are opened,
Hexagonal Wrench Size in. (mm) which has no effect upon the unit's function.
Gas Liquid
7/32 ( 5 )
5.6 Vacuum Pumping and Charge Refrigerant
5/32 ( 4 )
(1) Connect a mani-fold gauge to the check
joints at the both sides.
Continue vacuum pumping work until the
! Do not apply an abnormal big force to pressure reaches 756mmHg or lower for
the spindle valve at the end of opening
(5.0N. m or smaller).
one to two hours.
The back seat construction is not provided.

After vacuum pumping work, stop the
mani-fold valve’s valve, stop the vacuum
! Do not loosen the stop ring. If the stop ring pump and leave it for one hour. Check to
is loosened, it is dangerous, since the ensure that the pressure in the mani-fold
spindle will hop out. gauge does not increase.
Note:
(5) Connect the gauge manifold using 1. This unit is only for the refrigerant R410A. The
charging hoses with a nitrogen cylinder to manifold gauge and the charging hose should be
the check joints of the liquid line and the exclusive use for R410A.
gas line stop valves. 2. If vacuum degree of -14.5psi (-0.1MPa/756mmHg)
Perform the air-tightness test. is not available, it is considered a gas leakage or
Do not open the stop valves. Apply nitrogen entering moisture. Check for any gas leakage
gas pressure of 601psi(4.15MPa). once again and correct. If no leakage exists,
(6) Check for any gas leakage at the flare nut operate the vacuum pump for more than one to
connections, or brazed parts by gas leak two hours.
detector or foaming agent. (2) Connect adjusted valve and charge kettle to
(7) After the air tightness test, release nitrogen check joint of liquid valve.
(3) Fully open the gas valve and liquid valve slowly.
(4) Open adjusted valve to add refrigerant (must be
refrigerant is liquid).
(5) Operate cool mode,charge stated refrigerant.
After pipe and nut cap connected,when make air
(6) Confirm the capacity of charging refrigerant with
balance.an excess or a shortage of refrigerant is
tightness test , open the stop valve spindle cause of damages to the units.
cap,make sure valve closed already(clock wise). (7) Fully open the liquid valve.
87
Never use the refrigerant charged in the outdoor unit for air purging.
Insufficient refrigerant will lead to failure.
Thermal Insulation Finishing Work

Wrap tape around the thermal
pipe.
Indoor Unit
Cover the flare nut and union of the
piping connection with thermal insulation.
Insulate the liquid pipe for

prevention of the capacity
decrease according to the
Gas Line ambient air conditions and
Liquid Line
the dewing on the pipe surface
Cover the liquid line by the low pressure.
with thermal insulation.
Check to ensure that there is

Liquid Line Stop Valve no gas leakage. When large
amount of the refrigerant leaks,
the troubles as follows may occur;
1. Oxygen Deficiency
Gas Line Stop Valve 2. Generation of Harmful Gas
Due to Chemical Reaction
with Fire.
Nitrogen Tank
for Air Tight Test
and
Manifold Nitrogen Blow
Gauge during Brazing
Vacuum Pump ! At the test run, fully open the spindle.

cover.
NOTE:


* This value should be decided according to each country’s regulation such as ISO5149,EN378 and ASHRAE
Standard 15. In the case that the calculated critical concentration is higher than this value, take the following
actions:
88
CAUTION
than 0.026 lbs/ft3 (0.42 kg/m3).
check joint of liquid piping ((B) in the figure below).
NOTE:
Fig 5.4 Check Joint Position
89
5.8 Additional Refrigerant Charge

It is necessary to add additional refrigerant charge as follows.
to piping length.
1. Calculating Method of Additional Refrigerant Charge

<EXAMPLE>
AVW-60H3FH
3/8×16.4ft. 1/4×32.8ft. 1/4×16.4ft. 1/4×32.8ft.
3/8×32.8ft. 3/8×16.4ft. 3/8×16.4ft.
See Example for Model AVW-60H3FH, and fill in the following table.
Pipe Diameter in.(mm) Total Piping Length ft. (m) Additional Charge (lbs)
W11= 3/8 32.8 16.4 16.4 16.4 0.0268 2.2 lbs
W12= 1/4 32.8 32.8 16.4 0.0134 1.1 lbs
W2 = 0
Total Piping Length 164ft.
Additional Ref.Charge 3.3 lbs

Pipe Diameter (in.) Total Piping Length (ft.)
W11= 3/8 a
W12= 1/4 b
Total Piping Length
Additional Ref.Charge lbs
W2 = lbs
Total Ref.Charge t W0 W1 W2 lbs
Additional Refrigerant Charge according to Table 5.9
Table 5.9 Additional Refrigerant Charge Calculation

W1: W2:
W0: Additional Additional Ref.Charge Wt˖ Max. Total
Ref.Charge Ref.Charge according according to Total Ref. Ref.
Model before to piping Connection Ratio Charge Charge
shipment
(lbs/ft.) (lbs) (lbs) (lbs)
(lbs)
a b 100%~130% 130%~150%
AVW-36H3FH 8.4 0.0268 0.0134 17.4
0.33lbs for 1.32lbs for
AVW-48H3FH 8.4 0.0268 0.0134 W0+W1+W2 17.4
each 10%ķ each 10%ķ
AVW-60H3FH 9.0 0.0268 0.0134 17.4
NOTE:ķLess than 10% is calculated as 10%.
90
2. Charging Work
Record the refrigerant charging quantity in order to facilitate maintenance Total Ref. Charge of This System lbs
Total Ref. Charge of This System = W0+W1+W2
Day Month Year
4. Dip-Switch Setting for Piping Length PCB1

Follow below ,setting the Dip-Switch for piping length.
Mark Show Switch Key Position)

Shipment I.U.is located higher O.U.is located higher
than O.U.65.6ft.(20m) than O.U.82.0ft.(25m)
Table 5.10 Reduced Refrigerant Charge for Special Indoor Units

(lbs)
Indoor Unit Type
4-Way
Cassette Type
AVW-36H3FH 0.33
_
AVW-48H3FH
_
100% 0.44
AVW-60H3FH 0.44 0.44
91
5.9 Collecting Refrigerant 6. Electrical Wiring

When the refrigerant should be collected into the
outdoor unit due to indoor/outdoor unit relocation,
! Turn OFF the main power switch to the
collect the refrigerant as follows.
indoor unit and the outdoor unit and wait for

(1) Attach the manifold gauge to the gas stop
more than 10 minutes before electrical wiring
valve and the liquid stop valve.
(2) Turn ON the power source. work or a periodical check is performed.
(3) Set the DSW1-1 pin of the outdoor unit ! Check to ensure that the indoor fan and the
PCB at the “ON” side for cooling operation. outdoor fan have stopped before electrical
Close the liquid stop valve and collect the wiring work or a periodical check is
refrigerant. performed.
(4) When the pressure at lower pressure side ! Protect the wires, electrical parts, etc. from
(gas stop valve) indicates -1.45 psi rats or other small animals.
(-0.01MPa ,684mmHg), perform the If not protected, rats may gnaw at
following procedures immediately. unprotected parts and at the worst, a fire
* Close the gas stop valve. will occur.
* Set the DSW1-1 pin at the “OFF” side. ! Avoid the wirings from touching the
(To stop the unit operation.) refrigerant pipes, plate edges and electrical
(5) Turn OFF the power source. parts inside the unit.
If not do, the wires will be damaged and at
the worst, a fire will occur.
Dip Switch
(DSW1-ON)
! Tightly secure the power source wiring

using the cord clamp inside the unit.
Manifold Gauge
Liquid
NOTE
Stop Valve
Fix the rubber bushes with adhesive when

conduit tubes to the outdoor unit are not used.
6.1 General Check

Gas Stop Valve (1) Make sure that the field-selected electrical
components (main power switches, circuit
breakers, wires, conduit connectors and
wire terminals) have been properly
selected according to the electrical data.
Make sure that the components comply
with National Electrical Code (NEC).
(2) Check to ensure that the voltage of power
Measure the low pressure by the pressure gauge and
supply is within +10% of nominal voltage
keep it not to decrease than -1.45 psi(-0.01MPa). If
If not, electrical parts will be damaged.
the pressure is lower than -1.45 psi(-0.01MPa), the
compressor may be faulty. (3) Check to ensure that the capacity of power
supply is enough.
If not, the compressor will not be able to
operate cause of abnormal voltage drop
at starting.
(4) Check to ensure that the earth wire is
connected.
(5) Check to ensure that the electrical
measuring the resistance between ground
and the terminal of the electrical parts.
If not, do not operate the system until the
electrical leakage is found and repaired.
92

(1) Connect the power supply wires to the (2) Connect the wires between the outdoor
terminal board in the electrical control box and indoor units to terminals 1 and 2 on the
of both outdoor unit and indoor unit. And terminal board.
connect the earth wire to the electrical If power supply wiring is connected to 1
control box of outdoor unit. and 2 of terminal board (TB1), printed
In addition, connect the earth wire to earth circuit board will be damaged.
screw in the electrical control box of indoor Refer to Fig. 6.1.
unit. Refer to Fig. 6.2.
CORRECT
Remote
Control
Switch
(Option)
208/230V ~ 60Hz 208/230V ~ 60Hz
ELB for ELB for

Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit
FUSE
Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit
Switch
L1 L2 L1 L2
INCORRECT
Remote
Control
Switch
208/230V ~ 60Hz (Option)
ELB for
Outdoor Unit
FUSE Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit
Switch
L1 L2 L1 L2
Fig. 6.1 Indoor unit and outdoor unit communication wire connection
Do not connect the Power Source Line to the terminal 1 and 2.

These terminals are for the Control.
If connected, the printed circuit board will be damaged.
(3) Do not wire in front of the fixing screw of NOTES:

the service panel. If you do, the screw can not 1. In case of total wiring length at intermediate
be removed. wiring between outdoor unit and indoor unit
(4) Use shielded twisted pair for communication wire and between indoor units is less than 328 ft.
(100m), it is possible to use the normal wiring
connecting the indoor unit and outdoor unit，
respectively connected to the 1 and 2 terminals of (more than AWG18 (0.75mm2) )except twist
pair cable.
the terminal block between the indoor and outdoor
unit. Connect the communication wire of the wired 2. Total wiring length for remote control switch
controller to the A and B terminals of the indoor unit can be extended up to 1640.4ft.(500m).
terminal block. If total wiring length less than 98.4ft.
(30m), it is possible to use the normal
wiring AWG22 (0.3mm2) except twist pair
cable.
93
208/230V ~ 60Hz 208/230V ~ 60Hz
Remote
ELB Control Switch
ELB (Option)
Remote
Control Switch
(Option)
Switch
Switch
Outdoor Unit Fuse No.1 Indoor Unit No.2 Indoor Unit
Fuse L1 L2 L1 L2 L1 L2
Remote Control
Switch Cable
Shielded Twist-Pair Cable AWG18 x 2
Power Source Cable This cable dose not need any polarity. Do
Pay an attention to the phase
not apply an excessively high voltage to
of power source when wiring. Distribution Box or Pull Box this cable. (Rated Voltage: 12V)
Fig. 6.2 Wiring Connection for Indoor & Outdoor
94
NOTE:
Supply the power source of outdoor units and indoor
(5) In the case that a conduit tube for field- units respectively.
wiring is not used, fix rubber bushes (1) Power Source Wiring
with adhesive on the panel. Power source wiring is fundamental
according to this method.
208/230V ~ 60Hz
! Install an ELB in the power source.

If ELB is not used, it will cause electric shock or
fire at the worst.
! The tightening torque of each screw shall be as
follows.
M4: 0.7 to 1.0 ft.·lbs (1.0 to 1.3 N·m)
M5: 1.5 to 1.8 ft.·lbs (2.0 to 2.5 N·m)
M6: 3.0 to 3.7 ft.·lbs (4.0 to 5.0 N·m)
M8:6.6 to 8.1 ft.·lbs (9.0 to 11.0 N·m)
M10:13.3 to 17.0 ft.·lbs (18.0 to 23.0 N·m)
! Install main switch and ELB for each system
separately. Select the high response type ELB that
is acted within 0.1 second.
! Separate the control wiring between outdoor unit
and indoor unit more than approximately 1-31/32 to 2-3/8 in.
(50to60 mm) from power supply wiring.Do not use a coaxial 208/230V ~ 60Hz
cable.
Table 6.1 Electrical Data
Model Power Source MCA ( A ) MOP ( A ) Minimum transmission cable size
AVW-36H3FH 31.4 40 AWG18(0.75mm2)
AVW-48H3FH 208/230V ~ 60Hz 32.8 45 AWG18(0.75mm2)
AVW-60H3FH 33.2 45 AWG18(0.75mm2)
95
NOTES:
(3) Where power cord is connected through junction box in series, be sure to determine the
total current and choose wires based on the table below 6.1.
1/8 in. (3mm).
replacement.
carrying conductor.



of the terminal.
Fig. 6.3 Wiring Connection of Outdoor Unit
96
Install a multi-pole main switch with a space of 1/8 in. (3.0mm) or more between each phase.
7. Outdoor Unit Dip-Switch Setting

Turn off all power switch before setting Dip-Switch, or else the Dip-Switch is of no effect.
Follow this table setting Dip-Switch, symbol denote the position of Dip-Switch contact joint.
Ref. Cycle No. Communication

ALL OFF:Shipment Set
Setting Setting
5 Optional Function Setting
6 Input Power Setting
ALL OFF: Ship

ALL OFF:Shipment Set
1 Test Run(Cool)
Test Run(Cool)
1、2 Test Run(Heat)
4 Capacity Setting Pipe length Setting

Shipment
Compressor Forced Stop AVW-36H3FH AVW-48H3FH AVW-60H3FH
I.U.is located higher O.U.is located higher

than O.U.(>65.6ft.) than I.U.(>82.0 ft.)
Communication Setting
It is necessary to set Ref. cycle system No.
Digital
and terminal resistor
Unit
connect to H-NET system.
Setting Ref.cycle system No.

Setting Ref.cycle (DSW4&RSW1)
Tens Digit Setting
Forbid
Setting
Single Digit Setting
! Setting Ref.cycle system No.

Setting Ref.cycle (DSW4)
High Digit Setting
Ten
A Bit
97
! Terminal Resistor Setting 8. Test Run

Test run should be performed according to the
Before shipment, No.1 pin of DSW5 is set at the
Table 8.1 on page 26 . Use the Table 8.2 on
“ON”side. In the case that the outdoor units
quantity in the same H-NET is 2 or more, set No. 1
pin of DSW5 at the “OFF” side from the 2nd
refrigerant group outdoor unit. If only one outdoor
unit is used, no setting is required.
! Do not operate the system until all the check
Setting Terminal Resistor points have been cleared.
(A) Check and confirm Ref. pipe system and
DSW5 communication wire link to same Ref. cycle
Shipment Resetting
Resetting system.
Setting
(B) Check to ensure that the electrical
measuring the resistance between
ground and the terminal of the electrical
parts. If not, do not operate the system
until the electrical leakage is found and
repaired.
(C) Check to ensure that the stop valves of
the outdoor unit are fully opened, and
then start the system.
(D) Check to ensure that the switch on the
main power source has been ON for
more than 12 hours, to warm the
compressor oil by the oil heater.
! Pay attention to the following items while
the system is running.
(A) Do not touch any of the parts by hand at
the discharge gas side, since the
than 194oF (90oC).
(B) DO NOT PUSH THE BUTTON OF THE
MAGNETIC SWITCH(ES). It will cause a
serious accident.
within ten minutes after turning OFF the
main switch.
! Operate every indoor unit one by one,check and
confirm their Ref. cycle and connect wire joint to
same Ref. cycle system.
98
Table 8.1 Checking of Wire Connection by Test Run
99
(7)
100
Table 8.2 Test Run and Maintenance Record

o
Inlet: No. 1 DB /WB F, No. 2 DB /WB o
F, No.3 DB /WB o
F, No.4 DB /WB o
F
Outlet: DB /WB o
F, DB /WB o
F, DB /WB o
F, DB /WB o
F
Inlet: DB
o
F, WB o
F
o
Outlet: DB F, WB o
F
Liquid Temperature: o
F
Discharge Gas Temperature: o
F
8. Check Pressure
9. Check Voltage
Rated Voltage: V
Starting Voltage: V

Input: kW
Running Current: A
101
Table 8.3 Alarm Code
!"#

$% &' ()*(+)( (),-.(/01/!)+*
$2 3" ' ()*(+)( ()*-10*4056(##)
70&8#96
$: ###
; .&
3"<3"3"=
&((> 0!#;#0+#((> 0
;44,"#
$? ;
### .&)*@3"*@ ;###,"<!#(=
.,3"*@
$A -"44*/# *.-"(*/## &((*.-"(0(7)#B
*/#034*/#
$_ ( +(#+#(/8#-"4/ 56 (##)7/0
,";/#0&((>
,";/#0&((>
%% &;/#
%2 -# 3";/# &((> 0+#((>
%: &' ,c*(;/#
%? 8#*4;/#
%d ,9 ()*(+)(&, ,93)/0!(e
2% 1/*##"-#
22 -# 3+"#(/8
;/#
2: 3"' 5)4*#4;/ # &((> 0+#((>
2? ;/#
2d !.*##"-#
:% &((4(3"'&' &((-4(
:A &((-&'fg +"4(&'fg
-# ,"*(+(("
:` *()("3"' <,"*(+(+)(0
3"*@0&((> *@=
?: ()!.*##"+(#*( +()4##<,"4##
+)( &)0!#*.-"44(=
?? ()!.*##"&(#*(+)( 3) 01/;4g10!(e
<!#(=
*(
?A +)( ()1/*##"&(#*(+)( 3) 34<0-/B*##=0*4
+)(<D(""34= !(e<!#(=
?` ()&)3)("*(+)( 3) 3404##,"
A% -# "-# "-#,"
A: &)5-+( +)&5-+(<*(
3)("0!.D0-/B("=
A? &) &(#&),;4" &),;/#0156(/
0,
AA &)," &)*@,"
3", ,9 +#((> &((> .
A_ 9 *@<*@%=,7*@<*@:0
*@A=0,",9
55 4## 4##*( ,"4##
% 3"' &((3"'fg- 3)C?fg#-##7(g
fg-
A &'
fg- &((&'fg-
More than 17 Non-Corresponding to H-NET Units
are Connected to One Syetem
102
9. Safety and Control Device Setting
Model AVW-36/48/60H3FH
For Compressor Automatic Reset,Non-Adjustable
Pressure Switch
High Pressure Psi (MPa) -7
601 -29
-0.05)
Cut-Out (4.15 -0.20)
+22
Cut-In Psi (MPa) 464- 29 (3.2 +-0.0.15)
20)
Compressor Crank
W 60 +28
Heater Power
Non-Adjustable
Min
CCP Timer Set Time 3
103
Installation (AVW-76/96/114HFFH)
44!864! 9
1 234536478939 45 663543949898956
77543949547754548869 Do not install the indoor unit, outdoor unit.
954355863546364988995463468 remote control switch and cable within
5 66354 5 approximately 10ft. (3 m) from strong
1 846646849354984 4898 electromagnetic wave radiators such as
355868 medical equipment.
1 3558644 843478 8476
"44!69698
#$0 %&'())*+,-.'+/+012*.31*4-'+56781
9%&'())*+,-.':
No. Part Name No. Part Name

1 Compressor
12 Electrical Box
2 Heat Exchanger
3 Propeller Fan 13 High Pressure Switch for Protection
4 Fan Motor 14 Low Pressure Sensor
5 Strainer 15 High Pressure Sensor
6 Distributor 16 Check Valve
7 Reversing Valve 17 Solenoid Valve
8 Micro-Computer Control Expansion Valve 18 Crankcase Heater
9 Stop Valve for Gas Line 19 Air Outlet
10 Stop Valve for Liquid Line 20 Air Inlet
11 Accumulator 21
104
12345673589 3
1ABCDD5E96
76HFFH 3/4in. (19.05mm)

96HFFH 7/8in. (22.2mm)
114HFFH 1-1/8in. (28.6mm)
!"
76HFFH 3/8in. (9.53mm)
96HFFH 1/2in. (12.7mm)
114HFFH 1/2in. (12.7mm)

Refrigerant Flow Direction (Cooling Operation)

Refrigerant Flow Direction (Heating Operation)
Flare Connection
Brazing Connection
Flange Connection
Mark Part Name

#$
%&'"
1
(")*"+,
2
3
-.($
,,.
4
("345/6
5
S"30526
6
7
("34576
!,
8
9
10 *8"9.8
#$..:,!
&."&'$""9.8
11
#;9.8
12
13
14 (."<9.8
15 (."<9.8
16 #;="
17 ($9.8)>?,<>"
18 ($9.8)>"
19 %+,(@)+"
105
121 345466789 6768468677

32 32 32 32
767 48 4!448 "748 4#448
1 Philips
"5848#48 $ %77 &748 1 78948 $ Clamper for
Solderless Terminals
0 (75 ) 448 0 *74%7 ) +86 8,
- .4684487*76 / !8701 - 488&846 / 2448
3 %4 448 4 457 &845 3 *7647674458 14 ( 74%448
Use tools and measuring instruments exclusive for the new refrigerant in case of direct contact with refrigerant.
89485747:967#77:45884.11 ;9 98.48487.-42+3 485747:9.11,

<9 8:4 =9 98.48487.-4$ +3 485747:9.11,
485747:9 .476 3 '485747:9724
%47686847 .11 +G9"859.4F84, 64
.-42 .-4$
448 4
748.4748 8 8 ' .4 #!886
>78 8?; 8 @ 478 68.-4$784757:4 .112 >788 :46
C586 @678:4A76446 :4 7467 8
2J64*74 ; ' 78488.-422 8C584 8
@5764 7487 B1A786 7#77:42 :4748>78
4!448 8 8 @ 57 64 7 487 B1 A : 4 6 7#77:42 !4
644: 8:47:87042
C57 8 8 @7#75776:4427 487 B1A457 :46 C57 :46
.48487 646 56485 45:42
4 8F4&845 ; 8 * For 45
1/2 in. D. (12.7mm), 5/8 in. D. (15.88mm),
spanner size is up 3/32 in. (2mm). >7843
8 8 * For 1/4D. in.(19.05mm),
D. (6.35mm), 3/8 in. D. (9.53mm), 3/4 in.
spanner size is the same.
!870 8 8 @ 488 5 8845:870 862 !8708 :46
384*76 @"85 8 776 7 84#48
8 8 +! 848:8702, E578
!870
:857E @6476945 564F#74 4 29E 4
+8>784"8754, ; = 64484848759542 >784"8754
@"945 7:6 8:6 684F5692
.48487 @45684848759485 82 .4848778
948 ; = G F848487578684F848478
04 858484872
(75 8 8 G 45884 46784757:42 4#48A6 (75
84F84 7#75 77485
27488 I; = 5784#48 84#4864 47#75
(75 66A846 84#4864 2
(75 %7 (7#4 ; = @3 8
4
485747:967#77:44 48
66 8
4 6 4 5 7 8 4 .1 1 2
(75 A
(75 A
789 78 64 G 7 64 5 88
4 4 6 4 48484
8
487
2 .4 848778
2 64A487 4595475764 7846 456
.48487 ; = 646A8465 85 8466 87842 6846
784 4574486484H.-4293>B1A
.-4$93>$B2
78948 < < @644465742 '
&4"574 %4768
8 8 ' 6848
.4848778
.48487*76 I ; = @ 745578:844476476748444445458+.14
1,6 *7647674456
4767474458 2
?I9485747:9.-4$2
106
1233456789 56 7367 367 7

3.1 Transportation 4 5 #'%6!7
Transport the product as close to installation
location as possible before unpacking
( 37 39)367*315,73+6,5637 3-,
) 53)7 367 3.-,.83 3,78)5,3-637 7,
,988373-,3) 53)7 33,15,3-,
( 37 39)367*3+6,56373-,395 ).2 7866 7367 3,835)7233: -,508,236315,35
/99*30 317305,837 3-,3) 53)7 2 16)5,23,.23+6*3..)52
0-,7317333*3.567,2
\5''] \<7'5 #
<''!^!$#"% <`!##_#%'!!'
!^""&%_ #%!`#_ #^_%##e'
abc`d_"&'`# abc`de $%`
a4b5'!! "&'" e !!
ea4bê;' a4bd!%`d!'^_
"%'d_e
$#e%'!
abe`#!#$!
`d!
Do not remove the plastic (in.)
2~3 ft. tRQQAkOXQ?ADY
band or the corrugated
paper frame. q?OK?@ADYAr@R>FKs uPFSAZ@DVWTK
kHH@DlIAmCD
16-5/32
Pass the wire ropes

through each lifting
pROVQ?
24-13/32
hole in the wooden

base as shown. ED DV?O
oRS?
;'5''<&% ;'45 #'%6!7
\ f13-,3) 53)7 3738316. 5*396.867

0 -3g305,359,82
\ h 53861,*35,68 783,78)5,3-63-,3) 5
)7 3831, 38+ -*367 3 ,837 3,672
\ ( 37 36 6.-3173,i)9+,73 3-,3968 .
367 353-,3. 55)6, 3969,53156+,2
\ j78)5,3-,3,9,5 5313-,3)7 3836 ,i)6,*
95 ,., 30 -3. -353969,52
107
123345678893 63 668
!"#$!%%!% 26#)#)%#'!#"#)#)##%!#+'!!
&'!(##!)%!#'#'!#*+),#!%%!% #%!%)#+)"#"!#0+%##'!#"
!#(!"#+'#'!#"#) '!#!7'),!###+)"#*4##0"),#%!
"!#0+%##'!#"#*)
/0!###!"#$!%%!% HIJKLMINOPNQPRMJNOSPTIOU
$!%% yz
#{!#+'#),!
#*#|!*,!)#{),
#&4!%%!"#'!!
E4FG
-*#)#*#'!%!#!%%!%#!#)#(!"#+'
'!#).#!%!#)##) Fig 4.1 HIJKLMINOPNQPVIJPHIWLXYJSK
• Install near the wall to avoid facing the wind
1 -)#&'!( directly. Ensure that the service space
2-)%#'!#"#)#+'!!#,"#3!))#% should be secured.
30!.#)"#+'!!##%#"
2-)%#'!#"#)#+'!!#'!#%)"##'!
"%',!##*4#'!#"#)#"!%#)
**!#)!,'0%##%)"),#3!,!) A Wall to Guard Against Wind
/'!#!),#%)"##'!#!##,'5!*
%"!%#%#','!#')#'!#3!#)#'!#,#
'!#*)#%"! TYgg
2&'!(##!)%!#'#'!#*)")#%#*.#!3!
)"#%**!)#%),
26#)#)%#'!#"#)#+'!!#'!!#%# VIJPuOMYvKPRIUK
wYLKPMXKPYIJPUIWLXYJSK
','#!3!#*##4%.#%###'4*#,%!% WIUKPMNPMXKPxYggt
%'#%#%'
26#)#)%#'!#"#)#+'!!#'! RKLcJKPMXKPYUKrcYMK HIJKLMINOPNQPRMJNOSPTIOU
!!4,)!#+3!#%#"!#"!"##'! WKJsILKPWfYLKt
!!#07
2-)%#'!#"#)#%#*#%#.#0!), _`/Za
Fig 4.2 Installation warning
#!%#1089#4! !%#*4#'!#!!4,)!
ft.(3m)
-*#'!#!7!4!#%),#+)"#0+%#"!#,)%
+3!#" '!##"%',!#).#'!#*)#4#!
29'!)#)%),#'!#"#)#)#%)+ !3!%!#)"#0!#"4,!"
3!!"#!%.#4)#'!#*!"%!"#'"%
#'!#"%',!#%"!#*#'!#"#)#)"
'!#)!#%"!#*#'!#'!#!7'),!
2-)%#'!#"#)#+'!!##%#)#'!#%'"!
##+#)#0!#!7%!"##"!#%)%')!# :5; 5;3< 3=>?3>?9@3=9A3?7B?233C@
"!#")#*4#','#!4!!#'! 66? 68 36836=?3< 3683>873 @3 D59@2
%!
26#)#)%#'!#"#)#+'!!#"%# E4FG
'!#)4))#"#0(#'!#" -)%#'!#"#)#)##*##)#)#!
'!#!7'),! +'!!#!!#!7!#%!3!#!),)!!%#)#)
2-)%#'!#"#)#)##%!#+'#4!" '#'!#"#)
!%%##,!)!#0
108
4.3 Service Space 22 76678" #

Install the outdoor unit with a sufficient space 13$57 57 587 877
around the outdoor unit for operation and 67
maintenance as shown below. (in.)
789/:;<=/>89?@A8<B
unit: in.
D1E?/<F/GHAI<<9/JB8A
KHA
LM?@81;/N1EC?9
7B@C<9/D<;A
054
O<B@9?A?
/0123
27/32
:8;;?I/0<9A19/
%82& 76678 ' ! 67

Keep a distance of 3-15/16 in. %8(7 57 5877 7 67)
(100mm) on right side of unit 86 7)9568
)
Fig 4.3 Single Intallation space
1*3"876687 57 587+8(7587
) 67 7 %82,
unit: in.
87678 8(8 6 (in.)
1
Left, Right & Upper Sides are Open
16-17/32
18-1/2
4-Ф5/8×15/16 Hole
~{fmd{fn{| 3-15/16 3-15/16 *6-11/16
1
10-7/16 22-7/16 10-7/16
XYZ.[
"7#\8885+88
# 77 88) 87 57
Fig 4.4 Single Intallation space
87 578
unit: in.
%82, ] 878 ' ! 67
1-3.(6 8(8 57 587)
67 (in.)
U7FA?9/@HA///V7/V//W
7
/012327/32
OHA/AC8E/M<9A8<B/=C?B/AC8E/APM?
Keep a distance of 3-15/16 in. <F/1B@C<9/Q<;A/8E/HE?I3/
(100mm) on right side of unit RF/B<AS/8A/8E/I8FF8@H;A/A</9?6<T?
AC?/E?9T8@?/@<T?93
Fig 4.5 Multiple Intallation space
O<B@9?A? 7B@C<9/D<;A
%820 %8(8.(6
109
123456789 7 8 75875778987 55 YZ[\]]^[_

57 57 757 778
5 7789 7575
$%&%'()*+,-.) (in.) Unit 3-15/16in.
/$%.+012344+%.05
67-8)9%0.9)7')-8.)3'%-):%&%'( V3-077@)W'%-
;,')<.)4799%<+.= %9)W'9-,<+.=
>8.')?%<@,-%7')A.,93@.9)
4-11/32
,@.)'.;.99,@BC
,00)?%<@,-%7')4@77:)@3<<.@= $@,A.
2-31/3
2 /$%.+012344+%.05
46-3/16
Frame Width 2-3/8in.

(Field-Supplied)
a\]]^[_
Unit 3-15/16in.
4572077H 585745657H 8
1I3J9 7585789 758777 77 V3-077@)W'%-)
%9)2-,<+.=
veranda, drain water sometimes turns to
ice on a cold morning. Therefore, avoid
draining in an area people often use $@,A. `.-,+)*+,-.
because it is slippery. Metal Plate
1M3G77789 757L5L5757 7 3-15/16in.or more
the outdoor unit, use the drain-kit
(DC-01Q:Optional Parts). (in.)
s%@)t'+.- q@,%')k7+. b 7c 87U87P5d7145NP LL5 3
3-Ф15/16
c85S7e 8Nb 7c57P8 7U871PUef3
5 2-7/8 2-19/32
U87K95 S720.18T
IK
2-11/16 15-19/32 6-1/2 14-3/16
(in.)
25/32 h1i!"
g1j7'()k7+.
2-3/8
4-23/32
Drain Hole (2-Ф1-1/32）

l
9/16
（Drain Boss Attaching Position)

2-3/4 16-17/32 2-3/4
1m3K9 79 7789 77789 7 8 758 (22-1/16)
9 7 758 777 8577J9

57585NL 7875879 77 4572DE774 7 7F7G885
L 585 789 7 7
J9 7585789 7 8 7587775N
LL5 7 77 87L8787 n8
89 7 7589778758857
9 7574572DE
110
23 45678957 8897
M ~514+-./+D3-6+9-
*34C94D/2A3/C514+-./J94H/16/6A9J-/F359J)
Use refrigerant R410A in the refrigerant cycle. 90o + 2o
in. (mm)
Do not charge oxygen, acetylene or other Diameter A

+0
flammable and poisonous gases into the

45 o
+ 2o -0.02 (-0.4)
(d)
R410A
refrigerant cycle when performing a leakage
A
1/4 (6.35) 0.36 (9.1)
test or an air-tightness test. These types of 3/8 (9.52) 0.52 (13.2)
gases are extremely dangerous and can 1/64 ~ 1/32R
1/2 (12.7) 0.65 (16.6)
cause an explosion. It is recommended that 5/8 (15.88) 0.78 (19.7)
compressed air, nitrogen or refrigerant be d 3/4 (19.05) ()
used for these types of tests.
782/+6/+D,966+F53/29/,34C94D/2A3/C514+-.
J94H/J+2A/0?/D1234+15)//-/2A+6/:163K
()0 *+,+-./01234+156 =63/1-/1::36694;/,+,3/7J+2A/1/C51438)
708*43,143/59:155;<6=,,5+3>/:9,,34/,+,36) M *+,+-./EA+:H-366/1->/01234+15
7?8@353:2/2A3/,+,+-./6+B3/C49D/2A3/E1F53/()0) 63/2A3/,+,3/16/F359J)
7G8@353:2/:531-/:9,,34/,+,36)//01H3/6=43
2A343/+6/-9/>=62/1->/D9+62=43/+-6+>3/9C/2A3 Table 5.1 Piping Size in. (mm)
,+,36)//I59J/2A3/+-6+>3/9C/2A3/,+,36/J+2A +1D3234 EA+:H-366T0101234+15
-+249.3-/94/>4;/1+4K/29/43D9L3/1-;/>=62/94
C943+.-/D1234+156/F3C943/:9--3:2+-./,+,36) Ф1/4 (6.35)
Ф3/8 (9.53)
0.031 (0.8)
0.031 (0.8)
O
O
Ф1/2 (12.7) 0.031 (0.8) O
PQ&R Ф5/8 (15.88)

Ф3/4 (19.05)
0.039 (1.0)
0.039 (1.0)
O
1/2H
M S1=2+9-6/C94/T3C4+.341-2/*+,3/U->6 Ф7/8 (22.20)

Ф1 (25.4)
0.039 (1.0)
0.039 (1.0)
1/2H
1/2H
VWXYZ[Y\]^__[Y`Za[aXZ]Wbcd`W rcZYc]Za_^gXZ]WXZa[aX Ф1-1/8 (28.6) 0.039 (1.0) 1/2H
]WXZe^__fZ\XgdbXZ^ZgâZ^]Z]WX
XYhZciZ]WXZa[aXj h[bXg]_pZcYZ]WXZ̀bcdYhj 01234+15/+6/F163>/9-/1/@/621->14>/7@/I 18)
kcbbXg] lYgc bb
Xg] kcb
bXg] lYgcbbXg] M ~5143/=2/+D3-6+9- t
63/2A3/C5143/-=2/16/F359J)
mc_X mc_X
<Flare Nut Dimension B in.(mm)
n]]^gWZ^Zgâ
cbZo[Yp_Z]âXj
n]]^gWZ^Zgâ
cbZo[Yp_Z]âXj +1D3234 T01
Ф1/4 (6.35) 21/32 (17)
kcbbXg] lYgcbbXg] Ф3/8 (9.53) 7/8 (22)
Ф1/2 (12.7) 1-1/32 (26)
s^[YZe^]XbZg^Y
XY]Xbj
Ф5/8 (15.88) 1-5/32 (29)
1-13/32 (36)
uvwxyz{|}
Ф3/4 (19.05)
n]]^gWZ^Zgâ
cbZo[Yp_Zq^`Ze[]W
bdqqXbZq^Yhj
M N 55 "6585$5 5858

!58575" 7#9 53
M # 85 597# ""875
$8# 7O8 5 55 "65
853
111
< 8 8 555 #7" 8 !7" 8

Nominal Capacity(kBtu/h)
=&("")ÿ>&%+ÿ65
o8 op oq mn mi m8 mp 18 19 nn ni np so sr ir 54
QRRSTÿVWXYÿZ[\ÿ]^_ÿ̀YaYRXÿbcddWce
QRRSTÿVWXYÿZ[\ÿ]gRThÿ̀YaYRXÿbcddWce
^_fgRThYÿQRRSTÿVWXYÿZ[\ÿ]VQe
ifja[ÿQaddYYÿZ[\
Mini W C T
jafWSYÿZ[\
);85
) 88 8$6024> 88 8$614> 5 85
$ 8 8 6587 85 758 5 8 7 8 8$2
Table 5.3 System Combination
IJKLLMNOJPQ
%888 8 %<888 8 %8
7o"8$8%5 <
!<Capacity < 8$ < 8$ / < 8 8 58;8788
#!
8$ < 8$
(kBtu/h) (kBtu/h) (kBtu/h)
76 38 98 05
96 48 124 05
114 57 148 05
'0) 8$6044> 5 85$ 8 8 6587 85 75

8 5 8 7 8 8$R86 $ 587 88 852
5.2 Refrigerant Piping Work
0 75 58758 6775678957 8897 789 5 52
Table 5.4 Limitation of Outdoor Unit
5 9 !5778 557
889*865in.(mm）
% 88 8895 9 % 88 86555
< 8$ & '0 8(8 !7" 8 #7" 8
Ф3/8 (9.53)
76 Ф3/4 (19.05)
Ф1/2 (12.7)*2 Actual Length ≤328ft. Outdoor Unit is higher than Indoor Unit:≤164ft.
96 Ф7/8 (22.20) Equivalent Length≤410ft. Indoor Unit is higher than Outdoor Unit:≤131ft.
Ф1/2 (12.7)
114 Ф1-1/8 (28.6)
'055 57$8586 958 52
'35*55 58(8889865601/2in.
03235 the piping length is more than 229ft.only for AVW-76HFFH.
112
Table 5.5 T Shape Branch Line
HFQ-102F
Ф7/8×0.06t
ID 1
ID 1-1/8 ID 1
ID 5/8
OD 1-1/8
Ф1×0.05t
ID 1-1/8
Ф7/8×0.06t ID 1/2
ID 7/8 ID 1 ID 3/4
ID 3/4 Ф1-1/8×0.05t ID 7/8
ID 5/8
ID 1/2
ID 3/8 Ф1/2×0.04t
ID 3/8
Ф3/8×0.04t ID 1/4
ID 3/8 ID 3/8
ID 1/4 OD 1/4
Ф3/8×0.04t
HFQ-162F
Ф7/8×0.06t
ID 1
ID 1-1/8 ID11
ID
ID 5/8
OD 1-1/8
Ф1×0.05t
ID 1-1/8
Ф7/8×0.06t ID 1/2
ID 7/8 ID 3/4
ID
ID11
ID 3/4 Ф1-1/8×0.05t ID 7/8
ID 5/8
ID 1/2
Ф1/2×0.04t
Ф3/8×0.04t
ID 1/2
ID 3/8
Ф3/8×0.04t
ID 1/2 ID 3/8
ID 3/8
ID 1/2 OD 1/4
ID 1/4
in.
113
in.
Capacity ≤229ft. ＞229ft.
76 3/4 / 3/8 3/4 / 1/2
96 7/8 / 1/2 7/8 / 1/2
114 1 / 1/2 1 / 1/2
kBtu/h in.
05~17 1/2 / 1/4 49ft.
229ft.
19~22(4-way cassette ) 1/2 / 1/4 49ft.
Branch 19(Ducted) 5/8 / 1/4 49ft.
(kBtu/h) pipe
22(Ducted) 5/8 / 3/8 49ft.
76 HFQ-102F
18~22(Wall-Mounted) 5/8 / 3/8 49ft.
96 114 HFQ-162F
24~48 5/8 / 3/8 49ft.
229ft 3ft.( )
Branch
pipe
(kBtu/h)
76 HFQ-162F
96 114 HFQ-162F
Branch pipe
Branch pipe
Capacity in. 328ft.
229ft. 3/4 / 3/8 HFQ-102F 410ft.
76
229ft. 3/4 / 1/2 131ft.
96 7/8 / 1/2 HFQ-162F
49ft.
114 1 / 1/2
164ft.
131ft.
49ft.
820ft.
012 34546789 66 46
345 868 8 66 8884 461
23!!8
5".'"
9383:;
(")!" (")&'"
#$%&'"
(")!"#$%*+
,-.+/0123"4
(")!"
(%5!"#$%*+ #$%&'"
!"
#$%&'" 67!"-.+/0123"4
,
!" #,#$$%%* +
&'"4 !"
#$%*+ #$%&'"
,-.+/0123"4
< =8> 8?8?4>8> @4678 ?68>
=188A86 B8> 8 =8C8@@8 ?6
DA8? 47>855E1811lbs.
0F71G1
4718018834546784 46
114
Then, cut the edge of the holes and attach

Precautions for Removal and Installation insulation (Field-Supplied) for cables and
of Service Lid pipes protection.
Service Lid Removal & Front pipe cover
Installation Gist
Service Lid
① Remove the fastening

screw of service lid as
shown in the right figure
- Note -
Press and hold the
service lid by hand Slotting
when removing the
screw. (a) Front and Right Side Piping Work
Service lid may slip Select the correct knock-out size
down autonomously. depending on whether it is for power
wiring or transition wiring.
Mounting Grab (3)
Right Side Piping Hole
② Press and hold the service lid forward slowly by
hand and then taking it off downward.
Fig. 5.2 Removal and Installation of Service Lid B

liquid line. Connect it to the liquid valve by A
flare nut through the square hole of bottom Front Side Piping Hole
base.
It is available to correct the liquid or gas
(3) For Piping Connection piping, power wiring less than
When tightening the flare nut, use two AWG35(14mm2)and transition wiring
spanners. from “B” part.
Do not apply the double NOTE:
spanner work here. When using conduit, check to the tube
occur. size before removing “B” part.
(b) Bottom Side Piping Work

After removing bottom of the piping
cover, perform piping and wiring works.
Double Spanner Work Tightening Work for Stop Valve Liquid Piping
Conduit
Gas Piping
Pipe Size in.(mm) Tightening Torque for Flare Nut
Ф1/4 (6.35) 14.8ft.·lbs (20N·m） Bottom Side Piping Hole
Ф3/8 (9.53) 29.5ft.·lbs (40N·m)

Ф1/2 (12.7) 44.3ft.·lbs (60N·m)
Ф5/8 (15.88) 59.0ft.·lbs (80N·m)
Ф3/4 (19.05) 73.8ft.·lbs100N·m
Bottom Base
(4) Pipes can be connected from 4 directions Piping Cover

as shown Fig. 5.1. Make a knock-out hole
Screw
in the front pipe cover or bottom base to NOTE:

pass through the hole. Prevent the cables from coming into
After removing the pipe cover from the unit, direct contact with the piping.
115
(c) Rear Piping Work 5.4 Air-Tightness Test

After removing rear piping cover, punch (1) The stop valve has been closed before
out the “C” holes along the guide line. shipment, however, make sure that the stop
Rear Cover (2) Connect the indoor unit and the outdoor unit
with field-supplied refrigerant piping.
Suspend the refrigerant piping at certain
C from touching the weak part of the building
to the vibration of the piping. Pay special
attention in case of short piping length.)
NOTE: (3) Apply the oil thinly at the seat surface of the
To avoid damage, protect cables and flare nut and pipe before tightening.
pipes with adequate insulation (Field- And when tightening the flare nut, use two
Supplied). spanners.
Refrigerant Oil is field-supplied.
(5) To prevent gaps, use a rubber bush and Model: FVB68D (Ether Oil)
insulation (Factory-Supplied) adequately Manufacturer: IDEMITSU KOSAN Co., Ltd.
lower side guide line of the piping cover Procedure
when attaching work is difficult. If not, it will
Completion Applying Check of
be included water in the unit and electrical of Ref. Nitrogen Pressure Pass
parts will be damaged. Piping Gas Decrease
Repairing
Rubber Sleeve (Accessory) of Leakage
Part
Pipe Sheet Make a cross opening at the center of rubber
sleeve, and put the wire in rubber sleeve.
Rubber sleeve is not needed where protective (4) Stop Valve
Operation of the stop valve should be
sleeve is used.
performed according to the below.

<Gas Valve>
Gas Pipe
Power Cord and Communication Cable

Do not apply two spanners at this
Liquid Pipe position. If applied, leakage will occur.
Use two spanners

here to squeeze
Check joint
flare nut
Insulating Pipe (Only the charging hose can be connected.)
Tighten the cap with a torque below. Liquid
Make thermal insulation as shown in the figure, and make sure no gap valve: 11.8ft.·lbs (16 N·m)
exists between pipe and opening.
Cap Spindle valve
In the case of difficulty in installation, the insulating pipe shall be cut off as
Tighten the cap with a torque below.
shown in the figure. (Attach this after work)
Counter-clockwise Open
Clockwise Close
Gas valve: 36.2ft.·lbs (49N·m)
Interior of Unit with Piping Connected at the Front Part Liquid valve: 27.3ft.·lbs (37 N·m) Close before shiptment
Ref. pressure
(6) Use a pipe bender or elbow (Field-
O-Ring
Rubber
Supplied) for bending work when Refrigerant piping
connecting pipe. Hexagonal wrench

(To open or close spindle valve)
Spindle Valve Torque

Gas Liquid
6.6~8.1ft.·lbs (9~11N·m) 5.2~6.6ft.·lbs (7~9N·m)
116
<Liquid Valve> 33 )9 7

20456778976 8 6 8989
67 8&6 8
Do not apply two spanners at this
position. If applied, leakage will occur.
567789 7 67 8

Use two spanners
88898(-14.5psi
31* 6686
678 6 6 6
here to squeeze
Check joint
flare nut
2+4"89 7 6%6 8

(Only the charging hose can be connected.)
768,8%6 89
Liquid valve: 11.8ft·lbs (16 N·m)
7886678 65 896

Cap Spindle valve
878 8887 876

Counter-clockwise Open
(Attach this after work) Clockwise Close
Gas valve: 36.2ft·lbs (49N·m)
Liquid valve: 27.3ft·lbs (37 N·m) Close before shiptment
86876 7988
2-4.687 8 878
O-Ring Ref. pressure
Rubber
Refrigerant piping
(4) Add refrigerant according to the piping
Hexagonal wrench
(To open or close spindle valve) diameter and piping length in the field
connecting. (described at Page 16)
Hexagonal Wrench Size (in.)
2345 8967 8 8& 8
Gas Liquid 8896667 8728 8
5/16 5/32 67 87 9 6876 8788 8
6720*-4&9898967; 8
89687867 87 867
&86!676 8 87868 6
8887 69897
G Do not apply an abnormal big force to
the spindle valve at the end of opening
.67 " 87 $798
(3.7ft.·lbs (5.0N·m) or smaller).
/011 02 31 22/"4
The back seat construction is not provided. 4685 61714"8"951%:;!
G Do not loosen the stop ring. If the stop ring 01;</=
is loosened, it is dangerous, since the 08 87 8789668
spindle will hop out. 868% 8 998 17 6
G At the test run, fully open the spindle. 988887867;
If not fully opened, the devices will be 876876701; 8 8
damaged. +; 7676 8887 3#0>"; 8
76 87 897 686
(5) Connect the gauge manifold using &88598863#0>"
charging hoses with a nitrogen cylinder to
the check joints of the liquid line and the
-?9 8 886-14.5psi
>0$ (-0.1MPa
2(31* 4 is
-756mmHg)
not available, it is considered a gas leakage or
gas line stop valves. entering moisture. Check for any gas leakage
Perform the air-tightness test. once again and correct. If no leakage exists,
Do not open the stop valves. Apply operate the vacuum pump for more than one to
nitrogen gas pressure of 4.15MPa. two hours.
(6) Check for any gas leakage at the flare nut
connections, or brazed parts by gas leak
detector or foaming agent.
(7) After the air tightness test, release nitrogen
gas.
117
wwyuzxwutvwuyw}ywy{tuvywu{utvwuztyuz{tu}yuyuzy{
{xz}}w{tuyw}ywy{tu~~u~wutu}~zyw
UYGSÎPEcFJCPILAMFEeAFAJYAFTEaMSV
Wrap tape around the thermal
pipe.
cFDMMSEdFAL
fMQGSELYGEWPISGEFCLEIFDECFAMFEMWELYGE
NANAFTE]MFFG]LAMFE[ALYELYGSÎPEAFJCPILAMFb
cFJCPILGELYGEPABCADENANGEWMS
NSGQGFLAMFEMWELYGE]INI]ALg
HIJE@AFG DG]SGIJGEI]]MSDAFTELMELYG
@ABCADE@AFG I^hAGFLEIASE]MFDALAMFJEIFD
fMQGSELYGEPABCADEPAFGE hYgGELEYDGGE[A
L FTEMFELYGENANGEJCSWI]G
PM[ENSGJJCSGb
[ALYELYGSÎPEAFJCPILAMFb
fYG]VELMEGFJCSGELYILELYGSGEAJ
@ABCADE@AFGEKLMNEOIPQG FMETIJEPGIVITGbEEaYGFEPISTG
I^MCFLEMWELYGESGWSATGSIFLEPGIVJi
LYGELSMChPGJEIJEWMPPM[JEÎgEM]]CSj
HIJE@AFGEKLMNEOIPQG k bElmgTGFEnGWA]AGF]g
obEHGFGSILAMFEMWEpIS^WCPEHIJ
E nCGELMEfYGÂ]IPEqGI]LAMF
E [ALYEeASGb
RALSMTGFEUIFV
WMSEXASEUATYLEUGJLE
EEEEEEEEEIFDE
ÌFAWMPD RALSMTGFEZPM[E
HICTG DCSAFTEZSI\AFT
OI]CCÊ_C^N
! At the test run, fully open the spindle.

cover.
118
2345667879 7 8

422)5),*&6#/03')(0'&*#5#$%&'(0#$&6186&5),*
465%,8(%#'03')(0'&*5#%&;#C00*#1%&'(02#)*5,#5%);#8*)5D#)5#);#'078)'02#5%&5#&22)5),*&6#'03')(0'&*5#C0#1%&'(02#&11,'2)*(
5,#E)E)*(#60*(5%"
4"##F050':)*0#&*#&22)5),*&6#'03')(0'&*5#78&*5)59#&11,'2)*(#5,#5%0#3,66,>)*(#E',1028'0D#&*2#1%&'(0#)5#)*5,#5%0#;9;50:"
G"##/01,'2#5%0#&22)5),*&6#'03')(0'&*5#78&*5)59#5,#3&1)6)5&50#;0'<)10#&15)<)5)0;#5%0'0&350'"
?"##$&6186&5)*(#@05%,2#,3#422)5),*&6#/03')(0'&*5#$%&'(0#A+#-(B
VIJ&:E60W AVW-76HFFH Ф3/8in.×16ft. Ф1/4in.×32ft.
M,"#Q M,"#! V=&C60#?W

+QY
Ф3/8in.×16ft.
Capacity X852,,'#]*)5
/03"#$%&'(0#Albs.
-(B
M,"#? M,"#. 76 11.0
Ф3/8in.×16ft.
96 12.1
/4HK?!LHM@ANB# \14.3
114
114 "[#
Ф1/2in.×32ft. Ф3/8in.×16ft. MX=IY
Ф1/4in.×32ft.
+Q#);#,852,,'#8*)5#'03"#1%&'(0#C03,'0#;%)E:0*5"
?!LHM@ANBD#&*2#3)66#)*#5%0#3,66,>)*(#5&C60"
H00#IJ&:E60#3,'#@,206#/4HK
AVW-76HFFH,
P)E0#F)&:050'#(in.)
A::B# =,5&6#P)E)*(#^0*(5%#(ft)
A:B.# 422)5),*&6#$%&'(0#Albs.
-(B
_ `Ф1/2
?!"a#"""""# A(?32QB)# J#Q0.081
"?!#O#2.6
?"!
_ `Ф3/8
b"[.#"""""# (A [#R#[#R#[#R#[B#)
16+16+16+16 J#0.048
Q"Qa###O#?3.1"S
_ `Ф1/4
\".[#"""""# (A ?Q#R#?)QB#
32+32 J#Q0.02
"Q.#O#Q1.3"\
Total Piping Length 160ft. Additional Charge W = 7.0 (lbs.)
P)E0#F)&:050'#(in.)
A::B# =,5&6#P)E)*(#^0*(5%#A(ft.) :B# 422)5),*&6#$%&'(0#Albs. -(B
_ `Ф1/2
?!"a#"""""# # J#0.081
Q"?!#O#
_ `Ф3/8
b"[.#"""""# # J#0.048
Q"Qa###O#
_ `Ф1/4
\".[#"""""# # J#Q0.02
"Q.#O#
# =,5&6#P)E)*(#^0*(5%############:#
ft.#
#######422)5),*&6#$%&'(0#+ O#############Albs.
-(B#
!"##$%&'()*(#+,'-
$%&'(0#'03')(0'&*5#A/S?Q4B#)*5,#5%0#;9;50:#&;#3,66,>;"
A?B#L,'#1%&'()*(#'03')(0'&*5D#1,**015#5%0#(&8(0#:&*)K3,62#8;)*(#1%&'()*(#%,;0;#>)5%#&#'03')(0'&*5#196)*20'#5,#5%0#1%01-#T,)*5
# ,3#5%0#6)78)2#6)*0#;5,E#<&6<0"
A!B#L8669#,E0*#5%0#(&;#6)*0#;5,E#<&6<0#&*2#;6)(%569#,E0*#5%0#6)78)2#6)*0#;5,E#<&6<0"
# $%&'(0#'03')(0'&*5#C9#,E0*)*(#5%0#(&8(0#:&*)K3,62#<&6<0"
A.B#$%&'(0#5%0#'078)'02#'03')(0'&*5#C9#,E0'&5)*(#5%0#;9;50:#)*#1,,6)*("
# I*;8'0#5,#1%&'(0#1,''015#<,68:0#C9#85)6)U)*(#&#>0)(%5#;1&60"##4*#0J10;;#,'#;%,'5&(0#,3#'03')(0'&*5#);#5%0#:&)*#1&8;0
# ,3#5',8C60#5,#5%0#8*)5;"
# L8669#,E0*#5%0#6)78)2#6)*0#;5,E#<&6<0#&350'#1,:E605)*(#'03')(0'&*5#1%&'(0"
."##/01,'2#,3#422)5),*&6#$%&'(0 =,5&6#422)5),*&6#$%&'(0#+ lbs.
/01,'2#5%0#'03')(0'&*5#1%&'()*(#78&*5)59#)*#,'20'#5,#3&1)6)5&50#:&)*50*&*10
&*2#;0'<)1)*(#&15)<)5)0;" =,5&6#/03"#$%&'(0#,3#=%);#H9;50:# lbs.
=,5&6#'03')(0'&*5#1%&'(0#,3#5%);#;9;50:#);#1&6186&502#)*#5%0#3,66,>)*(#3,':86&"## F&50#,3#/03"#$%&'(0#+,'-
=,5&6#/03"#$%&'(0#,3#=%);#H9;50:#O#+#R#+Q F&9# @,*5%# c0&'
# =%);#H9;50:# O# # R# # O# lbs.
G No additional refrigerant is required for those with piping less than 98ft.(30m)
G If the total piping length is more than 98ft.(30m) , additional refrigerant charge is required
as described above.
119

check joint of liquid piping ((B) in the figure below).
NOTE:


* This value should be decided according to the each country’s regulation such as ISO5149,EN378 and
ASHRAE Standard 15. In the case that the calculated critical concentration is higher than this value, take the
following actions:
CAUTION
than 0.026 lbs/ft3 (0.42 kg/m3).
120
234 567789 8 8 XY Z[\]^_`]a[bc`_d̀e

8 88 8 6789677898 68
666 8666666 87696
96778988 8 67763 ! Turn OFF the main power switch to the
0 98 67 8686 indoor unit and the outdoor unit and wait for
!7!8 87"6 !7!83 more than 10 minutes before electrical wiring
#$%&8686983 work or a periodical check is performed.
'(88)(0*0 68666 o }r\]|bûb\dwp_\b^ra^b^r\b̀dxuu_byadbadxb^r\
+5,8-%&.869667 6 86 3 up^xuu_byadbra~\bwûtt\xb{\yu_\b\[\]^_`]a[
576887"6 !7!8 9677898 v`_d̀ebvu_|bu_babt\_ùx`]a[b]r\]|b̀w
8 8 3 t\_yu_s\xY
/8 888768888 o _u^\]^b^r\bv`_\wb\[\]^_`]a[bta_^wb\^]Yby_us
(gas stop valve) indicates -1.45 psi _a^wbu_bu^r\_bwsa[[bads̀a[wY
(-0.01MPa ,684mmHg), perform the ybdu^bt_u^\]^\xb_a^wbsabedavba^
following procedures immediately. pdt_u^\]^\xbta_^wbadxba^b^r\bvu_w^baby`_\
4576886 !7!83 v`[[bu]]p_Y
4(88)(0*0 8-%55.83 o ~ux̀b^r\bv`_d̀ewby_usbûp]rd̀eb^r\
$66 8 6 86 3 _\y_è\_ad^btt̀\wbt[a^\b\xe\wbadxb\[\]^_`]a[
2$%558686983 ta_^wb̀dwx̀\b^r\bpd`^Y
ybdu^bxub^r\bv`_\wbv`[[b{\bxasae\xbadxba^
89:;<=9>?@ ^r\bvu_w^baby`_\bv`[[bu]]p_Y
A8<BCDC;EFG
V9WP9N HIJ9KLMN;OIPQR o mèr^[bw\]p_\b^r\btuv\_bwup_]\bv`_d̀e

<>L:;TIMUR pwd̀eb^r\b]u_xb][astb̀dwx̀\b^r\bpd`^Y
klmZ
5n888 8!88
OIS;<>L:;TIMUR 96 868666 8683
f30 g8 875896
01688887*87898878997
96 6 8 68 9899
868896 96 896
Measure the low pressure by the pressure gauge and 88 7!888 6 873
keep it not to decrease than -1.45 psi(-0.01MPa). If 87898996 688789973
the pressure is lower than -1.45 psi(-0.01MPa), the 1688896 6 8 96 73
compressor may be faulty. &6 7h78997568&h53
#589668 88!67 8668
supply is within +10% of nominal voltage.
If not, electrial parts will be demaged.
'589668 889 93668
738 6 3
76896 867786786
6 88986!67 86 6773
3
/589668 8888
96 8983
2589668 88878997
8 9868 08 63
8 88 98888 6
88 7688789973
76666 88838 78
878997786 86 8 83
121
6.2.1 For Outdoor Unit and the outdoor unit coincide correctly. If not,
The electrical wiring connection for the outdoor some component will be damaged.
unit is shown in Fig. 6.1 (1) Use shielded wires ≥AWG18(0.75mm2) for
(1) Connect the power supply wires to the intermediate wiring to protect electrically
terminals in the electrical control box. noise obstacle at length of less than 3280ft.
(2) Connect the wires between the outdoor and and size complied with local code.
indoor units to terminals 1 and 2 on the (2) Open a hole near the connection hole of
terminal board. power source wiring when the multiple
(3) Do not wire in front of the fixing screw of the outdoor units are connected from one power
service panel. If you do, the screw can not source line.
be removed. (3) In the case that a conduit tube for field-wiring
6.2.2 Electrical Wiring Between Indoor Unit and is not used, fix rubber bushes with adhesive
Outdoor Unit on the panel.
Connect the electrical wires between the indoor

unit and the outdoor unit, as shown in Fig. 6.2
Check to ensure that the terminal for power

source wiring (terminals “L1” to “L1” , “L2” to “L2”
and “L3” to “L3” of each outdoor unit terminal G Install an ELB in the power source.
board, terminals “L1” to “L1” and “L2” to “L2” of If ELB is not used, it will cause electric shock or fire
at the worst.
each indoor unit terminal board) and intermediate
wiring. G The tightening torque of each screw shall be as
(Operating Line: terminals “1” to “1” and “2” to “2” follows.
M4: 0.7 to 1.0 ft.·lbs (1.0 to 1.3 N·m)
of each terminal board: DC5V) between the M5: 1.5 to 1.8 ft.·lbs (2.0 to 2.5 N·m)
indoor units. M6: 3.0 to 3.7 ft.·lbs (4.0 to 5.0 N·m)
M8: 6.6 to 8.1 ft.·lbs (9.0 to 11.0 N·m)
M10:13.3 to 17.0 ft.·lbs (18.0 to 23.0 N·m)



of the terminal.
Fig. 6.1 Wiring Connection for Outdoor Unit
122
Outdoor Unit / Power Supply Line
No. 0 System No. 1 System No. 3 System

Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit
TB1 TB2 TB1 TB2 TB1 TB2
L1L2L3 1 2 L1L2L3 1 2 L1L2L3 1 2
Operating Line (Shielded Twist Pair Cable)

DC5V (Non-Pole Transmission H-NET System)
ELB
ELB Distribution Box or Pull Box
FUSE
Main Switch
ELB
3
208V/230V 60 Hz
L1 L2 N L1 L2 N
TB1 TB1
No. 0 No. 1
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
TB2 Remote TB2 Remote
1 2 B Control 1 2 B Control
208V/230V 60 Hz Cable Cable
(Shielded Twist (Shielded Twist
Pair Cable) Pair Cable)
Operating Line (Shielded Twist Pair Cable)
DC5V (Non-Pole Transmission H-NET System) Remote Remote
Control Control
Switch Switch
TB : Terminal Board
PCB : Printed Circuit Board
: Field Wiring
: Field Supplied
No. 0 System Indoor Units
: Optional Accessory
Fig. 6.2 Instruction for Electrical Wiring Connection
Capacity MCA(A) MOP(A) Minimum transmission cable size
76 208/230V 26 35
96 3PH 34 45 AWG18 ( )
60Hz
114 44 60
NOTES:
1/8in.
replacement.
carrying conductor.
Install a multi-pole main switch with a space of 1/8 in. (3.0mm) or more between each phase.
123
1
)-$:(
$!''(?)
)f?)f 1
)$:($!''(?)
)f?)f 1
)$:($!''(?)
)f?)f
+)$0# -+)$0# -+)$0#
5($')';, 5($')';, ) 5($')';,
1-31/32in.
(50mm)
11-13/16in.(300mm).
Fig.6.3 Instruction for Electrical Wiring Connection
124
23 456789

Table 7.2 on page 24. Use the Table 7.1 on
& '(8(78()5*+7587,586-675.8 7/08+0087,581,512

)(/768,+358455 8105+*553
6789,51287(85 6 *587,+787,5850517*/1+0
*56/67+ 158/68.(*587,+ 8:8.5;(,.<84-
.5+6 */;87,58*56/67+ 158457=55
;*(u 58+ 587,5875*./+08(>87,5850517*/1+0
)+*76388?>8(7<85(8(78()5*+7587,586-675.
7/087,5850517*/1+0805+2+;58/68>( 58+ 5
*5)+/*553
6@89,51287(85 6 *587,+787,5867()83+03568(>
7,58( 75((*8 /78+*58>00-8()5 55<8+ 5
7,5 867+*787,586-675.3
6989,51287(85 6 *587,+787,586=/71,8( 87,5
.+/8)(=5*86( *158,+68455 8AB8>(*
.(*587,+ 8:C8,( *6<87(8=+*.87,5
1(.)*566(*8(/084-87,58(/08,5+75*3
& D+-8+775 7/( 87(87,58>(00(=/;8/75.68=,/05
7,586-675.8/68* /;3
678'(8(787( 1,8+ -8(>87,58)+*7684-8,+ 58+7
7,585/61,+*;58;+686/55<86/1587,5
than 194oF (90oC).
6@8'A8BA48DGHI84IJ8@G44AB8AK84IJ
L7MBJ4?98HN?49I6JH8388?78=/0081+ 658+
serious accident.
within 10 minutes after turning OFF the main
switch.
125
234567897726 7737363676

o
Inlet: No. 1 DB /WB F, No. 2 DB /WB o
F, No.3 DB /WB o
F, No.4 DB /WB o
F
Outlet: DB /WB o
F, DB /WB o
F, DB /WB o
F, DB /WB o
F
Inlet: DB
o
F, WB o
F
o
Outlet: DB F, WB o
F
o
Liquid Temperature: F
o
Discharge Gas Temperature: F
8. Check Pressure
9. Check Voltage
Rated Voltage: V
Starting Voltage: V

Input: kW
Running Current: A
126
23456789077 6 77676747267
127
(7)
128
2345671897753 76
!"#
$% &' ()*(+)( (),-.(/01/!)+*
$2 3" ' ()*(+)( ()*-10*4056(##)
70&8#96
$: ###
; .&
3"<3"3"=
&((> 0!#;#0+#((> 0
;44,"#
$? ###
; .&)*@3"*@
.,3"*@ ;###,"<!#(=
$A -"44*/# *.-"(*/## &((*.-"(0(7)#B
*/#034*/#
$_ ( +(#+#(/8#-"4/ 56 (##)7/0
,";/#0&((>
,";/#0&((>
%% &;/#
%2 -# 3";/# &((> 0+#((>
%: &' ,c*(;/#
%? 8#*4;/#
%d ,9 ()*(+)(&, ,93)/0!(e
2% 1/*##"-#
22 -# 3+"#(/8
;/#
2: 3"' 5)4*#4;/ # &((> 0+#((>
2? ;/#
2d !.*##"-#
:% &((4(3"'&' &((-4(
:A &((-&'fg +"4(&'fg
-# ,"*(+(("
:` *()("3"' <,"*(+(+)(0
3"*@0&((> *@=
?: ()!.*##"+(#*( +()4##<,"4##
+)( &)0!#*.-"44(=
?? ()!.*##"&(#*(+)( 3) 01/;4g10!(e
<!#(=
*(
?A +)( ()1/*##"&(#*(+)( 3) 34<0-/B*##=0*4
+)(<D(""34= !(e<!#(=
?` ()&)3)("*(+)( 3) 3404##,"
A% -# "-# "-#,"
A: &)5-+( +)&5-+(<*(
3)("0!.D0-/B("=
A? &) &(#&),;4" &),;/#0156(/
0,
AA &)," &)*@,"
3", ,9 +#((> &((> .
A_ 9 *@<*@%=,7*@<*@:0
*@A=0,",9
55 4## 4##*( ,"4##
% 3"' &((3"'fg- 3)C?fg#-##7(g
fg-
A &' 9/%_fB#41B !&fk&&'#
fg- &((&'fg-
H-NET
(3-#g
129
23 4567895 8774788
!"# 1,#2!"#
$"%&'()"!&*+&")"!&!''& 3&#&&",'",!&.
,"#-&!)&#& & "#%4''".!,.0
."!&,%'/!.& "#%0 +&&),54)&#&,'6!
7)47"","#"!,#!77.0
Capacity 76 96 114
1
'()"!& 9',"!84;#:9.A',67
$"%& ':B' psi (MPa)
-7
601 -29
-0.05)
(4.15 -0.20) )
-7
601 -29
-0.05) -7
601 -29 (4.15 -0.20))
-0.05)
(4.15 -0.20) )
':D# psi (MPa) 464±22 (3.2±0.15) 464±22 (3.2±0.15) 464±22 (3.2±0.15)
Fuse on Main Circuit 9 L@ L@ L@
+" Non-Adjustable
( "#%+" "#0 E E E
1#.#1,#2 9',"!84;#:9.A',67
D##,7+&,
<,!&#-,!&>
M ':B' F 248±10 248±10 248±10
9 ':B'
F 293±10 293±10 293±10
':D#
F 248~140 248~140 248~140
1#7"!'"
1',,!"5#N?4C 9 C C C
1',,!"5#NE 9 ?@ ?@ ?@
130
SERVICE
Troubleshooting
1. Troubleshooting
1.1 Initial Troubleshooting
1.1.1 Checking of Electrical Wiring and Power Supply
Check the following items for any abnormality in the activation of the system.
No. Check Situation Check Method
Check the voltage (secondary side) of the breaker and also check the continuity of
1 Is any power supply breaker or fuse blown?
the fuse by a tester.
Is voltage at the secondary side of the
2 Disconnect at the secondary side of the transformer and measure voltage by a tester.
transformer correct?
Check that the following wiring connection on O.U./I.U. printed circuit boards (PCBs)
is not loosened.
• The connection for thermistors
Is wiring firmly secured and correctly • The connection for the wired controller cable
3
connected? • The connection for communication cable
• Each connection for power supply line
Check that the wiring connection on O.U./I.U. PCBs is not loose or misconnected on
the site according to the “Electrical Wiring Diagram” of the Engineering Manual.
NOTE:
If the fuse(s) on an I.U. PCB blows out, diagnose the cause of overcurrent and recover the fuse(s).
In addition, check the power supply of optional parts because the fuse may blow out because of the power supply failure.
132
Troubleshooting
● For Indoor Unit
Refer to the Service Manual for Indoor Unit.
● Wired Controller Connecting Diagram

(a) Wired Controllers to each Unit for Individual Operation Setting
Outdoor Unit A B A B
Wired Wired
Controller Controller
(b) One Wired Controller for Individual Operation Setting

Outdoor Unit A B A B
Wired
The communication cabling
Controller
for the wired controller is
necessary.
(c) Connecting Wired Controller if Connecting between Individual Systems
Outdoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit
A B A B A B A B
Wired Wired Wired

Controller Controller Controller
Individual Simultaneous Individual
(Thermo ON / OFF individually)
NOTE:
Thermo-ON: The outdoor unit and some indoor units are running.
Thermo-OFF: The outdoor unit and some indoor units stay on, but don’t run.
133
Troubleshooting
1.1.2 Checking of DIP Switch Settings
5HI&\FOH1R &RPPXQLFDWLRQ
$//2))6KLSPHQW6HW
6HWWLQJ 6HWWLQJ
212SWLRQDO)XQFWLRQ6HWWLQJ
21,QSXW3RZHU6HWWLQJ
217HVW5XQ &RRO 7HVW
215XQ +HDW
&DSDFLW\6HWWLQJ 3LSHOHQJWK6HWWLQJ
6KLSPHQW
$9:+)+ $9:+)+ $9:+)+
,8LVORFDWHGKLJKHU 28LVORFDWHGKLJKHU
WKDQ28 !P WKDQ,8 !P
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ6HWWLQJ
,WLVQHFHVVDU\WRVHW5HIF\FOHV\VWHP1R
DQGWHUPLQDOUHVLVWRU
FRQQHFWWR+1(7V\VWHP
6HWWLQJ5HIF\FOHV\VWHP1R
6HWWLQJ5HIF\FOH '6:
+LJK'LJLW6HWWLQJ
7HQ
$%LW
134
Troubleshooting
1.2 Troubleshooting Procedure
1.2.1 Checking of Using 7-Segment Display
● Simple Checking by 7-Segment Display
1 � Turn on All Indoor Units � All the Indoor Units Connected to the Outdoor Unit
2 Turn on the Outdoor Unit
3 Auto-addressing Starts During auto-addressing, the following items can be checked using the
outdoor unit's on-board 7-segment LED display.
Outdoor Unit
(1) Disconnection of power supply to the indoor unit.
Printed
(2) Reverse connection of the operating line between the outdoor and
Circuit Board
indoor units.
PCB
In this case, "03" appears after 30 seconds.
(3) Duplication of indoor unit number. See Alarm Code 35.
Normal
(1) The outdoor unit's on-board 7-segment LED display is not indicated.
Case
(2) The outdoor unit's on-board 7-segment LED display indicates the followings if there is something wrong.
(A) Alarm code will be displayed on the 7-segment

when alarm is received from indoor unit in normal mode.
As for the following alarm codes, however, alarm code will be displayed on the 7-segment when
alarm is detected by outdoor unit itself.
� Alarm Code “03” (Abnormal Transmission between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit)
� Alarm Code “35” (Incorrect Indoor and Outdoor Unit No. Setting)
(B) Alarm code of smaller indoor unit address No. will be displayed when alarm is received from
multiple indoor units.
(C) The following 7-segment is displayed and flashed every 0.5 seconds.
SEG2 SEG1
Abnormal
Case
Alarm Code
(D) SEG1 and SEG2 are as follows.
7-Segment Display Dotted Indication Remarks
<In Case of Unit No. 63, Alarm Code “01”>
SEG2: Indoor Unit No. (0~63) SEG2 In the case that 2 refrigerant cycle
groups exist, one refrigerant
SEG1: Alarm Code
cycle group is shown without
SEG2 SEG1 dotted indication.
The other refrigerant cycle group
is shown with dotted indication.
Dotted Indication
Indoor Unit No. Alarm Code
135
Troubleshooting
Only an authorized person can check using this method.
● Before Checking
(1) Turn ON the main power supply. Wait for more than 20 seconds to start checking.
(2) Checking Items
* Expansion Valve Opening
* Temperature Readings from Thermistors
* Number of Indoor Units Connecting in the Same System
(3) Check the locations of 7-segment and push switches.
(4) High voltage is applied to the PCB and electrical parts. Never touch electrical parts and wires without appropriate
personal protective equipment (PPE) when checking.
You can check the operating conditions and each part of the refrigerant system temperature condition by 7-segment display
(SEG1,2) on the outdoor unit PCB and push switches (PSW).
To start the checking mode: Press PSW2 for 3 seconds
To move the checking item forward: Press PSW2
To move the checking item backward: Press PSW3
To cancel the checking mode: Press PSW2 for 3 seconds
Normal Mode Checking Mode
PSW3
PSW2 for 3sec.
• • • Index of Check Item No.1
PSW2 for 3sec.
PSW2 PSW3
* During protection control, 7-segment disply
indicates protection control code.
• • • Information of Check Item No.1
PSW2 PSW3
• • • Index of Check Item No.2
PSW2 PSW3
• • • Information of Check Item No.2
PSW2 PSW3
PSW2 PSW3
• • • Index of Last Chack Item
PSW2 PSW3
• • • Information of Last Check Item
PSW2
136
Troubleshooting
Details of 7-Segment Display

Item display Data display
Items Test
No.
Display Display Display content description
Outdoor chip output state Please refer to the displayed position in the right chart.
Indoor operation capacity Display“themoon”indoor unit capacity

Required converter
frequency Unit Hz
The number of operating
compressors Cause code chart for indoor unit shutdown
The number of fan speed Display outdoor unit fan shifts (0-16); the greater the figure,
shifts the larger the speed. Display Display content description
Outdoor unit expansion Displayed in ％. The greater the figure, the larger the openness. Shut down, power off
valve openness
Outlet pressure Unit psi (Mpa) Temperature control off
Inlet pressure Unit psi (Mpa) Alarm
Compressor top
temperature Unit °F (°C) Anti-freezing protection, overheat protection
Heat exchanger liquid
side temperature Unit °F (°C) Outdoor momentary power failure, chip reset
Outdoor temperature Unit °F (°C) Indoor momentary power failure, chip reset
Inverter compressor Unit A. Displays the primary (input) current of the frequency
current converter Low outdoor temperature, cooling halted
Indoor unit expansion High outdoor temperature, heating halted
valve openness Displayed in ％. The greater the figure, the larger the openness.
Unit No. O~F Only displays connected indoor units
Request, forced shutdown
Indoor liquid tube Low pressure ratio, restart
temperature Unit °F (°C). Only displays connected indoor units
Unit No. O~F Increasing low pressure, restart
Indoor air tube Increasing high pressure, restart
temperature Unit °F (°C). Only displays connected indoor units
Unit No. O~F Abnormal vacuum
Outlet air temperature increased, restart
Indoor inlet temperature
Unit No. O~F Unit °F (°C). Only displays connected indoor units
Low exhaust superheat , restart
Indoor outlet temperature Frequency converter tripping, restart

Unit No. O~F Unit °F (°C). Only displays connected indoor units
Low voltage(overvoltage), restart
And other causes leading to the restart of the frequency converter
Indoor capacity Displays capacity of all indoor units
Unit No. O~F
Prevent the changeof expansion valve openness, restart
Indoor unit shutdown Different run modes of the indoor anf outdoor units
Display cause for indoor unit shutdown. Please refer to the
cause cause code in the right chart.
Unit No. O~F Forced temperature controlled shutdown
Retract control to Forced temperature controlled shutdown (preheating)
prevent from low 0: Retract control not started 1: Retract control started
pressure ratio Low high pressure, restart
Retract control to
prevent from 0: Retract control not started 1: Retract control started
increasing high CHEC CANCEL To cancel the check mode, please press PSW2 for over 3 seconds.
pressure
Retract control to prevent Indoor unit capacity code chart
from increasing 0: Retract control not started 1: Retract control started
frequency conversion
module temperature Code Indoor unit capacity mark Horsepower
Retract control to prevent
from increasing outlet air 0: Retract control not started 1: Retract control started 06 0.6
temperature
07 0.8
Retract control to
0: Retract control not started 1: Retract control started 09 1.0
prevent from low TdSH
12 1.3
Retract control to 0: Retract control not started 1: Retract control started 14 1.8
prevent from overheat
17 2.0
Control information 2.3
18
Display the updated alarm code for outdoor unit shutdown
Outdoor unit alarm code 22 2.5
Cause code for frequency Display cause for frequency converter shutdown. Please
converter shutdown refer to the right chart for the cause code contents 24 2.8
Indoor connection
capacity Connected indoor unit capacity, displayed in 3.5 times
Connected indoor
unit quantity
Refrigerant system
address
Remarks:
1.Even when it gives the alarm to stop the machine, the shutdown code may not be displayed as “02” sometimes. Before the alarm, in case of temperature controlled shutdown due to other causes, it
may display other shutdown cause codes.
2.For units connected to the frequency converter, when the communication between the frequency converter modue and outdoor unit base board has stopped for 30 seconds, the outdoor unit chip
will be reset. Therefore, the shutdown cause code in case of 04 alarm may be displayed as 05 sometimes.
3.When the communication between the indoor and outdoor units has stopped for 3 minutes, the indoor unit chip will be reset. Therefore, the shutdown cause code in case of 03 alarm may be
displayed as 06 sometimes.
4.When it displays “21”, please the shutdown cause of other units.
Frequency converter shutdown cause

Remark
Code Cause Unit shutdown cause code
Restart display Alarm code
Auto stop of the transistor module (ISPM error)
(overcurrent, low voltage, short circuit protection)
Momentary over current

Frequency converter radiator failure, protection control
Electronic temperature control action

Reduced frequency converter voltage (insufficient voltage)
Overcurrent
Cummunications failure
Current sensor failure
Momentary power loss detection
Frequency converter chip reset

Compressor grounding detection (only for startup)
Open phase detection
137
Troubleshooting
Unit shutdown Remark

Code Cause cause code Restart display Alarm code
Frequency converter action
Communication failure
Protection device action
Protection detection
Device fault
63H early reset
138
Troubleshooting
(1) Alarm Code
Code Category Content of Abnormality Leading Cause
Activation of Float Switch(High Water Level in Drain
01 Indoor Unit Activation of Protection Device (Float Switch)
Pan,Abnormality of Drain Pipe, Float Switch or Drain Pan)
Activation of PSH (Pipe Clogging, Excessive Refrigerant,
02 Outdoor Unit Activation of Protection Device (High Pressure Cut)
Inert Gas Mixing)
Incorrect Wiring, Loose Terminals, Disconnect Wire, Blowout
03 Abnormality between Indoor and Outdoor
of Fuse, Outdoor Unit Power OFF
Transmission
Abnormality between Inverter PCB and Outdoor Unit Inverter PCB - Outdoor Unit PCB Transmission Failure (Loose
04
PCB Connector, Wire Breaking, Blowout of Fuse)
Incorrect Power Supply, Connection to Reversed Phase,
05 Supply Phase Abnormality Power Supply Phases
Open-Phase
06 Abnormal Inverter Voltage Outdoor Voltage Drop, Insufficient Power Capacity
Voltage
06. Abnormal Fan Controller Voltage Outdoor Voltage Drop, Insufficient Power Capacity
Excessive Refrigerant Charge, Failure of Thermistor,
07 Decrease in Discharge Gas Superheat Incorrect Wiring, Incorrect Piping Connection, Expansion
Valve Locking at Opened Position (Disconnect Connector)
Insufficient Refrigerant Charge, Pipe Clogging Failure of
Cycle
Thermistor, Incorrect
08 Increase in Discharge Gas Temperature Wiring,
Incorrect Piping Connection, Expansion Valve Locking at
Closed Position (Disconnect Connector)
11 Inlet Air Thermistor/ Inlet Water Thermistor
12 Outlet Air Thermistor/ Outlet Water Thermistor
13 Sensor on Freeze Protection Thermistor
14 Indoor Unit Gas Piping Thermistor Incorrect Wiring, Disconnecting Wiring Breaking Wire, Short
and Abnormality of Indoor Air Thermistor Circuit
15
Controller (Total Heat Exchanger)
16 Abnormality of Remote Control Thermistor
17 Abnormality of Thermistor in Wire Controller
19 Fan Motor Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan Fan Motor Overheat, Locking
21 High Pressure Sensor
22 Outdoor Air Thermistor
Sensor on Incorrect Wiring, Disconnecting Wiring Breaking Wire, Short
23 Discharge Gas Thermistor on Top of Compressor
Outdoor Unit Circuit
24 Heat Exchanger Liquid Pipe Thermistor or Tsc Thermistor
29 Low Pressure Sensor
Incorrect Capacity Setting of Outdoor Unit and Indoor Incorrect Capacity Code Setting of Combination Excessive or
31
Unit/water module Insufficient Indoor Unit /Water Module Total Capacity Code
35 Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit No. Duplication of Indoor Unit No. in same Ref. Gr.
System
36 Incorrect of Indoor Unit Combination Indoor Unit is Designed for R22
Abnormality of Picking up Circuit for Protection in Failure of Protection Detecting Device (Incorrect Wiring of
38
Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit PCB)
Defective Compression (Failure of Compressor of Inverter,
43 Activation of Low Compression Ratio Protection Device
Loose Power Supply Connection)
Overload at Cooling, High Temperature at Heating,
44 Activation of Low Pressure Increase Protection Device
Expansion Valve Locking (Loose Connector)
Protection
46 Activation of High Pressure Decrease Protection Device Insufficient Refrigerant, Blow-by of the Reversing Valve
Device
Insufficient Refrigerant, Refrigerant Piping, Clogging,
Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Protection Device
47 Expansion Valve Locking at Open Position (Loose
(Vacuum Operation Protection)
Connector)
48 Activation of Inverter Overcurrent Protection Device Overload Operation, Compressor Failure
51 Sensor Abnormal Inverter Current Sensor Current Sensor Failure
Driver IC Error Signal Detection (Protection for Overcurrent,
53 Inverter Error Signal Detection
Low Voltage, Short Circuit)
Inverter Abnormal Inverter Fin Thermistor,
54 Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature
Heat Exchanger Clogging, Fan Motor Failure
55 Inverter Failure Inverter PCB Failure
Incorrect Wiring between PCB,Driver IC and Fan-motor
57 Fan Controller Activation of Fan Controller Protection (Broken,wrong
wiring)
This alarm code appears when the following alarms* occurs
Compressor Protection Alarm
EE Compressor three times within 6 hours.
(It can not be reset from remote controller)
*02, 07, 08, 43 to 45, 47
A6 Inverter Abnormality of Refrigerant Cooling Module Temperature Insufficient Refrigerant, or Abnormal EVO
Outdoor Unit
b1 Incorrect Setting of Unit and Refrigerant Cycle No. Over 64 Number is Set for Address or Refrigerant Cycle.
No. Setting
Indoor Unit More than 17 Non-Corresponding to H-NET Units are
b5 Incorrect Indoor Unit Connection Number Setting
No. Setting Connected to One System.
139
Troubleshooting
NOTES:
1. When the RUN indicator flashes every 4 seconds, the communication failure between the indoor unit and the wired
controller (Loosening at connector, Incorrect Wiring, Disconnecting Wiring, Breaking Wire) occurs.
2. The outdoor unit is designed for single phase. Accordingly, the alarm code “05” is not available.
(2) Cause Code of Inverter Stoppage ( iTC)
Corresponding of Remark
Code
Cause Cause Code of I.U. Indication
(SEG1) Alarm Code
or O.U. Stoppage during Retry
IPM Error
Instantaneous Overcurrent
Inverter Fin Thermistor Protection
Activation
Electronic Thermal Protection
Inverter Voltage Decrease
Overvoltage
Abnormal Communication
Abnormal Current Detection

Instantaneous Power Failure
Detection
Reset of Micro-Computer for
Inverter
Ground Fault Detection from
Compressor
Open Phase Detection
Inverter Malfunction
Communication Error
Protection Device Actuation (PSH)
Abnormal Protective Device
Early Return Protective Device
Step-Out Detection
Abnormal PCB setup
EERPOM Error
(3) Abnormal Data Record

“Abnormal Data Record”(No.01 ~ No.15) in checking item can record recent abnormal stoppages.
(The maximum number of recordable is 15. No. 01 is the latest one.)
In case of abnormal stoppage in following table, accumulated operation time when abnormal happened, alarm code/cause
code of I.U. or O.U. stoppage, and cause code of inverter stoppage are recorded.
Example:
No. of Abnormal Data NO.01
Accumulated Operation Time 1278 h
Alarm Code 48
Cause Code of Inverter Stoppage 2
140
Troubleshooting
PSW2 PSW3
Indication:
PSW2 PSW3 ：Alarm Code
：Cause Code of I.U. or O.U. Stoppage
：Cause Code of Inverter Stoppage

PSW2 PSW3
No.01 (Latest)
PSW2 PSW3 Display● 1s automatic changing
Alarm Situation
PSW2 PSW3
No.02
PSW2 PSW3
INV Cause Retry
PSW2 PSW3
PSW2 PSW3
No.15 (Earliest)
Accumulated Time
PSW2 PSW3
PSW2 PSW3
PSW2 PSW3
PSW2 PSW3
141
Troubleshooting
Alarm Code or Cause code of inverter

Cause Code of I.U. or Contents stoppage
O.U. Stoppage ITC FTC
02 Activation of the safety device (high pressure switch) in the outdoor unit -- --
03 Abnormal Transmitting between Indoor and Outdoor Units -- --
04 Abnormal Transmitting between Inverter PCB and Outdoor Unit PCB -- --
05 Abnormal Power Supply Phase -- --
06
------------------------------- Abnormal Inverter Voltage (Insufficient Inverter Voltage or Overvoltage) 5,6 5,6
d1-18
07
------------------------------- Activation of discharge gas superheat decrease protection -- --
d1-16
08
------------------------------- Activation of discharge gas temperature increase protection -- --
d1-15
21 Abnormality of high pressure sensor (Pd) -- --
22 Abnormality of thermistor for outdoor air temperature (Ta) -- --
23 Abnormality of thermistor for discharge gas temp. (Td) -- --
24 Abnormality of thermistor for outdoor unit heat exchanger liquid pipe (Te) -- --
29 Abnormality of Low Pressure Sensor for outdoor unit (Ps) -- --
31 Incorrect capacity ratio with indoor unit and outdoor unit -- --
32 Abnormal communication of other indoor units -- --
35 Incorrect indoor unit No. setting -- --
36 Incorrect indoor unit combination -- --
38 Abnormality of picking up circuit for protection in outdoor unit -- --
43
------------------------------- Abnormality of low compression ratio -- --
d1-11
—
------------------------------- Activation of low pressure increase protection -- --
d1-12
46 Activation of high-pressure decrease protection device
------------------------------- -- --
d1-26 (Vacuum operation protection)
47
------------------------------- Activation of low pressure decrease protection -- --
d1-15
48
------------------------------- Activation of overcurrent protection 2,4 --
d1-17
51
------------------------------- Abnormality of current sensor for inverter 8 --
d1-17
53
------------------------------- Activation of inverter module protection device 1,12 --
d1-17
54
------------------------------- Activation of inverter fin temperature increase protection 3 --
d1-17
55 0,9,10,11,13,
------------------------------- Inverter failure --
d1-18 14,15,16
57 Abnormality of Outdoor Fan Motor -- --
b5 Incorrect setting of indoor unit connection number -- --
EE Compressor protection alarm -- --
d1-05 Instantaneous power failure at the outdoor unit -- --
d1-13 Activation of high pressure increase protection -- --
A6 -- --
Abnormality of refrigerant cooling module temperature
d1-42 -- --
iTC: Inverter Stoppage Code d1: Cause Code of I.U. or O.U. Stoppage
NOTE:
All History will be erased by pressing PSW1 for 5 seconds when Abnormal Data Record is displayed.
142
Troubleshooting
* Deletion of Alarm Code History
PSW2 PSW3
PSW2 PSW3
PSW2 PSW3
NO.01 (Latest)
PSW2 PSW3 Pressing PSW1 for 5 seconds
Alarm Situation
PSW2 PSW3
1.2.2 Checking of Protection Control Information

Protection control code is displayed on 7-segment display while a protection control is activated. It is turned OFF when the
protection control is canceled. If several protection controls are activated, the code of the protection control with highest
priority will be displayed. Also if several retry control is activated, the code of the latest retry control will be displayed.
Rank Order. Indication Protection Control Performed

1 P01 Pressure Ratio Protection Control
2 P02 High Pressure Increase Protection Control
3 P03 Inverter Current Protection Control
4 P04 Inverter Fin Temperature Increase Protection Control
5 P05 Discharge Temperature Increase Protection Control
6 P06 Low Pressure Decrease Protection Control
7 P0A Demand Current Control
8 P0d Low Pressure Increase Protection Control
9 P09 High Pressure Decrease Protection Control
② Lower Rank Order of Protection Control Function

Forced Prohibition of Prohibition of
Forced Increase
Decrease Increase Decrease
① Forced Decrease ① ① ① ①
Higher Rank Order Forced Increase ① ① ① ①
of Protection ② ② ②* ①
1
Prohibited Increase
Control Function Prohibited Decrease ② ② ② ②
*1: Discharge Temperature Increase Protection Control (P05) is higher than the following protection controls.
a) Low Pressure Decrease Protection Control (P06)
b) Demand Current Control (P0A)
143
Troubleshooting
Indication Protection Control Remark

Pressure Ratio Protection To control the compressor frequency for prevention of operation with high/low
Control pressure ratio.
High Pressure Increase
To control the compressor frequency for prevention of high pressure increase.
Protection Control
Inverter Current Protection To control the compressor frequency for prevention of inverter current increase in
Control the outdoor unit during operation.
Inverter Fin Temperature To control the compressor frequency for prevention of inverter fin temperature
Increase Protection Control increase. The inverter fin temperature is detected at the inverter PCB.
Discharge Temperature To control the compressor frequency for prevention of discharge gas temperature
Increase Protection Control increase during operation.
Low pressure Decrease
To control the compressor frequency for prevention of low pressure decrease.
Protection Control
To control the compressor frequency for prevention of high pressure decrease,
High Pressure Decrease
which would interrupt smooth refrigerant distribution to indoor units with different
Protection Control
height and oil supply to the compressor.
To control the compressor frequency for fixing the inverter primary current around
Demand Current Control
the set value (60~100% of rated current for cooling).
Low Pressure Increase
To control the compressor frequency for prevention of low pressure increase.
Protection Control
144
Troubleshooting
1.2.3 Check Mode by Remote Control Switch
1.2.3.1 Check mode
Each “Check Menu” item and its function are explained in the following table.
Check Menu Item Function

Check 1 Sensor condition of air conditioner will be monitored and indicated.
Check 2 Sensor data of air conditioner prior to alarm occurrence will be indicated.
Alarm History Display Previous alarm record (date, time, alarm code) will be indicated.
● Setting Method：
<Example: HYXE-J01H>
145
Troubleshooting
(1) Contents of Check Mode 1
Temperature Indication Indication of Category Code

Indication of Temperature, etc.
Indoor Unit Temp. Normal ……Temperature Displayed

1
Setting
- - Thermistor Open-circuited
or or PCB Defected
Indoor Unit Abnormal 129 (Temp. for Discharge gas
2 Intake Air Temp. of Comp. : 129)
at Thermistor
F F Thermistor Short-circuited
or or PCB Defected)
Indoor Unit 255
3 Discharge Air Temp. or
at Thermistor (Temp. for Discharge gas
127
of Comp. : 127)
Check the thermistors

Indoor Unit Heat
4 Exchanger Liquid
(NOTE 1) During transient period such as starting time, etc.,
Pipe Temp.
"- -" may be indicated for a limited time.
Temperature at This is indicated only when a remote sensor is connected.

5
Remote Sensor The indication of "- -" is normally indicated.
6 Outdoor Unit Ambient

Air Temp.
Indoor Unit Heat

7 Exchanger Gas Pipe
Temp.
Outdoor Unit
8 Evaporating Temp.
during Heating
Number of
9 compressors in
Operation
Discharge Gas
10 Temp.
to next page
146
Troubleshooting
Thermo Temp. of
11 Remote Control
Switch
Indication on Micro-Computer Input/Output

Micro-Computer
12 Input/Output in
Indoor Unit
Micro-Computer
13 Input/Output in
Outdoor Unit
Indication of Unit Stoppage Cause
14 Cause of Stoppage Refer to "1.2.1 (3) Cause Code of I.U. or O.U. Stoppage"
Abnormality Occurrence Counter
Abnormality
15
Occurrence Times
Instantaneous Power
16 Failure Occurrence
Times in Indoor Unit
Transmission Error
Occurrence Times
17 between Remote
Control Switch and
Indoor Unit
Abnormality
18 Occurrence Times
on Inverter
Indication of Automatic Louver Condition

Countable up to 99.
Over 99 times, "99" is always indicated.
19 Louver Sensor (NOTE 1) If a transmitting error continues for 3 minutes, one
is added to the occurrence times.
to next page
147
Troubleshooting
Compressor Pressure/Frequency Indication
Discharge Pressure
20
(High) (x 0.1 MPa)
21 Suction Pressure
(Low) (x 0.01 MPa)
22 Control Information This is an indication for internal information for the remote
control switch. This does not have any specific meaning.
Operation
23 This is an indication for frequency of Inverter.
Frequency (Hz)
Indoor Unit Capacity Indication

Refer to "1.2.1 (2) Capacity of Indoor Unit Table"
24 Indoor Unit Capacity
25 Outdoor Unit Code

n
Refrigerant Cycle
26
Number
Refrigerant Cycle
27
Number
"n" indicates total number of indoor units;

Expansion Opening Indication n= ~ , , , , , , ,
(10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
Indoor Unit
28 Expansion Valve
Opening (%) J3: 01 to 16
(01: when shipment (DSW5), Decimal Indication)
J4: 00 to 0F
Outdoor Unit (00: when shipment (DSW5), Indication with 16 numbers)
29 Expansion Valve
MV1 Opening (%)
In case of models without Expansion Valve (MV2,MVB),
the same figure is indicated.
Outdoor Unit
30 Expansion Valve
MV2 Opening (%)
Outdoor Unit
31 Expansion Valve
MVB Opening (%)
Estimated Electric Current Indication
Compressor The total current is indicated when several

32
Running Current (A) compressors are running.
In case of inverter compressor, the running current
Returns to Temperature Indication of primary side of inverter is indicated.
148
Temperature Indication
Troubleshooting
(2) Contents of Check Mode 2
Temperature Indication Indication of Category Code

Indication of Temperature, etc.
Indoor Unit Intake

1 Air Temp. at Normal ……Temperature Displayed
Thermistor
- - (Thermistor Open-circuited
or or PCB Defected)
Indoor Unit Abnormal 129 (Temp. for Discharge gas of
2 Discharge Air Temp. Comp.)
at Thermistor
F F (Thermistor Short-circuited
or or PCB Defected)
Indoor Unit Heat 255

Exchanger Liquid or
3
Pipe Temp. (Freeze 127 (Temp. for Discharge gas of
Protection) Comp.)
Check the thermistors
4 Outdoor Air Temp. (NOTE 1) During transient period such as starting time, etc.,
"- -" may be indicated for a limited time.
(NOTE 2) All the data during the check mode 2 will be
changed to "00" if a power failure occurs during
Indoor Heat alarm indication.
5 Exchanger Gas
Pipe Temp.
Evaporating Temp.
6
at Heating
This is an indication for internal information for the

7 Control Information remote control switch.
This does not have any specific meaning.
Discharge Gas
8 Temp. at the Top of The average temperature of running compressors
Comp. Chamber is indicated.
to next page
149
Troubleshooting
Compressor Pressure/Frequency Indication
Discharge Pressure
9
(High) (x 0.1 MPa)
10 Suction Pressure
(Low)(x 0.01MPa)
11 Control Information This is an indication for internal information for the remote
control switch. This does not have any specific meaning.
Operating
12 This is an indication for frequency of inverter.
Frequency (Hz)
Expansion Opening Indication

Indoor Unit
13 Expansion Valve
Opening (%)
Outdoor Unit
14 Expansion Valve
MV1 Opening (%)
Estimated Electric Current Indication
Compressor
15 The total value is indicated when two compressors
Running Current (A) are running.
Returns to Temperature Indication
Temperature Indication
150
Troubleshooting
1.2.3.2 Alarm History Display
The alarm history display is available to be set from the check menu.
<Example: HYXE-J01H>
● Setting Method
● Select “Alarm Record”
※ To Erase Alarm Record

Press “ ” when the abnormality record is indicated. After that,
the confirmation interface will be displayed.
Select “Yes” and press “ ” so that the alarm record will be deleted.
151
Troubleshooting
1.2.4 Failure of Power Supply to Indoor Unit and Remote Control Switch
● Lights and LCD are not Indicated.
● Not Operated.
If fuses are melted or a breaker is activated, investigate the cause of over current and take necessary actions.
Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item
(Turn OFF Main Switch)
Measure voltage
Power Failure or Power is Not ON by volt-meter. Supply power.
Check for any Remove the cause

Short Circuit Supplied
uncovered part of wires. of short-circuit and
between Wires
replace the fuse.
Remove the cause

Short Circuit of Measure insulation
of short-circuit and
Melted Fuse or Wires to Earth resistance.
replace the fuse.
Activation of
Breaker at
Power Supply Measure resistance Replace the Capacitor
Failure of Indoor Unit
between wires and (DC module) for indoor
Fan Motor
insulation resistance. fan, fan motor and fuse.
Failure of Capacitor Replace the Capacitor

(DC module)for Indoor (DC module) for indoor
Fan fan and fuse.
Remove the cause

Short Circuit Supplied Check for any
of short-circuit and
between Wires uncovered part of wires.
replace the fuse.
Measure insulation Remove the cause

Short Circuit of
resistance. of short-circuit and
Control Circuit to Earth
Melted Fuse replace the fuse.
at Control
Circuit Measure resistance Replace the Fan capacitor
Failure of Indoor Unit (DC module) for indoor fan,
between wiring and
Fan Motor fan motor and fuse.
insulation resistance.
Failure of Capacitor (DC Replace the Capacitor

module)for Indoor Fan (DC module)for indoor
fan and fuse.
Measure voltage
Failure of Transformer at Indoor Unit Side at secondary side. Replace the transformer.
Replace cable or
Disconnected Cable of Remote Control Switch Connect the cable. repair it.
Insufficient Connection
or Incorrect Connection
Insufficient of Indoor Unit PCB
Contacting at
Connectors of Check connectors. Correctly connect them.
Remote Control Insufficient Connection
Switch or Incorrect Connection
of PCB in Remote
Control Switch
152
Troubleshooting
(1.2.4 Failure of Power Supply to Indoor Unit and Remote Control Switch)
Check it by Replace remote

Failure of Remote Control Switch
self-checking mode. control switch if it fails.
Unconnected Wires Correctly connect

to Each PCB Check connectors. wires.
Failure of
Each PCB
Check it by I.U./O.U.
Failure of Each PCB PCB check mode.
Replace PCB if it fails.
Take action according to the procedure

Incorrect Wiring Connection indicated in "TEST RUN".
1.2.5 Abnormal Transmission between Remote Control Switch and Indoor Unit
● “RUN” Lamp on Remote Control Switch:
Flashing every 2 seconds
Action
Disconnection or Insufficient Contacting of Check cable and Repair cable or

Remote Control Cable connections. connect it.
Incorrect Wiring Connection Check wiring and

connections. Repairing
(Incorrect Polarity)
Check it by Replace it if remote

Failure of Remote Control Switch
self-checking mode control switch is faulty.
Disconnected Wire Correctly connect

to PCB Check connectors.
Failure of PCB wires.
(in Indoor Unit
and Remote
Control Switch) Check it by I.U./O.U.
Failure of PCB Replace PCB if it fails.
PCB check mode
153
Troubleshooting
1.2.6 Abnormalities of Devices
In the case that no abnormality (Alarm Code) is indicated on the remote control switch, and normal operation is not available,
take necessary actions according to the following procedures.
Action
Disconnected Measure coil

Failure of Coil resistance by tester.
Replace indoor unit
Indoor Unit
fan motor.
Fan Motor Burnt-Out Measure insulation
Coil resistance.
Disconnected Measure coil

Failure of Coil resistance by tester.
Replace outdoor unit
Outdoor Unit
fan motor.
Fan Motor Burnt-Out Measure insulation
"RUN" light and
LCD are ON. Coil resistance.
However, the
system does
not operate. Measure resistance
Failure of Comp. Motor
between two wires.
(ex.The indoor, Replace compressor.

outdoor fans or Check for abnormal
compressor Failure of Compressor
sound from comp.
does not
operate.)
Failure of
Check whether magnetic
Magnetic Insufficient Replace magnetic
switch is activated
Switch for Contacting switch.
correctly or not.
Comp.
Failure of Disconnected
Correctly connect
One of PCBs Wiring to Check connections.
wiring.
for PCB
outdoor unit,
indoor unit, Failure of Check PCB by
remote Replace PCB if it fails.
control switch PCB self-checking .
Failure of
Failure of Thermistor
Check it by
Air Inlet
Check Mode .
The Comp. Thermistor Disconnection Replace or correctly
does not Stop of Thermistor connect wires if
or Start even abnormality exists.
if the Setting
temperature Abnormality of Remote
on LCD is Check it by Test Run.
Control Switch Cord
Changed *3)
Check it by self-
Failure of Indoor Unit PCB Replace PCB if it fails.
checking.
154
Troubleshooting
(1.2.6 Abnormalities of Devices)
Action
Check Setting Condition

of "Thermistor of
Remote Control Switch"
by Optional Setting
* Setting and Control
"00": Control by Indoor
Thermistor for
Suction Air In case that
Incorrect Optional "01": Control by thermistor of remote
Setting Thermistor of control switch is not
Remote Control used, set it at "00".
The Comp. Switch
does not Stop "02": Control by
or Start even Average Value of
if the Setting Indoor Thermistor
temperature for Suction Air
on LCD is and Thermistor of
Changed *1) Remote Control
Switch
Check Setting Condition

of "i1" and "i2" by In case that room
Input/Output Setting thermostat is not
Incorrect * Setting and Control used, set for input
Input/Output Setting "01": Room Thermostat signal actually used.
(Cooling) If no signal is used,
"02": Room Thermostat set it at "00".
(Heating)
*1): Even if controllers are normal, the compressor does not operate under the following conditions.
* Indoor Air Temp. is lower than 21°C or Outdoor Air Temp. is lower than -5°C during cooling operation.
* Indoor Air Temp. is higher than 30°C or Outdoor Air Temp. is higher than 26°C during heating operation.
* When a cooling (or heating) operation signal is given to the outdoor unit and a different operation signal is given to indoor
units.
* When demand signal or emergency stop signal is given to outdoor unit.
155
Troubleshooting
Action
Failure of
Failure of Thermistor Replace or correctly
Discharge Check thermistor by
connect wiring when
Air Temp. Disconnected self-checking .
it is abnormal.
Thermistor Wire of
Thermistor
Indoor Fan Failure of Remote Replace remote control

Speed is Control Switch switch if it fails.
Not Changed Check it by self-
checking .
Failure of
Replace PCB if it fails.
Indoor Unit PCB
Check the indoor unit

Failure of Capacitor(DC stoppage when the Replace Capacitor
module) for Indoor Unit remote control switch (DC module) if it fails.
is switched OFF.
Failure of Failure of
Thermistor Thermistor Replace or connect it
for Outdoor
correctly when it is
Evaporating Disconnected abnormal.
Temp. during Wire of
Heating Thermistor
Disconnected
Measure resistance
Reversing
of coil.
Failure of Valve Coil
Reversing Incorrect Replace reversing valve.
Valve Activation of
Supply power forcibly.
No Defrosting Reversing
Operation Mode Valve
is Available
while Heating Disconnected Control Wires
Correctly connect
Operation or between Indoor Unit and Check connectors.
wiring.
Defrosting Outdoor Unit
Operation is
Continued
Disconnected Correctly connect
Check connectors.
Failure of Wires to PCB wiring.
Outdoor Unit
PCB Failure of Check it by self- Replace it when check
PCB checking . mode is not available.
Disconnected Correctly connect

Check connectors.
Failure of Wires to PCB wiring.
Indoor Unit
PCB Failure of
PCB
Check PCB by
Light and Replace PCB if it fails.
self-checking .
LCD Indication
Failure of PCB in Indoor Unit
on Remote
or Remote Control Switch
Control Switch
are Kept ON
156
Troubleshooting
Action
Indoor Heat Load is Greater

Calculate heat load. Use a bigger unit.
than Cooling Capacity
Gas Leakage Correctly charge

or Shortage Measure superheat. refrigerant after
of Refrigerant repairing gas leakage.
Excessively
Small
Measure and check
Diameter Use correct pipes.
field-supplied pipes.
Tube or
Long Piping
Incorrect
Activation of Check whether or not
Replace check valve
Check Valve temp. difference exists
for outdoor unit.
of Outdoor before/after check valve.
Unit
Check for clogging. Remove clogging.
Check for connection

Replace connector.
cord and connector.
Failure or
Malfunction Is there operation
Replace coil.
Insufficient of Electronic sound from coil?
Cooling Expansion
Operation Excessively Valve
Is thermistor on
Low Suction Replace thermistor.
compressor normal?
Pressure
Is thermistor
installed correctly on Correctly install it.
compressor?
Clogged
Strainer in
Indoor Unit Check temp. difference
Replace strainer in
Clogging at at inlet and outlet of
indoor unit.
Low Pressure strainer.
Piping
Clogging at
Low Pressure Check temp. difference. Remove clogging.
Piping
Insufficient Check for clogged

Clean air filter.
Air Flow to air filter.
Indoor Unit
Heat Check for obstacle at
Exchanger Remove obstacles.
inlet or outlet.
Excessively Insufficient revolution

Low Air Replace fan motor.
of indoor unit fan motor?
Temp. to
Indoor Unit
Heat Check Short-circuited Remove cause of
Exchanger indoor unit air. short-circuited air.
157
Troubleshooting
Action
Check Clogging of
Outdoor Unit Remove clogging.
Heat Exchanger.
Obstacles at inlet or
Insufficient outlet of outdoor unit Remove obstacles.
Air Flow to heat exchanger?
Outdoor Unit
Heat Is service space for
Exchanger Secure service space.
outdoor unit sufficient?
Correct Fan Speed? Replace fan motor.
Excessively Short-Circuited Air Remove cause of

High Air to Outdoor Unit? short-circuited air.
Temp. to
Outdoor Unit
Heat Any Other Heat Load
Remove heat source.
Exchanger near Outdoor Unit?
Excessively Check expansion valve Correctly charge

Excessively Charged opening. refrigerant.
High Refrigerant
Discharge Non-
Pressure Check each temp. Charge refrigerant
Condensed
and pressure. after vacuum pumping.
Gas in Cycle
Clogging of
Discharge Check for clogging. Remove clogging.
Piping
Insufficient
Cooling
Operation
Check for connecting
Replace connector.
cord and connector.
Failure or
Replace coil.
of Expansion sound from coil?
Valve
Is thermistor on
Replace thermistor.
compressor normal?
Is thermistor installed
correctly on Correctly install it.
compressor?
Check temp. difference

Malfunction or Internal
between inlet and outlet Replace reversing valve.
Leakage of Reversing Valve
of reversing valve.
Failure of
Bypass Check for leakage of
Replace solenoid valve.
Solenoid solenoid valve.
Excessively Valve
Low Suction Malfunction
Pressure or Internal Check temp. difference
Leakage of between inlet and Replace reversing valve.
Reversing outlet of reversing valve.
Valve
Check for expansion Replace failed

Outlet Temp. of Indoor
valve of indoor unit in expansion valve of
Unit is Unstable.
the same system. indoor unit.
158
Troubleshooting
Action
Indoor Heat Load is Greater Replace the unit with

Calculate heat load.
than Heating Capacity a bigger unit.
Gas Leakage Correctly charge

or Insufficient refrigerant after gas
Measure superheat.
Refrigerant leakage check and
Charge repair.
Excessively
Small Measure field-supplied Use specified pipes.
Diameter or piping.
Long Piping
Check for connecting

Replace connector.
cord and connector.
Failure or
Replace coil.
of Electronic sound from coil?
Expansion
Valve
Is thermistor on
Replace thermistor.
compressor normal?
Is thermistor
installed correctly Correctly install it.
on compressor?
Insufficient
Clogging of
Heating Check temp. difference Replace strainer for
Excessively Indoor Unit/
Operation between inlet and outlet outdoor unit or indoor
Low Outdoor Unit
of strainer. unit.
Suction Strainer
Pressure
Clogging
of Suction Remove clogging.
of each part.
Piping
Is outdoor unit heat Remove clogging.

exchanger clogged?
Insufficient Is there any obstacles

Air Flow at inlet or outlet of Remove obstacles.
through outdoor unit?
Outdoor Unit
Heat Is service space for Secure sufficient
Exchanger outdoor unit sufficient? service space.
Check for speed of Replace fan motor.

outdoor unit fan.
Excessively
Low
Air Temp. Check for any Remove cause of
through short-circuited air short-circuited air.
Outdoor Unit to outdoor unit.
Heat
Exchanger
Defrosting is
Check thermistor for Replace thermistor
Insufficiently
defrosting. for defrosting.
Completed
159
Troubleshooting
Action
Check for filter clogging. Remove clogging.

Insufficient
Air Flow to Check for any obstacles
Indoor Unit at inlet or outlet of Remove obstacles.
Heat indoor unit.
Exchanger
Check indoor fan speed. Replace fan motor.
Excessively
High Air
Excessively Temp. to Check whether or not Remove cause of
High Indoor Unit short-circuited air exists. short-circuited air.
Discharge Heat
Pressure Exchanger
Excessively
Check expansion valve Correctly charge
Charged
opening. refrigerant.
Refrigerant
Non-
Condensate Check refrigerant Recharge refrigerant
Gas in Ref. quantity. after vacuum pumping.
Insufficient Cycle
Heating Clogging of
Operation Discharge Check for clogging. Remove clogging.
Piping

Malfunction or Internal
between inlet and outlet Replace reversing valve.
Leakage of Reversing Valve
of reversing valve.

Malfunction of Check Valve
between inlet and outlet Replace check valve.
of Outdoor Unit
of check valve.
Failure of
Bypass Check for leakage of
Replace solenoid valve.
Solenoid solenoid valve.
Excessively Valve
High Suction Malfunction
Pressure or Internal Check temp. difference
Leakage of between inlet and outlet Replace reversing valve.
Reversing of reversing valve.
Valve
Check for expansion Replace failed

Discharge Temp. of
valve of indoor unit expansion valve of
Indoor Unit is Unstable.
in the same system. indoor unit.
160
Troubleshooting
Action
Foreign Particles Inside Remove foreign

Check it by viewing.
of Fan Casing particles.
Indoor Unit Fan Runner Adjust position of

is Hitting Casing fan runner.
Outdoor Unit Propeller Fan Adjust position of

is Hitting Shroud propeller fan.
Faulty Check each part is

Tightly fix it.
Installation tightly fixed.
Cooling or
Heating
Operation Liquid Ref. Check expansion valve
Ensure superheat.
with Compression opening.
Abnormal Abnormal
Sound Sound from Wear or
Compressor Breakage of Abnormal Sound from
Replace compressor.
Internal Inside of Compressor
Comp. Parts
No Heating
Check resistance. Replace crankcase
by Crankcase
(Crankcase Heater, Fuse) heater or fuse.
Heater
Hamming Sound from Check surface of Replace magnetic

Magnetic Contactor contacts. switch.
Abnormal Vibration of Check each fixing

Tightly fix it.
Cabinets screws.
Obstacle at Outdoor Fan Check obstacles. Remove obstacles.

Outdoor Fan
is Not Operated
When
Compressor In case that reversing
Wait for switching of
is Operated Watching Condition for valve is not switched,
reversing valve.
Heating Operation check for insufficient
(1 to 3 minutes)
refrigerant.
Discharge Pressure Does

Not Increase Higher than Check operation
1.5MPa due to insufficient Add refrigerant.
pressure.
Indoor Fan refrigerant.
is Not Operated
When Disconnected Wiring for Connect wiring
Check wiring.
Compressor Indoor Fan correctly.
is Operated
Failure of Fan capacitor Check Fan capacitor Replace Fan capacitor
(DC module) (DC module). (DC module).
161
Troubleshooting
Action
Phenomenon Cause Check Item (Turn OFF Main Switch)
Transmission
Check indoor unit
Failure Repair it according
indicating alarm code
between to alarm code “03”.
“03” on wired controller.
I.U. and O.U.
Insufficient Check indoor unit

Insufficient Check wired controller
Transmission Power according to
Heating/Cooling LCD or “RUN” indicator
Failure Supply to “Troubleshooting”
Operation is turned OFF.
Indoor Unit. of this manual.
Check that indoor unit

Failure of
capacity is 0 in
Indoor Unit Replace indoor unit PCB.
check mode of
PCB
outdoor unit PCB.
162
Troubleshooting
1.2.7 Troubleshooting by Alarm Code
Alarm
Activation of Protection Device (Float Switch) in Indoor Unit
Code
● The RUN indicator (Red) is flashing.

● The indoor unit number, the alarm code, the unit model code and the connected number of indoor units are displayed on
LCD. Meanwhile, the indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the 7-segment of outdoor unit PCB.
★ H This alarm code is indicated when the contact between #1 and #2 of CN14 is opened for over 120 seconds during
the cooling, dry, fan or heating operation.
I.U. PCB: Indoor Unit PCB
No
Is DC12V applied between #2 of CN14 Activation of Float Switch (FS)
and GND? or Incorrect Wiring
Yes
Faulty I.U. PCB
Indication of Outdoor Unit PCB

GND
THM1 THM2 THM3 THM4 THM5 CN1925
CN3 CN4 CN14 Alarm Code

Indoor Unit No.
for Malfunction
Action
Clogging of Check drain pan.

High Drain Drainage Check drainage by Remove foreign particles
Level Up-Slope pouring water. clogging the drainage.
Drain Piping
Check conduction when Replace float switch

Activation of Fault
drain level is low. if faulty.
Float Switch
Faulty Faulty Measure resistance Repair looseness and

Float Switch Contacting by tester. replace connector.
Faulty
Check connections. Repair connection.
Connection
Faulty Indoor Unit PCB Check PCB by Replace it if faulty.

self-checking .
163
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Activation of the safety device (high pressure switch) in the outdoor unit
Code
● The RUN LED flickers and “ALARM” is displayed on the remote control switch.
LCD. Meanwhile, the indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the 7- segment of outdoor unit PCB.
★ This alarm code is indicated when the high pressure switch (PSH) is activated during the compressor operation.
No
Is it connected to connector(*) of PCB? Plug connector correctly.
Yes
No No
Is there the continuity between terminals of Is faston terminals for
Plug faston terminals
connector(*) during operation stop? PSH connected to PSH
to PSH correctly.
(Y52C：OFF) correctly?
Yes Yes
Check activation of the
following safety
Faulty
devices.Remove the cause
O.U. PCB
after checking.
Model Cause PSH：4.15MPa(R410A)
AVW-28/36/48/60H3FH Faulty INV PCB
AVW-76/96/114HFFH Faulty O.U. PCB
(*) Model PCB connector Pin
PCN401
AVW-28/36/48/60H3FH #1-#3
(INV PCB)
AVW-76/96/114HFFH PCN8 (O.U.PCB) #1-#3
164
Troubleshooting
Action
Clogging of Heat
Remove clogging.
Exchanger?
Check for dust on

Remove dust.
air filter.
Insufficient Air Flow to
Heat Exchanger
Check for any obstacles
(Outdoor Heat Exchanger
at inlet or outlet of Remove obstacles.
during Cooling Operation
heat exchanger.
or Indoor Heat Exchanger
during Heating Operation)
Check the service
Secure service space.
space.
Check for speed.

Replace fan motor
Outdoor Fan: Cooling
if faulty.
Indoor Fan: Heating
Disconnected of Repair looseness or

Connector reconnect connector.
Expansion Valve Trouble
Replace expansion
Activation of Fully closed and locked.
valve.
High Pressure
Switch due to
Excessively
High Discharge Reduce heat load or
Calculate heat load.
Pressure use a bigger unit.
Check for hot air near

Make good circulation.
Excessively High Temp. the ceiling (at Heating).
Air to Indoor Unit
Heat Exchanger Check for short Remove
circuited air (at Heating). short-circuited air.
Check for other

Remove heat source.
heat source.
Measure discharge
Faulty
pressure.
Pressure Replace it if faulty.
Check continuity after
Switch
decreasing of pressure.
Faulty High
Pressure Insufficient Measure resistance Repair looseness.
Switch Contacting by tester. Replace connector.
Incorrect
Check connections. Repair connections.
Connection
165
Troubleshooting
Action
Check connecting
Replace connector.
wiring and connectors.
Faulty or Malfunction of Check operating sound

Replace coil.
Expansion Valve from coil.
Check discharge gas

Replace thermistor.
thermistor.
Check attaching
state of discharge Reattach thermistor.
gas thermistor.
Activation of
High Pressure Faulty Solenoid Valve Check for clogging. Replace solenoid valve.
Switch due to
Excessively
High Discharge
Pressure Check cycle operating
Charge refrigerant
Overcharged Refrigerant temp. and expansion
correctly.
valve opening.
Mixture of Non-Condensable Check ambient temp. Recharge refrigerant

Gas in Refrigerant Cycle and pressure. after vacuum pumping.
Clogging of Discharge Piping Check for clogging. Remove clogging.
Liquid Line Stop Valve or

Gas Line Stop Valve are Check stop valves. Fully open stop valve.
not in Operation
Clogging of Check Valve Check for clogging. Replace check valve.
166
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Abnormal Transmitting between Indoor and Outdoor Units
Code
● The RUN LED flickers and “ALARM” is displayed on the remote control switch.
● The unit number, the alarm code and the unit code are alternately displayed on the set temperature section.
● The unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the display of the outdoor unit PCB.
★ This alarm is displayed when an abnormal operation is maintained for three minutes after the normal transmission
between the indoor units and the outdoor unit. Also, an abnormal operation is maintained for 30 seconds after the
micro-computer is automatically reset.
★ The alarm is displayed when the abnormal transmission is maintained for 30 seconds from the starting of the outdoor
unit.
★ Investigate the cause of the overcurrent and take the necessary action when the fuses are blown out or the breaker for
the outdoor unit is activated.
Is DSW5-1P No
(Terminating Resistance) Set it correctly
on O.U. PCB ON?
Yes
Three phase unit: Is No No

LED1(red) on O.U. PCB ON? Is 208 or 230V between L1/L2/L3 Check power source for
Single phase unit: Is on TB1? outdoor unit.
LED4(red) on O.U. PCB ON?
Yes
Yes
Does the EFR1 Yes

on O.U. PCB Replace fuse
Remove terminals of #1 and #2 on blow out?
TB2 of Single phase unit(or TB1 of
Three phase unit).
Yes
Is LED3 (yellow) on No
O.U. PCB ON?
No
Yes
Is LED3 (yellow) on O.U. No

PCB flashing more than Failure of O.U. PCB
once in 10 seconds?
Yes
Reconnect terminals of #1 and #2

on TB2 of Single phase unit(or TB1
of Three phase unit).
Yes
Next page
167
Troubleshooting
No
Is PCB setting Non-pole
Set it correctly
operating.
Yes
Yes Yes
Is LED3 (yellow) ON even if
Is LED3 (yellow) on
indoor unit PCB ON? #1 and #2 on TB2 is Faulty I.U. PCB
removed?
No
No
Check other indoor units
Check wiring between

Is LED3 (yellow) on indoor No outdoor unit and indoor
unit PCB flashing more units or fuse (EF) for
than once in 10 seconds? indoor unit / outdoor unit
PCB
Yes
Does refrigerant system

No. setting between No
outdoor unit and indoor
Set it correctly
unit correspond? (O.U.:
DSW4) (I.U.: DSW5
and RSW2)
Yes
No
Does alarm occur with all
Faulty indoor unit PCB
indoor units?
Yes
Faulty O.U. PCB
168
Troubleshooting
Action
Power Failure of No Power Supply Measure voltage by

Supply power.
tester.
Remove cause of
Check for breakage short circuit.
Short Circuit between Wires
of insulation. Replace fuse and/or
I.U./O.U. PCB if faulty.
Remove cause of
Short Circuited Wire Measure insulation short circuit to ground.
Melted Fuse for
to Ground resistance. Replace fuse and/or
Power Supply
or Activation of I.U./O.U. PCB if faulty.
Breaker
(Outdoor Unit ) Replace comp. and
Measure resistance
fuse. (O.U.) Replace
Faulty Comp. Motor between wires and
insulation resistance. inverter PCB and/or
PCB if faulty. (O.U.)
Replace outdoor unit

Measure resistance
Faulty Outdoor Unit fan motor and fuse.
between wires and
Fan Motor Replace O.U. PCB
if faulty.
Remove cause of
Check for breakage
Short Circuit between Wires short circuit and
of insulation.
replace fuse.
Remove cause of
Short Circuit (to Ground) Measure insulation
short circuit and
Melted Fuse resistance.
replace fuse.
on PCB
(Outdoor Unit) Faulty Solenoid Coil for
Measure resistance Replace magnetic
Magnetic Switch (CMC)
of coil. switch (CMC) and fuse.
for Comp. Motor
Measure resistance
Failure of Outdoor Unit Replace fan motor
between wires and
Fan Motor and fuse.
Measure O.U. PCB

Incorrect Power Supply Circuit of O.U. PCB Replace O.U. PCB.
output.
Replacing wires,
Between Outdoor Unit
Disconnected Check continuity of repairing and tightening
and Indoor Unit
Wires Insufficient wires. screws.
Contacting or Check for looseness
Incorrect of connection screws.
Power Supply Wiring
Connection Check terminal Nos. Correctly connect wires.
for Outdoor Unit
Disconnected Wires to
Check connections. Correctly connect wires.
I.U./O.U. PCB
Faulty PCB
(Outdoor Unit,
Indoor Unit)
Faulty I.U./O.U.PCB Replace it if faulty.
Check continuity Replacing Wires,

Disconnected Wire
and looseness of Repairing and
Insufficient Contacting
connection screws. Tightening Screws
Incorrect Wiring
Incorrect Wiring Check terminal Nos. Correctly connect wires.
O.U. PCB: Outdoor Unit PCB

169
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Abnormal Transmitting between Inverter PCB and Outdoor Unit PCB
Code

LCD. Meanwhile, the indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the 7- segment of outdoor unit PCB.
★ This alarm code is indicated when abnormality continues for 30 seconds after normal transmitting between the outdoor
unit PCB and inverter PCB, and also abnormality continues for 30 seconds after the microcomputer is automatically
reset. The alarm is indicated when the abnormal transmitting continues for 30 seconds from starting of the outdoor
unit.
Remove the connector CN6 on

O.U.PCB, Power source ON.
No
Is LED2 (green) on O.U.
Failure of O.U. PCB
PCB flashing?
Yes
Reconnect the connector CN6

on O.U.PCB, Power source ON.
No (LED2 remains ON or OFF)

Is LED2 (green) on O.U.
PCB flashing?
Yes
No
Does flashing speed
Failure of Inverter PCB.
become faster than before?
Yes
Normal IPM.
Check the electrical wiring again.
170
Troubleshooting
Action
Disconnected Between O.U. PCB Check continuity of

and inverter PCB Replacing wires,
Wires, Insufficient wires.
repairing, tightening
Contacting or Check for looseness
screws and incorrect
Incorrect Power Supply Wiring of connection screws.
wiring.
Connection for Outdoor Unit Check connection No.
Disconnected Wires Repair wiring

Check connections.
to PCB connections.
Faulty O.U. PCB
and inverter PCB
Faulty PCB Replace PCB if faulty.
Check conductivity Replace power fuse,

Faulty Electrical Melted Power Fuse of power fuse, power power transistor, and
Components transistor, diode module. diode module.
Power Fuse, Disconnected Check resistance of
Resistance Replace incoming
Incoming Current Limit incoming current limit
current limit resistance.
Resistance resistance.
Check continuity. Replacing Wires,

Disconnected Wires
Check for looseness Repairing and
Insufficient Contacting
of connection screws. Tightening Screws
Incorrect Wiring
Incorrect Wiring Correctly Connect
Check connection Nos.
Wires
171
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Abnormal Power Supply Phase(Only for Three Phase Unit)
Code

● The indoor unit number, the alarm code, the unit model code and the connected number of indoor units are displayed
on LCD. Meanwhile, the indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the 7-segment of outdoor unit PCB.
★ This alarm code is indicated when the main power supply phase is reversely connected or one phase is not connected.
Yes
Single Phase Correctly connect each phase
Is there any phase not connected? of power source.
O.U. PCB is normal.
No
Yes
Correctly connect each phase
Reverse Phase Connection?
of power source.
O.U. PCB is normal.
No
Yes
Is there any excessively voltage
Abnormality with Power Source.
decrease at power source?
O.U. PCB is normal.
No
Faulty O.U. PCB.
Voltage for unit to

be suspended. Running Voltage: Check Item
"B" V
Power Supply “A” “B”
208/230V 60Hz 187 253
Starting Voltage:
Less than "A" V
Action
Check it according Replacing Wires, Repair,

Activation of Reverse Phase to electrical wiring . Tightening Screws or
Reverse Phase Correct Wiring
Sensor in
Outdoor Unit Replace O.U. PCB
Faulty O.U. PCB if faulty.
172
Troubleshooting
Alarm Abnormal Inverter Voltage

Code (Insufficient Inverter Voltage or Overvoltage)

● The indoor unit number (Ref. system number - I.U. number), the alarm code, the model code*1), the model name*1)
and the number of connected indoor units are displayed on the LCD. The alarm code is flashed on the 7-segment
display on the outdoor unit PCB.
*1) Except for some models.
★ When either insufficient voltage or overvoltage is detected between the terminal R-S on the inverter PCB three times
in 30 minutes, the operation stops and this alarm code is displayed. If this occurs less than three times in 30 minutes,
the operation is automatically retried.
Is the power supply voltage

208/230V ± 10%?
Is the power supply voltage more than 176V?
Is DC voltage over 192V?
173
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Decrease in Discharge Gas Superheat
Code

● The indoor unit number (Ref. system number - I.U. number), the alarm code, the model code*1), the model name*1)
and the number of connected indoor units are displayed on the LCD. The alarm code is flashed on the 7-segment
display on the outdoor unit PCB.
*1) Except for some models.
★ If the temperature of compressor discharge gas is below the estimated condensing temperature for 30 minutes during
operation, the compressor stops and then the operation is automatically retried after three minutes. If this occurs
again twice in the next 120 minutes, this alarm code is displayed.
★ This alarm code is displayed when an abnormality cannot be detected by the step-out detection, caused by locking of
compressor shaft.
No
Is the thermistor THM9 Check wiring and wire
(Td) normal? sizes.
Yes
No
Is the thermistor installed
Install it correctly.
correctly on the pipe?
Yes
Is it at cooling or heating Heating

mode when the alarm Heating Operation
occurred?
Cooling
Cooling Operation
Check the high-pressure and compressor discharge Check the high-pressure and compressor
gas temperature and the I.U. expansion valve opening discharge gas temperature and the I.U.
by O.U. PCB. expansion valve opening by O.U. PCB.
No No
I.U. expansion valve(EVI) Is the opening of EVO

opening lower under 15% under 8%?
Yes Yes
No
No
Is superheat value Is superheat value
under 10oC? under 10oC?
Yes Yes
No No
Is the connector on I.U. Is the connector on O.U.
Plug the connector
PCB for expansion valve PCB for expansion valve
properly.
connected properly? connected properly(CN5A)?
Yes Yes
The next page.
174
Troubleshooting
Continued
No
Is the outdoor fan normal? Replace the fan motor
Yes
No
Is refrigerant correctly Charge correct refrigerant
charged? volume.
Yes
No
Check the expansion
Is gas leaking?
valve.
Yes
Repair leaks of gas.

Correctly charge
refrigerant.
Action
Ref. Cycle is Different from Check ref. cycle and

Repair wiring.
the Electrical System the electrical system.
Correctly charge
Overcharged Refrigerant Check pressures.
refrigerant.
Check expansion valve. Replace expansion valve

Faulty Expansion Valve
if faulty.
Replace PCB and

Fault Replace PCB if faulty.
Decrease of check operation.
Discharge Gas
Superheat Faulty PCB Disconnected
Wires for Repair wiring
Expansion Check connections.
connections.
Valve Control
Check resistance Replace thermistor

Fault
of thermistor. if faulty.
Faulty
Discharge Incorrect Correctly mount
Check mounting state. thermistor.
Gas Mounting
Thermistor
Remove looseness,
Incorrect
Check connections. replace connector or
Connection
repair connections.
175
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Code Increase in Discharge Gas Temperature of Compressor

on LCD. Meanwhile, the indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the 7- segment of outdoor unit PCB.
★ When either of the following conditions occurs, retry operation is performed. However, if it occurs three times within
one hour, this alarm code is indicated;
(1) The temperature of the thermistor on the top of the compressor is kept higher than 115°C for 10 minutes.
(2) The temperature of the thermistor on the top of the compressor is kept higher than 122°C for 5 seconds.

No
Is the thermistor
Faulty Thermistor
normal?
Yes
Is the thermistor No
installed correctly Install it correctly.
on the pipe?
Yes
Heating
Is it at cooling or heating
mode when the alarm Heating Operation
has occurred?
Cooling
Cooling Operation
Check O.U. PCB if Check O.U. PCB if

the compressor the compressor
discharge gas discharge gas
temperature is temperature is
No over 115°C. over 115°C. No
Yes Yes
Remove sudden
No fluctuation of load like
Is the opening of
short path by
the outdoor unit
discharge air from the
expansion valve
outdoor unit, or the
100%?
cause of frequent
Yes thermo-ON/OFF.
Are the connectors

Remove sudden No (CN5A) of O.U. PCB No
fluctuation of indoor Is the opening of all the Plug the connectors
of the outdoor unit
load (short path, etc.) operating indoor units of O.U. PCB
heat exchanger's
or short path of air expansion valve 100%? properly.
expansion valve
between outdoor units. connected properly?
Yes
Yes
No Charge correct refrigerant

Is the amount of volume. Refer to "Design 3.3
refrigerant correct? Calculation of Additional
Refrigerant"
Yes
No
Check the
Is gas leaking?
expansion valve.
Yes
Repair leaks of gas.

Recharge refrigerant.
176
Troubleshooting
Action
Ref. Cycle is Different from Check ref. cycle and

Repair wiring.
the Electrical System the electrical system.
Correctly charge
Undercharge of Refrigerant Check pressures.
refrigerant.
Check expansion valve. Replace expansion valve

Faulty Expansion Valve
if faulty.
Excessively High Replace PCB and

Fault Replace PCB if faulty.
Discharge Gas check operation.
Temperature
(at Top of Faulty PCB Disconnected
Compressor) Wires for Repair wiring
Check connections.
Expansion connections.
Valve
Check resistance Replace thermistor

Fault
of thermistor. if faulty.
Faulty
Incorrect
Discharge Correctly mount
Mounting of Check mounting state.
Gas thermistor.
Thermistor
Thermistor
Remove looseness,
Incorrect
Check connections. replace connectors or
Wiring
repair connections.
177
Troubleshooting
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Indoor Unit Inlet Air Temperature

Code (Inlet Air Thermistor)

★ This alarm code is indicated when a short circuit (less than 0.24kΩ) or disconnection (more than 840kΩ) of the
thermistor is detected during the heating or cooling operation. The operation is automatically restarted when the
malfunction is removed.
connected to THM1 Connect it.
(inlet) of I.U. PCB?
Yes
Is resistance of THM1 No
between 0.24kΩ and Faulty Thermistor
840kΩ?
Yes
Faulty I.U. PCB
Action
Replace thermistor
Fault Check resistance.
if faulty.
Faulty Inlet Air
Thermistor
Connect wiring
Incorrect Connection Check connection.
correctly.
Replace I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB

Faulty I.U. PCB
and check operation. if faulty.
90
82
80
70
61
60
Thermistor 50 46
Resistance
(kΩ) 40 35
30 27 Indication of Outdoor Unit PCB

20.5 (Alarm Code 11 ~ 19)
20 16
12.5
10
10 8 5.3 3.6 2.5
0
-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Alarm Code
(11 ~ 19)
Ambient Temperature ( C) o
Indoor Unit No.
Thermistor Characteristics for Malfunction
NOTE:
This figure is applicable to the following thermistors.
1. Inlet Air Thermistor (THM1)
2. Liquid Pipe Thermistor (Freeze Protection) (THM3)
3. Gas Pipe Thermistor (THM5)
4. Outlet Air Thermistor (THM2)(Some indoor units are not. Please refer to the technical manual of indoor units.)
178
Troubleshooting
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Indoor Unit Outlet Air Temperature

Code (Outlet Air Thermistor)

★ Some indoor units are not outlet air thermistor. Please refer to the technical manual of indoor units.
connected to THM2 Connect it.
(outlet air) of I.U. PCB?
Yes
840kΩ?
Refer to "Alarm Code 11"
Yes for thermistor resistance.
Faulty I.U. PCB
Action
Replace thermistor
if faulty.
Faulty Outlet Air
Thermistor
Check wiring to Connect wiring
Incorrect Connection I.U. PCB. correctly.

Faulty I.U. PCB
179
Troubleshooting
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Liquid Refrigerant Pipe Temperature

Code at Indoor Unit Heat Exchanger (Freeze Protection Thermistor)

connected to THM3
(freeze protection) of Connect it.
I.U. PCB?
Yes
840kΩ?
Yes Refer to "Alarm Code 11"
for thermistor resistance.
Faulty I.U. PCB
Action
Replace thermistor
Faulty Freeze if faulty.
Protection
Thermistor Check wiring to Connect wiring

Faulty I.U. PCB
THM3
Liquid Pipe Thermistor (Freeze
Protection)
THM3
Liquid Pipe Thermistor (Freeze
Protection)
180
Troubleshooting
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Gas Refrigerant Pipe Temperature

Code at Indoor Unit Heat Exchanger (Gas Pipe Thermistor)

connected to THM5
(gas pipe) of Connect it.
I.U. PCB?
Yes
840kΩ?
Refer to "Alarm Code 11"
Yes for thermistor resistance.
Faulty I.U. PCB
Action
Replace thermistor
Faulty Thermistor Fault Check resistance.
if faulty.
for Indoor Unit
Heat Exchanger
Gas Pipe Temp. Check wiring to Connect wiring

Faulty I.U. PCB
THM5
Gas Pipe Thermistor
THM5
Gas Pipe Thermistor
181
Troubleshooting
Alarm Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan Motor

Code (Indoor Unit with DC Motor )

★ This alarm code is indicated when the indoor fan motor rotates at less than 70rpm for 5 seconds three times in 30
minutes during the operation.
Occurrence of
Alarm Code “19”
� Perform the following check after setting
the air flow volume to “HIGH”.
� A high voltage is applied to electrical parts.
Check connectors PCN7 Perform the check carefully to prevent
and CN1 on I.U. PCB. an electric shock.
NOTE:
Turn OFF the power supply securely
before connector checking.
Check that 208/230V is If not, it may cause DC fan motor failure.
applied between L1 and (Built-in PCB for DC fan motor may be damaged.)
N of TB1.
Yes (*1)
The electrical source for I.U. PCB
Yes is not supplied when LED4
Is LED4 on is turned OFF.
I.U. PCB OFF? Faulty I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB.
(*1)
No
(*2)
Yes Abnormal voltage is supplied
Is LED5 on for fan motor.
I.U. PCB OFF? Faulty I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB.
(Normal Voltage: DC311 - 339V)
(*2)
No
(*3)
No Measure the voltage between
Is DC power VCC15 and VDC (15V+10%) by tester.
output of I.U. PCB Faulty I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB.
normal? (*3)
Yes (*4)
Measure the following voltage of each check point by a tester.
Between VCC05 and GND: 5V+4%
Is DC power No
Between VCC13 and GND: 13.1V+10%
output of I.U. PCB Faulty I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB.
normal? (*4)
Yes (*5) Perform the operation with CN1 on I.U. PCB disconnected.
It functions normally if more than 1V generates between No.3
pin of CN1 and VDC- (check point) for approx. 10 seconds
Is fan motor Yes after starting the operation.
speed control command to NOTE:
fan motor sent correctly? 1. Even if the operation is stopped, 0.3 to 0.4V may be generated.
(*5) 2. The voltage may not be generated sequentially after 10 seconds
from starting the operation to perform the operation “�”.
No
No Does Fan (*5)
Faulty Fan Motor Replace Fan Motor
Motor run?
Faulty I.U. PCB (*6) Perform the operation with CN1 on I.U. PCB connected.
It functions normally if several voltages are generated between
Yes No.2 pin of CN1 and VDC- (check point).
NOTE:
Replace I.U. PCB. Even if the operation is stopped, approx. 0.2V may be generated.
Yes
Is speed pulse (*6)
signal to I.U. PCB Faulty I.U. PCB Replace I.U. PCB.
sent correctly?
(*6)
No
Faulty Fan Motor Replace Fan Motor.
182
Troubleshooting
Alarm Activation of Protection Device for Indoor Fan Motor

Code ( Indoor Unit with AC Motor )

★ This alarm code is indicated when over approximately 1A is applied to the indoor unit fan motor.
Yes
No Is continuity present No No
Does the indoor
at the internal thermostat Is fan motor hot? Replace the motor.
fan run?
of indoor fan motor?
Yes Yes
Yes
Is connection bad at Repair wiring and
the connector? connections.
No
No
Is the coil resistance
Replace the motor.
of fan motor normal?
Yes
Check indoor temperature.

If it is unusual, take suitable
action to reduce it.
Action
Measure coil
Faulty Indoor Unit
resistance and Replace motor if faulty.
Fan Motor
Check continuity after

Activation Replace fan motor if
Fault fan motor temperature
of Internal no continuity.
decreases to room temp.
Thermostat for
Indoor Unit Faulty
Fan Motor Insufficient Measure resistance Correct looseness.
Internal
Contacting by tester. Replace connectors.
Thermostat
Incorrect
Check connections. Repair connections.
Connection
183
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Abnormality of High Pressure Sensor for Outdoor Unit (Pd)
Code

★ This alarm code is indicated when the pressure sensor voltage decreases to 0.1V or less or increases to 4.9V or more
during running.
Yes
Is there connection problem of Connect correctly.
CN4 on O.U. PCB?
No
Is 5V DC applied between No
#1 and #3 of the connector Faulty O.U. PCB
CN4 on O.U. PCB?
Yes
Is voltage under 0.1V or No

over 4.9V DC between #2
Faulty O.U. PCB
and #3 of the connector
CN4 on O.U. PCB?
Abnormality of High
Pressure Sensor.
Action
Check output Replace High Pressure

Indication Value of Fault
characteristics *1) Sensor if faulty.
High Pressure
(Pd) is Excessively Check wiring to Repair wiring and
High or Low Incorrect Connection O.U. PCB. connections.
Replace O.U. PCB Replace O.U.

Faulty O.U. PCB
and check operation. PCB if faulty.
*1) Check output characteristics refer to "2.5.3 pressure sensor"
184
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Abnormality of Thermistor for Outdoor Unit Ambient (Ta)
Code

thermistor is detected during the operation.
PCB:
Ω
Ω
Action
NOTE:
185
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Abnormality of Thermistor for Discharge Gas Temperature(Td)
Code

on LCD. Meanwhile, the indoor unit number and the alarm code are displayed on the 7- segment of outdoor unit PCB. (For
the combination of outdoor units, the alarm code is displayed on PCB of outdoor unit A.) Additionally for the outdoor unit
number and compressor number with abnormal thermistor, check the alarm code history.
★ This alarm code is indicated when a short circuit (less than 0.9kΩ) for a second or disconnection (more than 5946kΩ)
of the thermistor is detected during the operation.
No 200
R25=200kΩ
(When T=25oC), RT=200kΩ)
Is thermistor connected B=3920k
to THM9 of O.U. PCB? Connect it.
RT=R25 . exp B (1/T [K] - 1/298)
150
Yes Thermistor
Resistance 116.5kΩ
100
Is resistance of THM9 No RT [kΩ]
Failure of
within range shown in
Thermistor 50
“Thermistor Characteristics”? 41.4kΩ
17.2kΩ
8.1kΩ
Yes 0
-18 10 38 66 93 121
Temperature T [oC]
Failure of O.U. PCB
Thermistor Characteristics
Action
Replace thermistor
if faulty.
Faulty Discharge
Gas Thermistor
Check wiring Repair wiring and
Incorrect Connection
to O.U. PCB. connections.

Faulty O.U. PCB
186
Troubleshooting
Alarm Abnormality of Thermistor for Evaporating Temperature during Heating

Code Operation (Te)

● The indoor unit number (Ref. system number - I.U. number), the alarm code and the number of connected indoor units
are displayed on the LCD. The alarm code is flashed on the 7-segment display o the outdoor unit PCB.
★ This alarm code is displayed when a short circuit (0.24kΩ or less) or disconnection (840kΩ or more) of the thermistor
is detected during heating or cooling operation.
Are thermistors connected to No

THM8 (Te) on O.U. PCB?
Connect it.
Yes
Is resistance of the No
thermistors between Faulty Thermistor
0.24kΩ and 840kΩ?
Te
Yes
Faulty O.U. PCB
90
82
80
70
61
60
Thermistor 50 46
Resistance
(kΩ) 40 35
30 27
20.5
20 16
12.5
10
10 8 5.3 3.6 2.5
0
-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 O.U. PCB: outdoor unit PCB
Ambient Temperature (oC)
Thermistor Characteristics
Action
Replace thermistor
Failure Check resistance.
Failure of if faulty.
Thermistor
Check wiring to Repair wiring and
Incorrect Connection O.U. PCB. connection.
Replace O.U. PCB. Replace O.U.

Failure of O.U. PCB
187
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Abnormality of Low Pressure Sensor for Outdoor Unit (Ps)
Code

★ This alarm code is indicated when the pressure sensor voltage decreases to 0.1V or less or increases to 4.9V or more
during running.
Yes
Is there incorrect
connection of connector Connect CN9 correctly.
CN9 on O.U. PCB?
No
No
Is 5V DC applied between
#1 and #3 of connector Failure of O.U. PCB
CN9 on O.U. PCB?
Yes
Is voltage between No
#2 and #3 of connector
CN9 on O.U. PCB 0.1V or Failure of O.U. PCB
less, or
4.9V or more?
Yes
Failure of Low Pressure

Sensor
Action
Indication Value of Check output Replace Low Pressure

Fault Sensor if faulty.
Low Pressure (Ps) characteristics *1)
is Excessively
High or Low Check wiring to Repair wiring and
Incorrect Connection O.U. PCB. connections.

Faulty O.U. PCB
*1) Check output characteristics refer to "2.5.3 pressure sensor"
188
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Incorrect Capacity Setting of Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit
Code

★ This alarm code is indicated when the capacity setting dip switch, DSW3 on the outdoor unit PCB is not set (all the
settings from #1 to #4 are OFF) or set incorrectly.
★ This alarm code is indicated when the total indoor unit capacity is smaller than 50% or greater than 150% of the
combined outdoor unit capacity.
Yes
Is DSW3 on O.U.
Set capacity of O.U. PCB.
PCB set incorrectly?
No
Yes
Is DSW3 on I.U. PCB
Set capacity of I.U. PCB.
set incorrectly?
No
Are the setting of

DSW4 on O.U. PCB No
and setting of DSW5
and RSW2 on I.U. PCB Set them correctly.
totally same in a Outdoor Unit PCB: DSW4
refrigerant system? Indoor Unit PCB: DSW5, RSW2
Yes
Total indoor unit capacity

is wrong.
Action
Check combination of
Incorrect Capacity Setting of Indoor Unit indoor units and capacity Correctly set DIP switch,
setting on I.U. PCB. DSW3.
Check capacity Correctly set DIP switch,

Incorrect Capacity Setting of Outdoor Unit
setting on O.U. PCB. DSW3.
Check outdoor unit

Ensure that total
Total Indoor Unit Capacity Connected to the model by calculating
indoor unit capacity is
Outdoor Unit is Beyond Permissible Range total indoor units
from 50% to 150%.
capacity.
Check refrigeration
Refrigeration Cycle Setting of Outdoor Unit
cycle setting on O.U. Set them correctly.
and Indoor Unit is Different
PCB and I.U. PCB.
189
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Incorrect Indoor Unit No. Setting
Code

★ This alarm code is displayed when the duration of automatic addressing of indoor unit exceeds 5 minutes after
power-on of outdoor unit.
★ This alarm code is displayed when the number of connected indoor units exceeds the maximum allowed .*1)
★ This alarm code is displayed when refrigerant system No. set by DSW4 on O.U. PCB in the same H-NET system
duplicates.
*1) For the value of maximum number of connectable I.U., refer to “Design 1.2 Application Case”.
NOTE:
● In the case of H-NET system, this alarm code may be displayed when DSW4 (for refrigerant system No. setting) on the
outdoor unit PCB and DSW5 and RSW2 (for refrigerant system No. setting) on the indoor unit PCB are not set correctly.
In this case, turn OFF the power supply and set them correctly, and turn ON the power supply again.
(The rotary switch RSW2 is not available depending on the indoor unit model.)
Alarm
Incorrect Indoor Unit Combination
Code

★ This alarm code is indicated when the indoor unit connected to the outdoor unit is for other refrigerants (R22 or
R407C).
190
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Abnormality of Picking up Circuit for Protection in Outdoor Unit
Code

Action
Activation of Starting Outdoor Unit at Refer to Alarm Code

Activation of Pickig up Alarm Code History:
Picking up Circuit “02”
Circuit for Protection “02” before “38”.
for Protection
Abnormality of
Check voltage supplied Repair wiring
Picking up Circuit Incorrect Connection
to connectors. connections.
for Protection
Replace O.U. PCB.

Faulty O.U. PCB or inverter PCB or inverter PCB
This alarm code may be indicated when the high pressure switch (PSH) is connected incorrectly or fails (open fault).
The item for alarm code 02 should be checked as well.
191
Troubleshooting
Alarm Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Protection Device

Code (Vacuum Operation Protection)

★ This alarm code is indicated when a suction pressure (Ps) is lower than 0.09MPa for over 12 minutes and the same
condition occurs twice or more within one hour.
★ This alarm code is indicated when The action of low pressure switch(PSL) lasts for 30 seconds and the same condition
occurs twice or more within one hour.

No
Is the amount of refrigerant correct? Correctly charge refrigerant.
Yes
No
Is the outdoor stop valve open? Open the stop valve.
Yes
Yes
Is refrigerant leaking? Repair leaks.
No
No
Is suction pressure sensor or Replace suction pressure sensor
pressure switch normal? or pressure switch if faulty.
Yes
Yes Check connection of
Are the electronic expansion valves the connectors, O.U. PCB and
fully closed and locked? electronic expansion valves.
Replace them if faulty.
No
Check the indoor expansion valve during cooling
and the outdoor expansion valve during heating.
Check if connections of electrical wiring NOTE:
and refrigerant piping between indoor unit In the case of H-NET system, check the refrigerant system
and outdoor unit are wrong. setting of O.U. PCB and I.U. PCB.
192
Troubleshooting
Action
Check charged ref.

Repair leakage and
Shortage of Ref. volume or check for
correctly charge.
leakage.
Closed Stop Valve Check stop valve. Open stop valve.
Abnormal Low Pressure Sensor Check connector Replace pressure sensor or

or Low Pressure Switch for O.U. PCB. pressure switch if faulty.
Excessively
Low Suction Incorrect Connection Correctly connect
Pressure Check electrical
between Indoor Unit and between indoor unit
(in Vacuum) system and ref. cycle.
Outdoor Unit and outdoor unit.
Repair connector for O.U.
Locked Expansion Valve Check connector for
PCB or expansion valve.
with Fully Closed O.U. PCB.
Replace it if faulty.
Check Td thermistors
Closed Expansion Valve by for compressors and Repair or replace
Disconnecting Td Thermistor measure Td thermistor Td thermistor.
resistance.
Measure coil resistance Replace outdoor fan

Faulty Outdoor Fan Motor
and insulation resistance. motor if faulty.
Check for conduction

Internal after temperature of Replace outdoor fan
Thermostat for Fault
outdoor fan motor is motor.
Outdoor Fan decreased.
is Activated Faulty
in Heating Internal Incorrect Measure resistance Remove looseness
Operation Thermostat Contact by tester. and replace connector.
Incorrect
Check connection. Connect it correctly.
Connection
193
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Activation of Inverter Overcurrent Protection Device (1)
Code

★ This alarm code is indicated when inverter electronic thermal protection is activated six times within 30 minutes.
(Retry operation is performed up to the occurrence of five times.)
Conditions of Activation:
(1) Inverter current with 105% of the rated current runs for 30 seconds continuously.
(2) Inverter current runs intermittently and the accumulated time reaches up to 3 minutes, in 10 minutes.
Is the cause of
stoppage " " of "2"
troubleshooting by Refer to next page.
7-segments display
Restart operation. "2" or "4"?
"4"
Is the compressor Yes (Transistor Module is normal.)

current larger than
activation current?
Is discharge pressure
No high?
Smaller than
activation current. Check pressure and
refrigeration cycle.
Check for clogging of

the heat exchanger.
Check the fan motor.
Abnormal
Check the diode module. Replace the diode module.
Abnormal
Check the inverter Connect it correctly.
PCB connection.
Normal
Inverter PCB is faulty.
Replace it.
iTC Cause of inverter stoppage
2 Instantaneous overcurrent
4 Inverter overcurrent
194
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Activation of Inverter Overcurrent Protection Device (2)
Code

★ If instantaneous overcurrent or electronic thermal protection occurs on inverter as follows, the compressor stops.
The operation automatically restarts after three minutes. If this occurs again five times in the next 30 minutes, this
alarm code is displayed.
Condition of Activation:
(1) Instantaneous overcurrent (Cause code of inverter stoppage = 2)
Inverter secondary current is higher than 150% of the rated current instantaneously.
(2) Inverter electronic thermal protection (Cause code of inverter stoppage = 4)
Inverter primary/secondary current is higher than 105% of the rated current for 30 seconds continuously, or Inverter
primary/secondary current is higher than 105% of the rated current intermittently for 3 minutes per 10 minutes.
195
Troubleshooting
O.U.: Outdoor Unit

I.U.: Indoor Unit
Turn OFF power and
Yes disconnect U, V, W from No No
Is there any cause
Restart operation. compressor terminals.
Turn ON #1 of DSW1 on
of instantaneous Check the compressor.
Does it trip soon? voltage decrease?
inverter PCB and restart.
Does it trip?
Yes Check capacity and
wiring of power supply.
It trips after a
Yes, it trips.
certain period.
Replace inverter PCB.
In case of 208/230V 3~60Hz No

Is the power supply voltage 187 ~ 253V ?
In case of 208/230V 60Hz:
Is the power supply voltage 187 ~ 253V ?
Yes
In case of 208/230V 3~60Hz: No

Is the power supply voltage 177V during operation?
In case of 208/230V 60Hz:
Is the power supply voltage 177V during operation?
Check the capacity and
Yes wiring of the power
source.
No
Is it 177V or more during operation when other
devices are operating?
Yes
No
Is the compressor running current the same as rated
current?
Yes
No
Is current applying to crankcase Restart operation after
heater? applying current.
Yes
Yes Is refrigerant charged Charge refrigerant
excessively? correctly
No
Is lock of indoor expansion valve Yes

opened at cooling operation?
Yes Restart expansion valve.
Is lock of outdoor expansion valve
opened at heating operation?
No
Check the compressor.
Yes
Check the stop valves
Is pressure excessively high?
and expansion valve.
Check for clogging at heat

exchanger.
Check the fan motor.
196
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Abnormality of Current Sensor
Code

★ In case that the abnormality of current transformer (0A detecting) occurs three times within 30 minutes, this alarm code
is indicated at the third time.
(Retry operation is performed for the first two times.)
(1) When the frequency of compressor is maintained at 15 to 18Hz after compressor is started, one of the absolute
value of running current detected by the current transformer at each phase U+, U-, V+ and V- is less than 1.5A
(including 1.5A).
(2) The wave height value of running current for the phase positioning is less than 5A before the compressor is
started (at completing the phase positioning).
Restart operation.
Compressor stops Faulty inverter PCB

immediately. (nearly 18Hz) and replace it.
How is compressor
operation when
restarted?
Compressor is not
operated.
P17 appears.
Abnormal
Is the coil resistance Replace compressor.
of compressor normal?
Normal
� Is output of inverter
PCB correct? Abnormal
� Or is output of voltage Check transistor module.
between U and V, V
and W, W and U
correct?
Normal
iTC Cause of inverter stoppage

8 Abnormal current sensor or imbalance of U/V/W
197
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Inverter Error Signal Detection
Code

★ IPM (Transistor Module) has abnormality-detecting function.

This alarm code is indicated when the abnormality is detected seven times within 30 minutes.
(Retry operation is performed for the first 6 times.)
(1) IPM Error (Cause code of inverter stoppage = 1)
Inverter PCB detects IPM fault signal due to abnormal current, control voltage decrease or etc.
(2) Ground Fault Detection from Compressor (Cause code of inverter stoppage = 12)
Inverter PCB detects overcurrent when checking ground fault before compressor starts operation.
(3) Step-Out Detection (Cause code of inverter stoppage = 21)
The angle difference between the shaft in compressor and the shaft in the control program exceeds 60o.
No (It trips after a certain period.)

Restart operation.
Check compressor.
Does it trip soon?
(Itc=21)
Yes Is high pressure increased?
(It trips immediately.)
Check pressure and
refrigerant cycle.
Check clogging for

heat exchanger.
Check fan motor.
No
Is power line connected Connect power line correctly.
correctly?
Yes
(Itc=1, 12)
Turn off power, disconnect Normal
U, V, W from compressor No
Failure of inverter PCB.
terminals and restart. Check compressor. Replace it.
Is the protecting function
activated? Abnormal
Yes Replace compressor.
Faulty Normal
Check the Replace inverter PCB and
Check inverter PCB.
transistor module. transistor module.
Normal Abnormal
Replace transistor module.
Is the transistor module contact with No

the radiation fin seamlessly ? Fix the heat resistance. Fix
Is the fixed screw on the transistor the screw correctly.
module loose?
Yes
Yes
Is the heat exchanger of Remove clogging or
outdoor unit clogged? replace the heat exchanger.
No
198
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Abnormality of Inverter Fin Temperature
Code

● The indoor unit number (Ref. system number - I.U. number), the alarm code and the number of connected indoor units
are displayed on the LCD. The alarm code is flashed on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB. Check the
inverter stoppage code when this alarm code is displayed.
★ When the following condition occurs three times in 30 minutes, the operation stops and this alarm code is displayed.
If this occurs less than three times in 30 minutes, the operation automatically restarts.
(1) Inverter fin thermistor protection activation (Cause code of inverter stoppage = 3)
The temperature of inverter fin exceeds 80°C.
Yes
Restart operation. Replace inverter PCB.
Does it trip soon?
No
Is the transistor module contact with

the radiation fin(or Refrigerant No
cooler )seamlessly ? Fix the heat resistance. Fix
Is the fixed screw on the transistor the screw correctly.
module loose?
Yes
Yes
Is heat exchanger of
Remove clogging.
outdoor unit clogged?
No
* The maintenance and replacement for inverter PCB should be performed after performing surely the voltage discharge.
199
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Inverter Failure
Code

★ This alarm code is indicated when the following phenomenon occurs three times in 30 minutes.
(Retry operation is performed for the first two times.)
Actual frequency from inverter PCB is less than 10Hz (after inverter frequency output from outdoor unit PCB).
Conditions of Activation: Inverter PCB does not operate normally.
Turn off power (LED4 on No

inverter PCB OFF) and restart No Inverter PCB is normal.
operation. Is alarm code “55” Check the noise filter.
indicated again?
Yes
*1): When the excessive surge current is applied to the unit due to lightning or other causes, this alarm code or the
cause code of inverter stoppage (Itc=11) will be displayed on the 7-segment display on O.U. PCB and the unit can not be
operated. In this case, check to ensure the surge absorber (SA) on the noise filter. The surge absorber may be damaged
if the inner surface of the surge absorber is changed to black. If the surge absorber is damaged, replace the noise filter. If
the surge absorber does not have abnormality, turn OFF the power supply once and wait until LED201 (red) goes off on
inverter PCB in approx. 5 min. Then, turn ON again.
200
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Abnormality of Fan Motor
Code

● The indoor unit number (Ref. system number - I.U. number), the alarm code, the model code, the model name and the
number of connected indoor units are displayed on the LCD. The alarm code is flashed on the 7-segment display of the
outdoor unit PCB.
★ If the revolution of the fan motor is less than 10rpm 10 seconds after the fan motor starts operation, the fan motor
stops. The fan motor restarts operation automatically after 10 seconds (During this, the compressor continues to
operate). If this occurs again nine times in the next five minutes, this alarm code is displayed. This alarm is caused by
locking or electrical abnormality of the fan motor.
Restart operation.
Yes Alarm code is not indicated. This alarm is indicated due to

Does fan motor run? detected overcurrent by
contrary wind. This is normal.
No
Yes
Does fan motor stop
by foreign matter? Remove foreign matter.
No
Check connectors CN14, CN15 on

O.U. PCB and PCN201, PCN202
and CN201 CN202 on inverter
PCB.
Yes
Are connectors abnormal? Connect it correctly.
No
No
Does fuse EF1 on inverter
Restart operation.
PCB blow out?
Yes
Yes
Does fan motor run? This is normal.
No
Replace fuse(s). Replace fan motor.
Restart operation.
Yes Alarm code is not indicated.

Does fan motor run? This is normal.
No
Does thermal fuse No
Replace
(RS1/2 or RS) on inverter
the O.U. PCB.
PCB blow out?
Replace
inverter PCB.
201
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Incorrect Setting of Unit and Refrigerant Cycle Number
Code

● The indoor unit number, the alarm code, the unit model code and the number of connected indoor units are displayed
★ This alarm code is displayed in the following conditions. Check the settings of the DIP switches (DSW) and the rotary
switches (RSW) after turning OFF the power supply.
Conditions Action
a . Unit No. Setting / Ref. System No. Setting Starting
from “1” (recommended) Set the unit No. and the
The unit No. setting (DSW6 and RSW1) or the refrigerant refrigerant system No. from “1” to “63”. (Setting No. for
system No. setting (DSW5 and RSW2) on I.U. PCB is set the 64th unit is “0”.)
as “64” or more, or more than 2 pins of DSW5 or DSW6 b . Unit No. Setting / Ref. System No. Setting Starting
are set. from “0” Set the unit No. and the refrigerant system
No. from “0” to “63.” (Setting No. for the 64th unit is
“63”.)
The unit No. setting and the refrigerant system No. setting
Set the unit No. and the refrigerant system No. between
are set between “16” and “63,” and the indoor unit does
“0” and “15.”
not support H-NET.
Alarm
Incorrect Setting of Indoor Unit Number for H-NET Type
Code

● The indoor unit number, the alarm code*1), the unit model code and the number of connected indoor units are displayed
*1): The alarm code indicated on the remote control switch is “35”.
Condition Action
The number of the connected indoor units not The number of the connected indoor
supporting H-NET is 17 and after. units shall be 16 and before.
202
Troubleshooting
Alarm
Compressor Protection
Code
★ This alarm code appears when one of the following alarms occurs three times within 6 hours, which may result in
serious compressor damages, if the outdoor unit is continuously operated without removing the cause.
Alarm Code Content of Abnormality

02 Activation of Protection Device (High Pressure Switch) in Outdoor Unit
07 Decrease in Discharge Gas Superheat
08 Excessively High Discharge Gas Temperature at Top of Compressor
43 Activation of Pressure Ratio Decrease Protection
44 Activation of Low Pressure Increase Protection
45 Activation of High Pressure Increase Protection Device
47 Activation of Low Pressure Decrease Protection
These alarms are able to be checked by the CHECK Mode. Follow the action indicated in each alarm chart.
These alarms are cleared only by turning OFF the main power supply to the system. Do not restart the operation without
taking any necessary action, since there is a possibility of causing serious damages to the compressors.
203
Troubleshooting
1.2.8 Function of RSW, DSWs and LEDs
1.2.8.1 Arrangement Inside Electrical Box
● AVW-28H3FH
204
Troubleshooting
● AVW-36/48/60H3FH
O O O
1
N23 1
N234 1
N234
O O
1
N23456 1
N23456
12
DCL CMC
O.U. PCB Power terminal INV PCB
205
Troubleshooting
● AVW-76/96/114HFFH
Control PCB
Capacitor
Control PCB
PCB
White
White
White
Red
206
Troubleshooting
1.2.8.2 LEDS and SEGS on PCB
Part Name Contents of Functions

LED1 (Red) Power Supply Indication for Outdoor Unit PCB (Low Voltage)
or Normal Condition: Activated
LED4(Red) Abnormal Condition: Deactivated
This LED2 indicates the transmission state between the outdoor unit
PCB and inverter PCB.
LED2 (Green)
LEDs Normal Condition: Flashing
Abnormal Condition: Activated or Deactivated
This LED3 indicates the transmission state between the indoor unit
and outdoor unit.
LED3 (Yellow)
Normal Condition: Flashing
Abnormal Condition: Activated or Deactivated
These indicate the following “Alarm”, “Protective Safety Device has
SEGs SEG1, SEG2
Tripped” or “Checking Items”.
207
Troubleshooting
1.2.9 Checking Method of Electronic Expansion Valve
Indoor Unit Electronic Expansion Valve Outdoor Unit Electronic Expansion Valve
Check for the liquid pipe temperature during
Locked heating operation. It is abnormal if the liquid pipe pressure does not
(Fully Closed) It is abnormal if the temperature does not increase during cooling operation
increase.
It is abnormal under the following conditions;
It is abnormal if the liquid pipe pressure does not
The temperature of freeze protection thermistor
Locked increase and the outlet temperature of the expansion
becomes lower than the suction air temperature
(Slightly Open) valve decreases after the cooling operation is
when the unit under checking is stopped and the
started.
other units are in cooling operation.
Electronic Expansion Valve

Freeze Protection
Thermistor
It is abnormal under the following conditions;
After heating operation for more than 30 min., the
Locked discharge gas temperature of compressor is not
(Fully Open) 10°C higher than the condensing temperature and
there is no other faults such as excessive charge of
refrigerant, etc.
Unit Other
Under Units
Checking
1.2.10 Checking of DC Fan motor

When INV PCB is faulty and Alarm 03, 04 or 53 appears, the fan motor may also be damaged. To prevent INV PCB damage
which may result from operation combined with a faulty fan motor, check also if the fan motor is not damaged when IPM is
replaced.
Procedure in case of error diagnosis
(1) Remove fan motor connectors for DC fan motor from the INV PCB and turn the fan motor shaft by hand.
Normal: The fan motor shaft turns smoothly.
Faulty: No continuous rotary torque movement felt when turning the motor by hand. This occurs because the internal
magnet of the fan motor breaks the movement when the internal electronic circuit of the fan motor has a
short-circuit fault.
(2) Measure the fan motor resistance:
a . Disconnect the connector of DC fan motor from INV PCB.
b . Connect the black test lead wire to the pin terminal of black wiring for the connector of DC fan motor.
c . Connect the red test lead wire to each measuring pin terminal for the connector of DC fan motor.
Wiring Color for Measurement (Normal Value)
Red-Black White-Black Yellow-Black Blue-Black
1MΩ or greater about 40kΩ about 220kΩ ∞
NOTE:
If the wires are connected other way around the resistance can not be measured correctly.
It is normal when the resistance is the same or closed as the normal values in the table up.
It is abnormal if the resistance is completely different from the normal values in the table up.
(Open fault: infinity; Short-circuit fault: several Ω to several kΩ)
The condition of open fault and short-circuit fault in the electronic circuit of DC fan motor can be checked if the value
shows abnormality.
208
Troubleshooting
1.2.11 Checking of Reversing Valve
If outdoor unit does not start the heating operation or defrosting operation, there may be a malfunction of the reversing valve.
The troubleshooting is indicated below.
Is the connector PCN6 No

*1) on O.U. PCB Connect it correctly. *1) Connector No. Pin No.
connected correctly? PCN6 1 to 3
Yes (O.U. PCB)
Is the resistance of No Reversing valve is faulty

the reversing valve coil (disconnection, etc.).
correct? Replace it with a new one.
Yes
Is there output voltage No O.U. PCB is faulty (Faulty

generated from the
reversing valve circuit, etc.).
connector PCN6 *1)
Replace it with a new one.
on O.U. PCB?
Yes
Reversing valve is faulty

(valve locking, etc.).
Replace it with a new one.
209
Maintenance
2. Maintenance
Ensure that there is no refrigerant inside the outdoor unit during brazing work and disassembly of refrigeration
system pipe components. Ensure that the system pressure is not greater than the external atmospheric pressure.
2.1 Outdoor Unit——AVW-28H3FH
TURN OFF all power supply switches.
NOTICE
Removing main parts should be performed according to the following procedures.
To attach new parts after replacement, reverse the removal procedure.
To prevent contamination of the refrigerant by water or foreign materials, do not expose the refrigerant parts open to
atmosphere for long periods. If necessary, seal pipe ends using caps or tape.
2.1.1 Removing Service Cover

Remove the service cover drawing it downward after removing seven securing screws for the
service cover. When removing the service cover, take special care not to drop it.
Tool Gloves, Phillips Screwdriver
210
Maintenance
2.1.2 Removing Air Outlet Grille

Remove one securing screws for air outlet grille (molded plastic).
2.1.3 Removing Upper Cover

After removing eight securing screws for the upper cover, lift the upper cover up.
211
Maintenance
2.1.4 Removing Outdoor Fan Motor

(1) Remove the air outlet grille according to Section 2.1.2 “Removing Air Outlet Grille.”
(2) Remove the upper cover according to Section 2.1.3 “Removing Upper Cover.”
(3) Remove the closing nut and the washer securing the propeller fan to the motor shaft with a socket wrench 13mm
Then remove the propeller fan from the motor shaft. (If it is difficult to remove, a corrosion or puller may be needed.)
(4) Removing Fan Motor

(a) Remove the service cover according to Section 2.1.1 “Removing Service Cover.”
(b) Disconnect the connectors for the fan motors from the outdoor unit PCB in the electrical box.
(c) Remove four spacer screws securing the fan motor.
Gloves, Phillips Screwdriver,
Tool
Adjustable Wrench, Puller, Nipper
212
Maintenance
Fan Connector Securing Screw for Fan Motor Securing Positions

Motor of Motor Clamp
Qty Upper Fan Motor Upper Fan Motor and Wires
Lead Wire
for Fan Motor
INV PCB M4
CN202(red) (Screw with Spacer) Cord
1 Clamp
PCN202(red) x4
Fan Motor
NOTES:
1. Mount the fan motor so that the wiring harness is at the bottom.
(Adjust the position not to touch the propeller fan to shroud.)
2. Secure the wiring for the motor with the provided clamp taking care to route and
secure the wiring away from the propeller fan. Fan Motor
3. Mount the fan motor so that the gap of wiring harness is at lowest position.
4. Reinstalling Propeller Fan
Carefully align the D cut hole of propeller fan to match the shaft and slide on
slowly. Once the propeller fan hits the stop on motor shaft, finger start closing nut
and tighten to approximately 20 N∙m.
5. After carefully routing and securing the wiring harness, reconnect motor
connectors at the main PCB.
Ensure motor connectors are color matched at the PCB connections. Outlet of Gap of Protect Tube
6. Once motor(s) have been installed, reinstall metal and plastic air outlet grilles Lead Wire for Lead Wires
being careful to not over tighten.
213
Maintenance
2.2 Outdoor Unit——AVW-36/48/60H3FH
NOTICE

Remove the service cover drawing it downward after removing eight securing screws for the service cover. When removing
the service cover, take special care not to drop it.
214
Maintenance

(1) Remove one securing screws for each air outlet grille (molded plastic).
(2) Rotate each air outlet grille slightly to the right and romove air outlet grille.

After removing ten securing screws for the upper cover, lift the upper cover up.
215
Maintenance
2.2.4 Removing Lower Service Cover and Rear Cover

(1) Remove the service cover according to Section 2.2.1 “Removing Service Cover”.
(2) Remove three securing screws for the lower service cover.
(3) Remove the lower service cover pulling it forward.
(5) Remove eleven securing screws for rear cover.
(6) Remove the rear cover by pulling it backward.
Rear Cover
Protection Net
216
Maintenance

(3) Remove the closing nut and the washer securing the propeller fan to the motor shaft with a socket wrench 13mm.
Tool
Upper Cover
Washer
Closing Nut Propeller Fan

Motor Clamp
Screw with Spacer
Fan Motor
217
Maintenance
Fan Connector Securing Screw for Fan Motor Securing Positions of Motor
Motor
Clamp and Wires
Qty Upper Fan Motor Lower Fan Motor Upper Fan Motor Lower Fan Motor
Lead Wire
Motor Clamp for Fan Motor
Cord
Clamp
INV PCB INV PCB M4 M4
2 CN202(Red) CN201(White) (Screw with Spacer) x (Screw with Spacer) x
Fan Motor
PCN202(Red) PCN201(White) 4 4
Cord
Clamp
NOTES:
4. Reinstalling Propeller Fan
5. After carefully routing and securing the wiring harness, reconnect motor
connectors at the main PCB.
Ensure motor connectors are color matched at the PCB connections. Outlet of Gap of Protect Tube
218
Maintenance
2.2.6 Removing Electrical Box

(1) Remove the service cover according to Section 2.2.1 “Removing Service Cover.”
(3) Remove five securing screws for electrical box.
(4) Remove the electrical box lifting it upward.
Tool Phillips Screwdriver
Remove five securing screws

for electrical box.
NOTES:
Remove the electrical box after disconnecting wires.
1. Remove the reversing valve coil according to Section 2.2.10 “Removing Reversing Valve Coil.”
2. Remove the expansion valve coil according to Section 2.2.11 “Removing Electronic Expansion U-shaped
Valve Coil.” Opening
3. Remove the solenoid valve coil according to Section 2.2.12 “Removing Solenoid Valve Coil.”
4. Disconnect the faston terminals from high pressure switch and pressure sensor.
5. Disconnect both fan motor connectors and thermistors from the outdoor unit PCB. Partition
6. Disconnect the compressor wires in the terminal box of compressor. Plate
7. Loosen all cord clamps.
8. When mounting the electrical box, join and fit the electrical box and the partition plate into the
outdoor unit. (Insert the radiation fin into the U-shaped opening of partition plate, and locate it
to the fan compartment side. Then position the electrical box to latch it onto the partition plate.)
Fan Compartment
Electrical Box
(Radiation Fin)
Front
Side
Partition
Plate
Set the electrical box (radiation fin)

Original Position in front of the partition plate. Position the electrical box to latch
(Refer to the left picture “Original Position”.) onto the partition plate.
219
Maintenance
2.2.7 Removing Compressor

(2) Remove the lower service cover and the rear cover according to Section 2.2.4 “Removing Lower Service Cover and
Rear Cover.”
In the case that the outdoor unit is located near the wall, remove refrigerant piping and move the outdoor unit away from
the wall.
(3) Recover the refrigerant from check joints (reversing valve piping).
(4) Remove the valve stay.
(5) Open the sound proof cover wrapped around the compressor, remove the terminal box cover for the compressor and
disconnect the lead wiring.
NOTE:
Write down or photograph wiring and terminal designations to prevent mis-wiring of replacement compressor as shown
below.
If the lead wiring is connected incorrectly to the terminal, the compressor may be damaged due to reverse rotation.
(6) Remove the rubber cap.
(7) Remove the crankcase heater as shown below.
(8) Remove the sound proof cover.
Phillips Screwdriver, Charging

Tool Hose, Refrigerant Recovery
Machine and Cylinder
Crankcase Heater
Rear Cover Sound Proof Cover
Use caution when
Closing Nut
removing crankcase heater
to avoid damage.
Washer
Check Joint Terminal Box Cover
Valve Stay < Detail of Terminal >
Sound Proof
Cover
W V
NOTES:
1. The compressor and piping are connected by brazing. Before brazing work, ensure that there is no flammable material
nearby, as remaining oil inside the piping may ignite.
2. To prevent contamination of the refrigerant by water or foreign materials, do not expose the refrigerant parts to atmosphere
for long periods. If necessary, seal the pipe ends using caps or tape.
3. Remove the caps for piping of the new compressor right before replacement. When replacing the compressor, seal the
suction and discharge pipes with tape to prevent water and foreign particles from entering the compressor, and remove it
right before brazing work.
220
Maintenance
(9) Disconnect the suction pipe and discharge pipe from the compressor with a torch.
Ensure that wiring and electrical parts are kept away from the brazing area.
If not, they may catch fire at brazing work.
(10) Remove all the bolts that hold the compressor. Tilting the compressor forward, lift it up and remove it.
NOTE:
When removing the compressor, the discharge refrigerant line will have to be moved out of the way.
Take care to not damage or kink this line.
(11) When performing the brazing work for the replaced compressor, work quickly and do not overheat piping and fittings.
Cool area with a wet cloth to help prevent oxidation. Carefully not let the solder or dust flows into the compressor.
Spanner or Adjustable Wrench,

Tool
Torch, Wet Cloth
1
2
Nut
Vibration Absorber 2
Cool the pipe

with a wet cloth.
Vibration Absorber 1
Compressor Position 1 2 3
Vibration Absorber 1 ○ ○ ○
Vibration Absorber 2 ○ ○ -
Nut ○ ○ -
○ : Attached
- : Not Attached
221
Maintenance
(12) To mount the new compressor after replacement, reverse the removal procedure.
(a) Ensure the terminals of the compressor wiring are not loose or damaged. If burned or otherwise damaged they must
be replaced.
(b) Tightly secure the terminal box by tightening the closing nut (Tightening Torque: 3~4 N∙m).
(c) Attach the sound proof cover to the top of the compressor.
(d) Wrap the sound proof cover around the terminal box and the discharge pipe.
(e) Carefully reattach the crankcase heater ensuring there are no gaps between it and the compressor.
NOTE:
Ensure all wiring is secured or clamped correctly. Keep all wiring away from sharp edges and piping.
Tool Adjustable Wrench, Torch, Wet Cloth
Surely cover it.
Sound Proof Cover
Terminal Box
Sound Proof Cover
Attachment of Terminal Box
Closing Nut
Boss Hole (Tightening Torque: 3 ~ 4N∙m)
1
Compressor 2
Terminal Box
Bolt
Detail of Spring for Crankcase Heater
Crankcase Heater Compressor
When attaching the spring,

take care not to damage
the crankcase heater.
222
Maintenance
2.2.8 Removing High Pressure Switch and Pressure Sensor.

(2) Recover the refrigerant from check joints according to Section 2.2.7 “Removing Compressor.”
[ Removing High Pressure Switch and High Pressure Sensor ]
(3) Disconnect the the connector (PCN8) on the O.U. PCB for the high pressure switch.
(4) Carefully unsolder the high pressure switch and, if necessary, the high pressure sensor from the discharge pipe.
NOTE:
The procedure (3) is not required when removing the high pressure sensor. However, check to ensure that the connector
(CN4) on the outdoor unit PCB is disconnected.
[ Removing Low Pressure Sensor ]
(5) Carefully unsolder the low pressure sensor from the discharge pipe.
NOTE:
Check to ensure that the connector (CN9) on the outdoor unit PCB is disconnected.
Phillips Screwdriver, Charging

Tool
Hose, Torch
High Pressure Sensor
Brazing Part
Low Pressure Sensor
Brazing Part
High Pressure Switch (PSH)

Brazing Part
Discharge Pipe
223
Maintenance
● Do not touch any electrical components when LED201 (red) on the inverter PCB and LED4 (red) on the outdoor unit
PCB are turned ON. It may cause an electric shock.
● Check to ensure that LED201 (red) on inverter PCB is turned OFF when opening the Attaching P-Plate.
2.2.9 Opening Electrical Box (Attaching P-Plate)

(2) Remove harness of compressor from edge saddle.
(3) Remove three securing screws for electrical box.
(4) Disconnect the connector of fan motor and thermistor on the outdoor unit PCB.
(5) Open the Attaching P-Plate rotating it approximately 90o counterclockwise.
Tool Phillips Screwdriver (Long)
Upper Cover
Attaching P-Plate
Securing Screw
224
Maintenance
2.3 Outdoor Unit——AVW-76/96/114HFFH
NOTICE

Remove the service cover drawing it downward after removing six securing screws for the service cover. When removing the
service cover, take special care not to drop it.
225
Maintenance

Remove one securing screws for each air outlet grille (molded plastic).

After removing eleven securing screws for the upper cover, lift the upper cover up.
226
Maintenance

(3) Remove the closing nut and the washer securing the propeller fan to the motor shaft with a socket wrench (13mm).
Tool
Upper Cover
Washer
Closing Nut Propeller Fan
Motor Clamp
Screw with Spacer
Fan Motor
227
Maintenance
Fan Connector Securing Screw for Fan Motor Securing Positions of Motor
Motor
Upper Fan Motor Lower Fan Motor Upper Fan Motor Lower Fan Motor Clamp and Wires
Qty
Lead Wire
Motor Clamp for Fan Motor
Cord
Clamp
INV PCB INV PCB M4 M4
2 CN202(Red) CN201(White) (Screw with Spacer) (Screw with Spacer)
Fan Motor
PCN202(Red) PCN201(White) x4 x4
Cord
Clamp
NOTES:
4. Reinstalling Propeller Fan:
5. After carefully routing and securing the wiring harness, reconnect motor connectors
at the main PCB.
Ensure motor connectors are color matched at the PCB connections.
Outlet of Gap of Protect Tube
228
Maintenance
2.4 Main Parts
2.4.1 Inverter
(1) Specifications of Inverter
Applicable Model AVW-28/36/48/60H3FH
Power Supply 208/230V 60Hz
Output Voltage (Maximum) 230V
Output Current (Maximum) 21.5A
Control Method Vector Control
Range of Output Frequency 10 to 115Hz
Accuracy of Frequency 0.1Hz at Applicable Frequency Range
200
Output
Output / Characteristics Voltage
0 115
Frequency (Hz)
Soft Start / Stop 0.125Hz/s, 0.25Hz/s, 0.5Hz/s, 1Hz/s, 3Hz/s (5 Steps)
Protection Function Voltage output is stopped, when voltage is lower than 194V DC or higher than
Excessive High or Low 400V DC. Cause of Abnormality: Failure of Inverter PCB, Decreasing Capacity of
Voltage for Inverter Condenser, Incorrect Wiring.
(1) When the compressor operating frequency is between 15Hz and 18Hz after
compressor is started, one of the effective value of running current at each
phase is less than 1.5A (including 1.5A).
Abnormality of Current
Sensor (0A Detection) (2) The wave height value of running current for the phase positioning is less than
5A before the compressor is started (at completing the phase positioning).
Cause of Abnormality: Failure of Current Sensor (on Inverter PCB) Failure of
IPM, Failure of Compressor, Disconnected Wiring”
(1)
(2)
(3)
Rated Current
x 150%
(4)
Rated Current
Overcurrent Protection for x 105%
Inverter
(Electronic Thermal/
Instantaneous Overcurrent)
10us 50ms 30s Time
(1) Short-Circuit Trip of Arm Internal Protection of IPM

(2) Instantaneous Overcurrent Trip
(3) Instantaneous Overcurrent Trip: It is detected when current value is over rated
current x 150%.
(4) Electronic Thermal Trip: Condition is maintained longer than 30 seconds or
accumulated longer than 3 minutes during 10 minutes sampling time.
The transistor module has three protection functions for self-protection.

Protection of (1) Some of the output terminals “U”, “V” or “W” are short-circuited.
Dip IPM of Inverter PCB (2) Running current of Dip IPM of Inverter PCB reaches the maximum rated current.
(3) Control voltage of Dip IPM of Inverter PCB abnormally decreases.
Overload control is cancelled when

Overload Control Current Value > Rated Current x 105%
Current Value < Rated Current x 88%
Fin Temperature Increase The unit is stopped when the fin temperature is higher than 90°C.
Ground-Fault Detection The unit is stopped when the compressor shorts to ground at start-up.
229
Maintenance
(3) Protective Function
(A) Excessive High or Low Voltage for Inverter
(a) Level of Detection
When the voltage of direct current is greater than (A) V, an abnormality is detected.
When the voltage of direct current is smaller than (B) V, an abnormality is detected.
Power supply 208/230V 60Hz
(A) 440
(B) 194
(b) Function
When an abnormality is detected, the inverter compressor is stopped and the cause code of inverter stoppage is
communicated to outdoor unit PCB.
(c) Cancellation of Protection Function
Communication the cause code of inverter stoppage is canceled when the wired controller is off or main power supply
is cut off.
(B) Abnormality of Current Sensor
① When the compressor’s operating frequency reaches 15 to 18Hz after the compressor starts, the effective value of
running current at each phase is 1.5A or less.
② The wave height value of running current for the phase positioning is less than 5A before the compressor is started
(at completing the phase positioning).
(b) Function
When an abnormality is detected, the inverter compressor is stopped, and the cause code of inverter stoppage is
is cut off.
(C) Overcurrent Protection for Inverter
① When the current detected by current sensor reaches 150% of the rated current, overcurrent is detected.
(Instantaneous Overcurrent)
② When the current detected by current sensor exceeds 105% of the rated current continuously for 30 seconds or for
more than 3 minutes in total during a 10 minutes period, overcurrent is detected.
(Electric Thermal Relay)
(b) Function
is cut off.
(D) Protection of Dip IPM of Inverter PCB
① When some of the output terminals between “U” and “V”, “V” and “W”, “W” and “U” of Dip IPM of inverter PCB are
short-circuited, an abnormality is detected.
② When the running current of Dip IPM of inverter PCB reaches the maximum rated current, an abnormality is
detected.
③ When the control voltage of Dip IPM of inverter PCB abnormally decreases, an abnormality is detected.
(b) Function
is cut off.
230
Maintenance
(Main Parts)
(E) Fin Temperature Increase
When the temperature of internal thermistor exceeds more than 90°C, an abnormality is detected.
(b) Function
is cut off
(F) Earth Detection
When the starting current of the compressor reaches 80% of the ovecurrent protection value, an abnormality is
detected.
(b) Function
is cut off.
(5) Overload Protection Control

When the output current exceeds 105% of the maximum output current, an abnormality is detected.
(b) Function
An overload signal is issued when output current exceeds 105% of the maximum output current, and the frequency
decreases.
For 10 seconds after the output current decreases lower than 88% of the rated current, the compressor maximum
frequency is limited to the specified value. However, if the frequency order is smaller than the maximum value, the
operation is performed according to the order.
After the operation described in the above item (b) is performed for 10 seconds, this control is canceled.
231
Maintenance
2.4.2 Electronic Expansion Valve for Outdoor Units
Micro-Computer
Pulse Motor
Pulse Signal
2-Phase Permanent Magnetic Pulse Motor
Control 0 to 480 Pulse by 1 Pulse
Refrigerant Flow Control
Precise Control
Needle
Specification
Items Specification
Models to be Applied For Main Cycle (EVO)
Type CAM Series UKV Series
Refrigerant Used R410A
Working Temperature Range -30oC - 70oC
Drive shaft in Vertical Direction within an Angle of 45o Drive shaft in Vertical Direction within an Angle of 45o
Mounting Direction
as Maximum as Maximum
Flow Direction Reversible
Rated Voltage DC12V±15% DC12V±10%
30 - 90 PPS 63 PPS
Drive Condition
1-2 Phase Excitation 1-2 Phase Excitation
Coil Resistance 46Ω ± 4Ω (at 20oC) 46Ω ± 3Ω (at 20oC)
φ1
M
φ3
Wiring Diagram, Drive Circuit

and Activation Mode
φ2 φ4
Phase 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
f1 ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON
f2 OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
f3 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF
f4 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON
232
OPEN: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CLOSE: 8 7
6
5
4
3 2 1
Maintenance
2.4.3 Pressure Sensor
(1) Position of Pressure Sensor
(2) High Pressure Sensor(Black)

The high pressure during operation is detected by a high pressure sensor, and compressor frequencies are controlled by
the proportional controlling method with operating capacity of indoor units (or PID Control for Compressor Frequency) so
that the high pressure is controlled in an appropriate range.
The output characteristics of the high pressure sensor are as follows.
4.5
Output Voltage [DC V]
2.5
0.5
0 2.5 5.0
Pressure [MPa]
Output Characteristics of High Pressure Sensor
(3) Low Pressure Sensor(Green)

The low pressure during operation is detected by a low pressure sensor for protecting excessive increase/decrease. The
output characteristics of the low pressure sensor are as follows.
4.5
Output Voltage [DC V]
0.5
0 2.0
Pressure [MPa]
Output Characteristics of Low Pressure Sensor
233
Maintenance
(Main Parts)
2.4.4 Pressure Switch
High Pressure Switch (for Protection)
When the high pressure reaches 4.15MPa, compressor is stopped to protect the refrigerant cycle components.
High Pressure Switch(PSH)
Low Pressure Switch (for Protection)

However, if the low pressure is lower than 0.05Mpa, the pressure switch will be OFF, and the system will operate under
protection, but if the low pressure is higher than 0.15Mpa, the pressure switch will return to on, and the system will return to
normal operation again.
If the low pressure switch is off for 30 seconds, the compressor will be stopped to protect the refrigerant cycle components.
Low Pressure Switch(PSL)
234
Maintenance
(Main Parts)
2.4.5 Reactor (DCL)
This part is used for changing the alternative current to the direct current for the inverter.
Model AVW-28H3FH AVW-36/48/60H3FH AVW-76/96/1144HFFH
Items Specification Specification Specification
Character 1.0mH ± 10% (at 1kHz) 0.625mH ± 10% (at 1kHz) 0.42mH ± 10% (at 1kHz)
Rated Current AC 28A AC 30A AC 32A
Direct Current Resistance 30mΩ (at 20°C) 35mΩ (at 25°C) 36mΩ (at 25°C)
Permissible Temperature Range -20°C to 60°C -25°C to 60°C -25°C to 60°C
(mm)
235
External Input/Output and Function Setting
3. External Input/Output and Function Setting
3.1 DIP Switch Settings of Outdoor Unit
TURN ON the power supply before setting.
External input/output and function setting by the No.5 and 6 pins of DSW2 and push switches operated.
The “■” mark indicates the positions of DIP switches.
● Initial Setting
DSW2 Function Setting
Setting is required.
Setting Before Shipment Setting Item Pin No.
1 Function Setting ON
OFF
ON
2 External Input/Output Setting OFF
236
3.2 External Input / Output Setting Method
The setting should be performed during

the outdoor unit stoppage.
This setting is not available during the operation, Input Setting 1 Setting Before Shipment
the check mode and the function setting. CN1
No. 1 to 2 Press PSW1
Start
SET
DSW2-No.6 is “ON”.
Input Setting 2 Setting Before Shipment
CN1
The menu indication is changed No. 2 to 3 Press PSW1
by pressing PSW2 or PSW3 and
SET
PSW1 as shown by the arrows.
Method
( PSW1
PSW2
PSW3
) Input Setting 3
CN2
No. 1 to 2
Setting Before Shipment
Press PSW1
End SET
DSW2-No.6 is “OFF”. Output Setting 1 Setting Before Shipment

CN7
No. 1 to 2 Press PSW1
NOTES:
1. Record the function No. of each setting Example SET
when setting the optional function.
SET
The example is for setting 1. Output Setting 2 Setting Before Shipment
2. The same function cannot be set to a different input CN7
terminal. If it is set, the setting of the larger input No. 1 to 3 Press PSW1
No. is not available.
Record the setting No. on the nameplate SET
“External Input/Output and Function Setting”
attached to the reverse surface of the service cover
as well.
Connection
The system has the following connections: Vo=208/230V
Input connections Output connections

Indication Connections Indication Connections
CN1 CN7
Vo
i1 o1
CN7
CN1
Vo
i2 o2
CN2
Vo
i3
237
3.3 External Input and Output Settings
On the outdoor unit Printed Circuit Board (O.U.PCB), there are three input terminals (CN1, CN2 as shown below) to receive
external signals and two output terminals (CN7 as shown below) to send signals out. Control functions shown in these tables
are available when setting input and output terminals.
Input Output
Control Function No. Setting Function for Input Control Function No. Setting Function for Output
1 Fixing Heating Operation Mode 1 Operation Signal
2 Fixing Cooling Operation Mode 2 Alarm Signal
3 Demand Stoppage 3 Compressor ON Signal
4 Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop 4 Defrosting Signal
5 Forced Stoppage 0 No Setting
6 Demand Current Control 60%
10 Low noise mode(dB=3)
0 No Setting
The following functions have been already set before shipment.

Input/Output Terminal
Factory Setting
Terminal Name Connector (Pin No.)
Control Function No. Setting Function
Input Setting 1 CN1 (1-2) 1 Fixing Heating Operation Mode
Input Setting 2 CN1 (2-3) 2 Fixing Cooling Operation Mode
Input Setting 3 CN2 (1-2) 3 Demand Stoppage
Output Setting 1 CN7 (1-2) 1 Operation Signal
Output Setting 2 CN7 (1-3) 2 Alarm Signal
Note:
The same function cannot be set for different input terminals. If the function has been set, the setting with large function
number will be cleared.
For example, if the setting contents of “Input Setting 1” and “Input Setting 2” are repeated, the setting contents of “Input
Setting 2” will be cleared.
238
External Input Function Setting
The following signals can be received by the outdoor unit PCB. Refer to Table 3.1 below for the required main parts.
3.3.1 Input Fixing Heating Operation Mode (Control Function No.1)

Input Fixing Cooling Operation Mode (Control Function No.2)
When the input terminals for the setting operation mode on the outdoor unit PCB are short-circuited, the operation mode can
be set at the cooling or heating mode.
Short Circuit between Terminals 1 and 2 of CN1: Fixed Heating Operation Mode
Short Circuit between Terminals 2 and 3 of CN1: Fixed Cooling Operation Mode
During this set heating (or cooling) mode, no cooling (or heating) operation is possible. The indoor units under the cooling or
dry operation (or heating operation) will be changed to the Thermo-OFF condition during this mode, and stoppage code No. “20”
is given.
• Setting Example
Fixing Heating Operation at "Input Setting 1" (between 1 and 2 pins of CN1)
Fixing Cooling Operation at "Input Setting 2" (between 3 and 2 pins of CN1)
X1: Auxiliary Relay
X2: Auxiliary Relay
Outdoor Unit SS3: Operation Mode Fixing Switch
3P Connector PCB SS2: Changeover Switch
CN1 SS3
1
1
2 SS2
2 Power
3 3
Supply
(Heat) (Cool)
X2 X1 X2 X1
(Heat) (Cool)
Control Circuit
Wiring Diagram Example of Fixing Operation Mode
3.3.2 Input Demand Stoppage (Control Function No.3)

When the input terminals for Demand Stoppage on the outdoor unit PCB are short-circuited while running, the compressor
is stopped. (In this case, the indoor unit(s) is put under Thermo-OFF condition. Cooling operation: Air-flow setting, Heating
operation: Lo setting)
The stoppage code No. “10” is given. In this case, if the input terminals are opened, operation is resumed.
NOTE:
When demand control (ON/OFF) is performed, it is recommended that the control (ON/OFF) time is set appropriately
according to the heat load. Also, set the demand control time approximately once in 15 minutes at the minimum in
consideration for saving energy.
• Setting Example
Demand Stoppage at "Input Setting 3" (between 1 and 2 pins of CN2)
Outdoor Unit X1: Auxiliary Relay
3P Connector PCB SS3: Demand Stoppage Switch
CN2 SS3
1
1
2 2 Power
3
Supply
X1 X1
Control Circuit
Wiring Diagram Example of Demand Stoppage
239
3.3.3 Input Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop (Control Function No.4)
This is an auxiliary function to protect the outdoor unit from snow. When the input terminals for Outdoor Fan Motor Start/
Stop on the outdoor unit PCB are short-circuited during the compressor stoppage, if outdoor ambient temperature is 10°C or
less, all the outdoor fan motors start operating. If the compressor restarts operating, the outdoor fan motors will be restored to
normal operation. If the input terminals of Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop are opened during the outdoor fan motor operation
following the short circuit of these terminals, the outdoor fan motor will stop.
This function is possible only during the compressor stoppage (during the compressor power-OFF or thermo-OFF of the
compressor power-ON). Therefore, this function will not be possible even if the input signal is sent during the normal cooling
or heating operation.
An example of a basic wiring when “the Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop”(Control Function No.4) is set at “Input Setting
2”(between 2 and 3 pins of CN1) by an external signal is shown below.
• Setting Example
Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop at "Input Setting 2" (between 2 and 3 pins of CN1)
Outdoor Unit X1: Auxiliary Relay SS3:

3P Connector PCB Snow Sensor Switch
CN1 SS3
1
2
2 Power
3
3 Supply
X1 X1
Control Circuit
Wiring Diagram Example of Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop
NOTES:
1. This is an auxiliary function to protect the unit from snow. In snowy regions, make sure to protect the unit with a snow-
prevention roof, fence (field-supplied) or snow protection hood (optional). Otherwise, abnormal vibrations because of an
imbalanced propeller fan will be caused.
2. This function can NOT operate the outdoor fan when outdoor ambient temperature is higher than (10°C ).
3. If the fan motor fails during this function, stop all the outdoor fans to suspend this function. Check the alarm code and deal
properly with the failure next time the compressor is operated.
4. When setting the snow sensor switch for Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop, make sure that the continuous operating time is
30 seconds or more. Also Outdoor Fan Motor Start/Stop intervals shall be at least 10 minutes.
Otherwise, malfunction of the outdoor fan motors will be caused by frequent starts and stops.
Because of this setting, the outdoor fan can operate even while the outdoor unit (compressor) stops. Display a
notice to that effect on a readily visible part of the unit body, in order to avoid injuries caused by an unintended
outdoor fan operation.
240
3.3.4 Input Forced Stoppage (Control Function No.5)
When the input terminals for Forced Stoppage on the outdoor unit PCB are short-circuited while running, the compressors
and the indoor fan motors are stopped. The stoppage code No. “10” is given.
In this case, if the input terminals are opened, operation is resumed.
NOTE:
When demand control (ON/OFF) is performed, it is recommended that the control (ON/OFF) time is set appropriately
according to the heat load. Also, set the demand control time approximately once in 15 minutes at the minimum in
consideration for saving energy.
*Thermo-ON: The outdoor unit and some indoor units are running.
• Setting Example
Forced Stoppage at "Input Setting 2" (between 2 and 3 pins of CN1)
X1: Auxiliary Relay
3P Connector Outdoor Unit PCB SS3: Forced Stoppage Switch
CN1 SS3
2 1
2 Power
3 Supply
3
X1 X1
Control Circuit
Wiring Diagram Example of Forced Stoppage
3.3.5 Input Demand Current Control 60%, 70%, 80%, 100% (Control Function No.6 to 9)
When the input terminals for Demand Current Control on the outdoor unit PCB are short-circuited, the compressor frequency
is controlled so that the maximum limit of the outdoor running current is set to 100%, 80%, 70%, or 60% of the reference
power consumption.
If the outdoor unit running current exceeds the maximum limit for twenty minutes, the indoor unit is put under Thermo-OFF
condition. In this case, the stoppage code No. “10” is given. When the input terminal is opened during the demand current
control, its control is released.
NOTE:
Thermo-ON: The outdoor unit and some indoor units are running. Thermo-OFF:
The outdoor unit and some indoor units stay on, but don’t run.
• Setting Example
Demand Current Control at "Input Setting 2" (between 2 and 3 pins of CN1), Control Function No. 6 to 9
X1: Auxiliary Relay

3P Connector Outdoor Unit PCB SS3: Forced Stoppage Switch
CN1 SS3
2 1
2 Power
3
3 Supply
X1 X1
Control Circuit
Wiring Diagram Example of Demand Current Control
NOTE:
1. The Demand Current Control (%) is value criterion. The value used for this control is calculated from the current, and
therefore is different from the value indicated by a wattmeter. If it is required that the maximum power consumption is
managed precisely, a field-supplied demand controller should be used.
2. The actual value may temporarily be higher than the indicated value (by 60% to100%) depending on the operating control
conditions such as protection control.
241
3.3.6 Input Low Noise Mode (Control Function No.10)

When the input terminals for low noise setting on the outdoor unit PCB are short-circuited,the compressor frequency and
outdoor fan rotation frequency are controlled and the operating sound of the outdoor unit will be given as shown in the table
below.
The operating sound can be set by selecting the control function No.10.
NOTE:
(a) The outdoor unit capacity will decrease because the compressor frequency and outdoor fan motor frequency forcibly
decrease. The operating range will be also restricted. refer to “Service 3.4.10 Sound Reduced Function “.
(b) In some cases, the operating sound may be temporarily higher than the value in the table below (targeted value).
< Control Function No. for Low Noise Setting and Operating Sound/Outdoor Unit Capacity >
Operating Sound
Control Function No.
(Target Value)
No Setting Catalog Value
10 (Low Noise Mode) Refer to Low Noise Setting (dB=3)
242
● Setting Example
Low Noise Mode at “Input Setting 2” (between 2 and 3 pins of CN1), Control Function No.10
Outdoor Unit X1: Auxiliary Relay

3P Connector PCB SS3: Demand Current Switch
CN1 SS3
2 1
2 Power
3
3 Supply
X1 X1
Control Circuit
Wiring Diagram Example of Low Noise Setting
Input Terminal
Short-circuited
Capacity
Operating
Sound
SS3 on SS3 off
Table 3.1 Specifications of Required Main Part

Parts Specification Remarks
Mini-Power Relay, MY1F (or 2F) made by
Auxiliary Relay (X1, X2) 208V/230V
OMRON
Changeover Switch (SS2, SS3) Manual Switch 208V/230V
PCC-1A Five Cords with
3 Pin Connector Cord
(Connected to JST Connector, XARP-3) Connectors as One Set
Electric Wire Low Volt. 0.3mm2 lower than 24V
(Inside of Unit) 208V/230V 0.5 to 0.75mm²
Electric Wire Low Volt. 0.5 to 0.75mm² lower than 24V
(Outside of Unit) 208V/230V 2mm2
NOTES:
1. Make the wiring to the terminals as short as possible.
2. Do not run the wirings too closely to the high voltage cable. Keep at least 30cm between the wiring and the high voltage
cable. (Crossing cables is okay.)
If it is necessary to run the wirings closer than 30cm to the high voltage cable, insert the low voltage cable(s) into a
metal tube and ground it at one end. If sealed wirings are used at the low voltage wiring side, ground it at one end of the
shielded wirings.
3. The maximum length should be within 70m.
243
External Output Function Setting
The following signals can be picked up from the outdoor unit PCB. Refer to Table 3.2 for the required auxiliary relay.
3.3.7 Output Operation Signal (Control Function No.1)

This function is utilized to receive the operation signal.
Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed during the operation. The operation signal will be sent to output terminals when the
indoor units are operating. (Even when one indoor unit is operating, the signal will be sent.) This function can be used for
circulator or humidifier operation.
• Setting Example
Operation Signal at "Output Setting 1" (between 1 and 2 pins of CN7)
Auxiliary Relay
RYa RY
1 2
3P Connector Housing
1 2 3
CN7 Connector
Outdoor Unit CN7
PCB
Wiring Diagram Example of Operation Signal
3.3.8 Output Alarm Signal (Control Function No.2)

This function is utilized to receive the alarm signal.
Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed when the alarm occurs. The alarm signal will be sent to output terminals when the
alarm occurs from the indoor units. (The signal will be sent even when the alarm occurs from one indoor unit.)
• Setting Example
Alarm Signal at "Output Setting 2" (between 1 and 3 pins of CN7)
Auxiliary Relay
RYa RY
1 3
1 2 3
CN7 Connector
Outdoor Unit CN7
PCB
Wiring Diagram Example of Alarm Signal
244
3.3.9 Output Compressor ON Signal (Control Function No.3)
This function is utilized to receive the compressor operation signal. Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed during the
compressor operation.
• Setting Example
Compressor ON Signal at "Output Setting 2" (between 1 and 3 pins of CN7)
Auxiliary Relay
RYa RY
1 3
123
CN7 Connector
Outdoor Unit CN7
PCB
Wiring Diagram Example of Compressor ON Signal
3.3.10 Output Defrosting Signal (Control Function No.4)

This function is utilized to receive the defrosting signal. Auxiliary relay contacting (RYa) is closed during the defrosting.
• Setting Example
Defrosting Stoppage at "Output Setting 2" (between 1 and 3 pins of CN7)
Auxiliary Relay
RYa RY
1 3
1 2 3
CN7 Connector
Outdoor Unit CN7
PCB
Wiring Diagram Example of Defrosting Signal
Table 3.2 Specifications of Required Auxiliary Relay

Parts Specification
Auxiliary Relay * High-Power Relay, LY2F DC12V made by OMRON
* Do not use the relay with diode built-in.

* Refer to Table 3.1 above for the connector parts.
245
3.4 Function Setting
The function setting should be performed during the outdoor unit stoppage. This setting is not
available during External Input / Output Setting.
The setting before shipment is “0”

Start (Not Available).
Circular at Not Available
Heating
DSW2-No.5 is “ON”. Press PSW1
Thermo-OFF
Available
SET
The menu indication is changed
by pressing PSW2 or PSW3 and
Night-Shift Not Available
PSW1 as shown by the arrow.
( )
PSW1 Press PSW1
Method PSW2 Available
SET
PSW3
Cancellation of Not Available

End Outdoor Ambient
Temperature Limit Press PSW1
Available
DSW2-No.5 is “OFF”. SET
NOTES:
1. Record the function No. of each setting
when setting the optional function.
The example is for setting 1.
Example No Function Not Available
SET Press PSW1

SET Available
2. Record the setting No. on the nameplate
“External Input/Output and Function
Setting” attached to the reverse surface
of the service cover as well.
246
3.4.1 Function Setting Item
7-Segment Display
No. Setting Item Contents
Item No.
Circulator Function at Heating 00 No setting (continuously operation)
1 FA
Thermo-OFF 01 Indoor fan forced ON and OFF (2min. ON/6min. OFF)
00 No setting
2 Night Shift (Low Noise) Ni 01 Setting night shift
02 Setting of auto night shift
Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient 00 No setting
3 GH
Temperature Limit for Heating 01 Outdoor ambient temperature limit is ineffective
Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient 00 No setting
4 GC
Temperature Limit for cooling 01 Outdoor ambient temperature limit is ineffective
Defrost for Cold Area 00 No setting
5 Jo
(Change of Defrost Condition) 01 Condition 2 of defrost operation for cold area
00 No setting (Indoor fan stoppage during defrost operation)
SLo (IU Fan Speed) Defrost
6 bJ Indoor fan SLo operation when heating operation is activated/during defrost
Setting 01
operation
00 No setting (Hot start control is available)
7 Cancellation of Hot Start HT
01 Cancellation of hot start
00 No setting
Adjust the opening of the EVI and compressor speed to improve the cooling
Priority Capacity Mode for 01
8 cU capacity
Cooling
Adjust the compressor speed to improve the cooling capacity for high
02
ambient temperature
Priority Capacity Mode for 00 No setting
9 hU
Heating 01 Adjust the compressor speed to improve the heating capacity
00 No setting
10 Energy Saving Mode for Cooling SC
01 Energy saving mode is effective
00 No setting
11 Energy Saving Mode for Heating SH
01 Energy saving mode is effective
00 No setting
01 Low noise setting mode 1 (The noise reduce 5dB)
12 Low Noise Setting dB
00 No setting
01 When input demand control setting,set value 100%.
13 Demand Function Setting dE
00 No setting
14 Wave Function Setting UE Rated current ratio 100% for 20 minutes / demand set rated current ratio
01
(100% 80% / 60%) for 10 minutes.
Low Outlet Temperature 00 No setting
15 Fb
Protection In Cooling Mode1 01 Outlet temperature of indoor units≥15°C
Low Outlet Temperature 00 No setting
16 Fc
Protection In Cooling Mode2 01 Outlet temperature of indoor units≥10°C
Outlet air Temperature 00 No setting
17 F2
Control(Fresh Air Unit or AHU) 01 The mode setting is effective
Restrain Capacity Control(Fresh 00 No setting
18 F3
Air Unit or AHU) 01 The mode setting is effective
Cooling of High Ambient 00 Initial value
19 F4
Temperature 01 The mode setting is effective.
00 No setting (Convert indication unit: [°C] or [MPa])
20 Convert Unit in Checking Mode Fd
01 Convert Indication Unit: [oF] or [psi])
247
3.4.2 Circulator Function at Heating Thermo-OFF (Function Setting “FA”)
Press “PSW1” and select the setting conditions “0” or “1” in Circulator Function at Heating Thermo-OFF “ FA ”. Normally
(“FA”=0), the fan speed is changed to “LOW” at heating Thermo-OFF. (It is possible for the room temperature to be too high at
the heating Thermo-OFF.) However, the indoor fan motor is operated at “LOW” and stopped repeatedly by setting this function
(“FA”=1).
NOTE:
When the compressor is stopped, the indoor fan motor operates at “LOW” speed continuously.
The action when the indoor fan motor operates at the circulator function is indicated as follows.
Indoor Fan Motor Operation
Indoor Fan Motor Stop

2 min. 6 min. 2 min. 6 min.
* In this section, Thermo-ON/Thermo-OFF mean for the indoor unit.

Thermo-ON: The indoor unit is running.
Thermo-OFF: The indoor unit stays on, but doesn’t run.
3.4.3 Night Shift (Function Setting “ni”)
Press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” to “2” for the Night Shift or Auto Night Shift“ ni ”.
Then, this function can be set.
“ni”=1 reduces the upper limit of the outdoor fan rotation and the compressor frequency as shown below in cooling operation.
“ni”=2 reduces the upper limit of the outdoor fan rotation in cooling and heating operation.
When “ni”=2 is setted, the unit can automatically enter and exit the auto night shift mode at night and select the lower fan
rotation according to the calculated time, outdoor temperature (Ta) and indoor temperature (Ti). According to the calculated
time, the unit will automatically enter the auto night shift mode at night after 10:00 p.m., and enter the default fan rotation
according to the value of (Ta), and automatically exit the auto night shift mode after 8:00 a.m..
The Night Shift operation should be used if the capacity has the margin to be allowed for the capacity decrease and the low
sound operation is required especially in the nighttime.
Night Shift ni=1
(1) Outdoor Fan
15
The max
step of 13
Outdoor
fan
12
22 25 30 33
Outdoor Temperature [oC]
(2) Frequency Range (Cooling Operation)
Maximum Maximum Target

Outdoor Unit Capacity
Frequency Frequency Operating
(kBtu/h)
(Hz) (Hz) Noise(dB)
AVW-28H3FH 90 60 44
AVW-36H3FH 100 60 44
AVW-48H3FH When Night 90 When Night Shift 60 46
AVW-60H3FH Shift is not Set 100 is Set 60 47
AVW-76HFFH ni=0 80 ni=1 60 47
AVW-96HFFH 90 60 50
AVW-114HFFH 100 60 53
248
Auto Night Shift(ni=2)
According to the estimated time, it will automatically enter low noise setting *1) at 10:00 pm, and enter the initial low noise
setting according to the value of Ta. After running for 30 minutes, the low noise setting will be automatically adjusted according
to Ti_max *2). And then according to the estimated time, it will automatically exit low noise setting after 8:00 am.
Cooling operation
Initial low noise setting:
Normal
35 43 48
Ta o
After running for 30 minutes, the low noise setting will be automatically adjusted according to Ti_max.
Normal
24 28
Ti_max o
Heating operation Initial

low noise setting:
dB=3
Normal
35 43 48
Ta o
After running for 30 minutes, the low noise setting will be automatically adjusted according to Ti_max.
Normal
24 28
Ti_max o
NOTE:
*1) For the details of low noise setting, refer to the Low Noise Setting (Function Setting “dB”) (Chapter 3.4.10).
If the [ni] and [dB] settings exist at the same time, the [dB] setting takes precedence.
*2) Ti_max: Ti_max is the maximum value of the return air temperature of all running indoor units.
249
3.4.4 Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient Temperature Limit for Heating (Function Setting “GH”)
Press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” or to “1” for Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient
Temperature limit “ GH ”. Then, this function can be set.
The heating operation is continued even under a high outdoor temperature.
“GH” Setting Condition Operation Mode for Cancellation

0 Not Available (Default Setting)
1 Outdoor ambient temperature limit is ineffective
Heating Operation
The limitation of the permissible
outdoor temperature area in heating (oC)
operation (factory setting) shown in
the figure at the right is cancelled. Air Inlet Temp. of Indoor Unit Forced
NOTE: 27 Stoppage
Temp. Area
Forced
When the outdoor ambient Stoppage (Depends on
Temp. Pd Increase)
temperature limit for heating Area
25
operation is cancelled, the operation
may stop due to increasing high
pressure since the protection control
is not cancelled.
The outdoor ambient temperature
limit for heating operation may be
-22 17 19 26 (oC)
different depending on the outdoor
Outdoor Temperature
unit model.
NOTE:
If this function is set and the outdoor unit operates in the operation stoppage area shown in the above figure for a long
time, some alarm codes by abnormal operation may occur and the outdoor unit may be damaged since outdoor ambient
temperature limit control is cancelled.
If the alarm codes occur frequently, contact your distributor or contractor.
3.4.5 Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient Temperature Limit for cooling (Function Setting “GC”)
Press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” or “1” for Cancellation of Outdoor Ambient Temperature limit “ GC ”.
Then, this function can be set.
The cooling operation is continued even under a low temperature.
“GH” Setting Condition Operation Mode for Cancellation

1 Outdoor ambient temperature limit is ineffective
Cooling Operation
The limitation of the permissible outdoor
temperature area in cooling operation (factory
(oC)
setting) shown in the figure at the right is
Air Inlet Temp. of Indoor Unit
Forced
27
canceled. However the upper limit for cooling Stoppage
Temp.
operation can NOT be cancelled. Area
NOTE:
When the outdoor ambient temperature limit for
cooling operation is cancelled, the operation
may stop due to decreasing low pressure since 19
the protection control is not cancelled.
The outdoor ambient temperature limit for -11 35 (oC)
heating operation may be different depending Outdoor Temperature
on the outdoor unit model.
NOTE:
If this function is set and the outdoor unit operates in the operation stoppage area shown in the above figure for a long
time, some alarm codes by abnormal operation may occur and the outdoor unit may be damaged since outdoor ambient
temperature limit control is cancelled.
If the alarm codes occur frequently, contact your distributor or contractor.
250
3.4.6 Change of Defrost Condition (Function Setting “Jo”)
Press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” or “1” for Change of Defrost Condition “ Jo ”. This function changes the
defrost condition as shown below.
Control for Standard Control for Cold Area
“Jo” Setting
When Change of Defrost Condition is When Change of Defrost Condition is
Condition
NOT Set (”Jo”=0)` Set (”Jo”=1)
Defrosting Defrosting
Operation Operation
Stop Area Stop Area
15 15
5 5
Te) [ °C ]
-2 -2
Temperature
Te [ °C ]
Conditions
-10
under -13
Defrosting Defrosting
Defrosting Operation Operation
Start Area Start Area
Operation -21
-15 -5 6 10 -15 6 10
Outdoor Temperature [ °C ] Outdoor Temperature [ °C ]
3.4.7 SLo Defrost Setting (Function Setting “bJ”)

Press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” or “1” at SLo Defrost Setting “ bJ ”.
Indoor fan operation is stopped during the defrost operation, after the defrost operation and at the start of the heating
operation. However, this function allows indoor fan to operate at SLo speed during the defrost operation, after the defrost
operation or at the start of the heating operation.
Indoor Fan Operation
at Start of Compressor
“bJ” Setting Condition
Operation in Heating During Defrost Operation After Defrost Operation
Operation
0 STOP STOP STOP
1 SLo Speed *1) SLo Speed SLo Speed *1)
NOTE:
*1) The indoor fan may operate at other speed depending on outlet air temperature of the indoor unit.
3.4.8 Priority Capacity Mode for Cooling (Function Setting “cU”)

If the cooling capacity seems insufficient during the normal operation, press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” to
“2” Priority Capacity Mode Setting “ cU ”. By setting this function, the target frequency of the compressor is set higher only for
cooling operation.
“cU” Setting Condition Target Frequency of Compressor
1 Default Setting +10%
2 Default Setting +30%
NOTE:
1. The upper limit frequency of the compressor can NOT be changed by Priority Capacity Mode Setting.
2. Increase rates are approximate, these may change slightly depending on the outdoor unit model.
251
3.4.9 Priority Capacity Mode for Heating (Function Setting “hU”)
If the heating capacity seems insufficient during the normal operation, press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” or “1”
at the Compressor Frequency Control Target Value for Heating “ hU ”. By setting this function, the initial frequency and PID
control target of the compressor are set higher for heating operation.
Compressor Frequency
“hU” Setting Condition
Initial Frequency Target Pd (PID control)
Depends on Ps
0 Default Setting
(the maximum target Pd=2.9MPa)
1 Default Setting +20% Always the maximum target Pd
NOTES:
1. Increase rates are approximate, these may change slightly depending on the outdoor unit model.
2. The maximum target Pd may decrease depending on the temperature difference between inlet temperature of indoor unit
and setting temperature.
3.4.10 Low Noise Setting (Function Setting “dB”)

Press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” to “3” at the Low Noise Setting “dB” to reduce the upper limit of the
compressor frequency and the outdoor fan rotation.
NOTES:
1. By setting this function, the compressor frequency and the outdoor fan motor rotation frequency are forcibly reduced and
so the outdoor unit capacity decreases and the unit operation range is limited.
2. Reduction rates are approximate, these may change slightly depending on the outdoor unit model.
“dB” Setting Condition Reduction Rate of Fan Rotation and Compressor Speed
0 No Setting (Default) 100%
1 Low Noise Setting 1 80%
252
3.4.11 Demand Function Setting (Function Setting “dE”)
Press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” to “3”, so that Demand Function Setting “ dE ” can be set. This function
is available by setting to “1” for the demand current control without inputting the signal to the external input terminal on the
outdoor unit PCB. The table below shows the limit of the operating current for this function.
“dE” Setting Condition Demand Running Current Control
1 Demand Running Current 100% Valid
● Demand Control
Adopting self-demand function, which drastically decreases power consumption, has largely improved energy saving.
Excessive power supply consumption

exceeding the power setting range
Power Consumption
is restricted.
Power Setting
Selectable from 100%,
Maximum efficiency is secured 80% and 60% of the reference
within the power setting range. power consumption.
Morning Daytime Night

Operating Hours
NOTES for Facility:

1. The demand current control (%) is value criterion. The value used for this control is calculated from the current, and
therefore is different from the value indicated by a wattmeter. If it is required that the maximum power consumption is
managed precisely, a field-supplied demand controller should be used.
2. The actual value may temporarily be higher than the indicated value shown above depending on the operating control
conditions such as protection control.
3. If the outdoor unit running current exceeds the maximum limit for twenty minutes, the indoor unit is put under Thermo-OFF
condition. In this case, the stoppage code No. “10” is given.
4. The 100% current value please refer to “Service 3.3.5 Input Demand Current Control”.
3.4.12 Wave Function Setting (Function Setting “UE”)

Press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” or “1”, so that Wave Function Setting “ UE ” can be set. While this function
is activated, the maximum limit of running current is changed from 100% to 80% or 60% depending on the setting of Demand
Function Setting “ dE ” as shown in the figure.
“UE” Setting Condition Wave Function
1 Valid wave function
Electricity
Consumption
(100%)
Electricity
Consumption
(80% or 60%) *1
20min. 10min. 20min. 10min. 20min. 10min. 20min.
NOTES:
1. The upper maximum limit is always Demand Current Control 100%.
The lower maximum limit depends on Demand Function Setting “ dE ”.
2. The current limit value is targeted value. The actual current value may temporarily be higher than the value shown in the
table above depending on the operating control condition.
When the scheduled operation of “Demand Function Setting” is set from the central controller, refer to the “Service
Manual” or the “Installation and Maintenance Manual” for the central controller.
253
3.4.13 Low Outlet Temperature Protection In Cooling Mode1 (Function Setting “Fb”)
Press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” or “1” , so that Low Outlet Temperature Protection In Cooling Mode1
“ Fb ” can be set.
When the indoor unit outlet air temperature is less than 12oC at cooling operation, the compressor frequency forcibly
decreases to prevent a drop in outlet air temperature.
Low Outlet Temperature Protection In Cooling Mode1
“Fb” Setting Condition Solenoid Valve for
High/Low Pressure Bypass
0 (Default Setting) - -
1 Valid *1) Valid *2)
NOTES:
*1) When “Fb”=1 is set, the compressor frequency decreases depending on outlet temperature of indoor unit.
*2) When “Fb”=1 is set, if outlet temperature has been less than 15oC for 3min., besides “NOTE” 1 above, the solenoid valve
for high/low pressure bypass is opened to reduce refrigerant flow.
3.4.14 Low Outlet Temperature Protection In Cooling Mode2 (Function Setting “Fc”)
Press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” or “1” , so that Low Outlet Temperature Protection In Cooling Mode2 “ Fc ”
can be set.
When the indoor unit outlet air temperature is less than 12oC at cooling operation, the compressor frequency forcibly
decreases to prevent a drop in outlet air temperature.
Low Outlet Temperature Protection In Cooling Mode1
“Fc” Setting Condition Solenoid Valve for
High/Low Pressure Bypass
0 (Default Setting) - -
1 Valid *1) Valid *2)
NOTES:
*1) When “Fb”=1 is set, the compressor frequency decreases depending on outlet temperature of indoor unit.
*2) When “Fb”=1 is set, if outlet temperature has been less than 10oC for 3min., besides “NOTE” 1 above, the solenoid valve
for high/low pressure bypass is opened to reduce refrigerant flow.
3.4.15 Convert Unit in Checking Mode (Function Setting “Fd”)

Press “PSW1” and select the setting condition “0” or “1” at Convert Unit in Checking Mode “Fd”.
This function can convert the indication unit in checking mode as follows.
Indicate Unit in Checking Mode
“Fd” Setting Condition
Temperature Pressure
o
0 (Default Setting) C MPa
o
1 F psi
254
Field Work Instructions
4. Field Work Instructions
Refer to Section 1 “Troubleshooting” when dealing with problems or difficulties. If you cannot solve the problem, contact your
distributor or contractor.
4.1 Caution for Refrigerant Leakage

In the room where the packaged air conditioner is installed, the refrigerant gas should be controlled not to exceed the limit
concentration in case of the refrigerant leakage.
The incombustible and non-toxic refrigerant R410A is adopted for this unit. If by any chance the refrigerant gas leaks and
fills the room, it may lead to suffocation.
Accordingly, the refrigerant charging quantity is larger than general individual unit. Before the indoor unit installation,
confirm that the room can keep the lower gas concentration than the limit value in order to take the emergency
countermeasures when the gas leakage occurs.
The limit concentration is calculated according to the following formula:
Totally Charged Refrigerant Quantity in System (kg)
≤ Critical Concentration *
Room Space for each Indoor Unit (m3)
* This value should be decided according to the each country’s regulation.
If the room to install this unit is not able to keep the gas concentration lower than the limit value, please take the following
actions.
● Make the effective opening for ventilation (such as opening without door or opening with over 0.15% of the floor area at
the upper and lower part of the door) between one room and the next in order to keep the lower gas concentration than
the limit.
Refrigerant Piping
Refrigerant Charge: 15kg
Outdoor Unit
Indoor Unit
The Smallest
Room
Medium-sized
Small Room Room Large Room
Mechanical Ventilation Equipment + Gas Leakage Detector & Alarm System
NOTE:
1. The gas leakage quantity for each room (large, medium-sized, small and the smallest) should be calculated as 15kg.
2. The gas concentration of each room should not exceed the limit value. *
！ DANGER
Hisense’s air conditioners are designed and manufactured based on using specified refrigerants.
The applicable refrigerants are specified for each unit’s models.
Using any refrigerants besides the specified refrigerants may cause mechanical problems, malfunction, and failure, and in
the worst case, it endangers safety seriously and may cause a fire or an explosion. Therefore, Do not charge non-specified
refrigerants or any of the following in the refrigerant system of a unit.
* Hydrocarbon Refrigerants such as Propane
* Oxygen, or Flammable Gases such as Acetylene
* Poisonous Gases
The types of refrigerants are indicated in the Installation and Maintenance Manuals, Engineering Manuals, Service Manuals,
and the specification label for each unit.
Be aware that Hisense Air Conditioning does not take any responsibility for unit failure, malfunction, or any accidents caused
by charging non-specified refrigerants or others as noted above.
255
4.2 Maintenance Work
(1) For Outdoor Unit and Indoor Unit
(a) Fan and Fan Motor
● Lubrication - All fan motors are pre-lubricated and sealed at the factory. Therefore, no lubricating maintenance is
required.
● Sound and Vibration - Inspect for abnormal sounds or vibration.
● Rotation - Check that the fan rotates counterclockwise and inspect the rotating speed.
● Insulation - Inspect for electrical insulation resistance.
(b) Heat Exchanger
● Clogging - Inspect for any accumulated dirt and dust and remove any at regular intervals. As for an outdoor unit,
other obstacles such as growing grass and pieces of paper, which might interrupt air flow, should also be removed.
(c) Piping Connection
● Leakage - Inspect for refrigerant leakage at piping connections.
(d) Cabinet
● Stain and Lubricant - Inspect for any stain or lubricant and remove it, if any.
● Securing Screw - Inspect for loose or missing screws and secure or replace as required.
● Insulation - Inspect for peeling thermal insulation material on the cabinet and repair it, if any.
(e) Electrical Equipment
● Activation - Inspect for abnormal activation of the magnetic contactor, auxiliary relay, or printed circuit board (PCB).
● Line Condition - Pay attention to working voltage, amperage and phase balance.
Inspect for faulty contact caused by loosened terminal connections, oxidized contacts, foreign matter, and other
items. Inspect for electrical insulation resistance.
(f) Control and Protective Devices
● Setting - Do not readjust the setting in the field.
(2) For Outdoor Unit Only

(a) Compressor
● Sound and Vibration - Inspect for abnormal sounds or vibration.
● Activation - Check that the voltage drop of the power supply line is within 16% at start and within 2% during
operation.
(b) Reversing Valve
● Activation - Inspect for any abnormal activating sound.
(c) Strainer
● Clogging - Check that there is no temperature difference between the ends
(d) Ground Wiring
● Ground Line - Inspect for continuity to the earth ground.
(3) For Indoor Unit Only

(a) Air Filter
● Cleaning - Inspect for, and remove, any accumulated dirt and dust and remove according to the “Engineering
Manual”.
(b) Condensate Pan, Condensate Mechanism and Condensate Pipe
● Condensate Line - Inspect and clean the condensate line at least twice a year.
● Drain-Up Mechanism - Inspect for activation of drain-up mechanism.
(c) Float Switch
● Activation - Inspect for activation of float switch
256
4.3 Service and Maintenance Record by 7-Segment Display
Customer’s Name DATE: - -
Outdoor Unit Model (Serial No. ) (Serial No. ) (Serial No. )
(1) Operation Mode
(2) Test Run Start Time
(3) Data Collect Start Time
(4) Read Out Data from 7-Segment in Outdoor Unit
Protection Control Code
Y20A Y21 Y52C Fan2 Fan1 YCH Y20A Y21 Y52C Fan2 Fan1 YCH
Input/Output State
SC
of Outdoor Micro-Computer
Total Capacity of Operating Indoor Unit oP
Control Software No. _
Inverter Software No. _
Inverter Order Frequency to Compressor H1
Outdoor Fan Step Fo
Outdoor Expansion Valve Opening oE1
High Pressure (Discharge Pressure) Pd.
Low Pressure (Suction Pressure) Ps.
Discharge Temperature Td
Evaporating Temperature TE
Ambient Air Temperature To
Refrigerant Cooler Temperature Tsc
Inverter Primary Current A1

Checking Mode
Inverter Secondary Current A2
Indoor Unit Address n-
Indoor Expansion Valve Opening iE

Checking for Indoor Unit
Liquid Pipe Temperature of Indoor Unit TL
Gas Pipe Temperature of Indoor Unit TG
Indoor Unit Inlet Air Temperature Ti
Indoor Unit Outlet Air Temperature To
Cause Code of Indoor Unit Stoppage d1
UJ1
Accumulated Operating Time
of Compressor
cUJ1
Outdoor Unit Alarm Code AC
Cause Code of Inverter Stoppage Total iTc
Capacity of Indoor Unit Connected CP
Connected Indoor Unit Number AA
Refrigerant Address GA
NOTE:
Refer to Section “Service 1.2.1 Detail of 7-Segment Display” for items of checking mode.
257
4.4 Service and Maintenance Record by Wired Controller
Data Sheet for Checking by Wired Controller
Time : : : : :
I.U. Model
I.U. Serial No.
I.U. No. / Alarm Code
Check Check
Mode Mode 1 • 2 1 • 2 1 • 2 1 • 2 1 • 2
1 2
B Temp. Indication
Set Temp. b1 --
Inlet Air Temp. b2 q1
Discharge Air Temp. b3 q2
Liquid Pipe Temp. b4 q3
Remote Thermistor Temp. b5 --
Outdoor Air Temp. b6 q4
Gas Pipe Temp. b7 q5
Evaporating Temp. at Heating b8 q6
Condensing Temp. at Cooling b9 q7
Comp. Top Temp. bA q8
Thermo Temp. of Wired Controller bb --
Not Prepared bC --
C Micro-Computer State Indication
I.U. Micro-Computer C1 --
O.U. Micro-Computer C2 --
D Stopping Cause State Indication
Cause Code of
d1 --
Indoor Unit Stoppage
E Alarm Occurrence
Times of Abnormality E1 --
Times of Power Failure E2 --
Times of
E3 --
Abnormal Communication
Times of Inverter Tripping E4 --
F Automatic Louver State
Louver Sensor State F1 --
H Pressure, Frequency State Indication
Discharge Pressure H1 q9
Suction Pressure H2 qA
Control Information H3 qb
Operating Frequency H4 qC
J I.U. Capacity Indication
I.U. Capacity J1 --
O.U. Code J2 --
Refrigerant System Number J3 --
Refrigerant System Number J4 --
L Opening of Expansion Valve
I.U. Expansion Valve L1 qd
O.U. Expansion Valve 1 L2 qE
O.U. Expansion Valve 2 L3 --
O.U. Expansion Valve B L4 --
NOTE:
Refer to Section “Service 1.2.3 Check Mode by Remote Control Switch---1.2.3.1 checke mode” for items of check mode.
258
P Compressor Condition Indication (Reference)
Comp. Current P1 qF
Accumulated Operation Time of
P2 --
Comp.
Q Sensor Condition Indication
Motion Sensor Response Rate q1 --
Radiation Sensor Temp. q2 --
Motion Sensor1 Response Rate q3 --
Setting Temp. Collected Value q7 --
Client: Result
Installation Date:
System No.:
Date Checked:
Checked by:
NOTE:
Refer to Section “Service 1.2.3 Check Mode by Remote Control Switch---1.2.3.1 checke mode” for items of check mode.
259
4.5 Service and Maintenance Record
Service and Maintenance Record
No. Check Item Action Judgment
1 Is service space sufficient? YES or NO
2 Short Circuit of Discharged Air? YES or NO
3 Any Heat Influence YES or NO
4 Is ground wiring connected? YES or NO
5 Refrigeration Piping GOOD or NOT GOOD
6 Fixing of Units GOOD or NOT GOOD
Any Damage on External or Internal
7 YES or NO
Surface?
TIGHTENED or
8 Checking of Screws and Bolts Tighten them if they are loosened.
NOT TIGHTENED
Tighten all terminal screws with a TIGHTENED or
9 Tightening of Terminal Screws
Phillips screwdriver. NOT TIGHTENED
Are compressor Check all compressor terminals
10 GOOD or NOT GOOD
terminals tightly fixed? are tightly fixed.
Measure insulation resistance with
insulation resistance-meter.
11 Insulation Resistance Comp. and Fan GOOD or NOT GOOD
Motor: greater than 3MΩ
Others: greater than 3MΩ
Check for smooth flow
12 Does condensate water smoothly flow? GOOD or NOT GOOD
of pouring water.
13 Check for leakage at compressor. Check for any leakage. GOOD or NOT GOOD
Check for leakage at
14 Check for any leakage. GOOD or NOT GOOD
outdoor heat exchanger.
indoor heat exchanger.
16 Check for leakage at reversing valve. Check for any leakage. GOOD or NOT GOOD
17 Check for leakage at check valve. Check for any leakage. GOOD or NOT GOOD
18 Check for leakage at accumulator. Check for any leakage. GOOD or NOT GOOD
19 Check for leakage at strainer. Check for any leakage. GOOD or NOT GOOD
electronic expansion valve.
21 Check for leakage at piping. Check for any leakage. GOOD or NOT GOOD
22 Check direction of fans. by Viewing or Airflow volume GOOD or NOT GOOD
Check the voltage is within
23 Voltage among each phase. GOOD or NOT GOOD
the specified range
24 Vibration and Sound Check fan, compressor, piping. GOOD or NOT GOOD
Check activation of COOL,
25 Activation of Each Operation Mode GOOD or NOT GOOD
HEAT, STOP and TEMP. switches.
26 High Pressure Cut-out Switch Check actual activation value. GOOD or NOT GOOD
27 Check activation of drain-up mechanism. Check it during cooling operation. GOOD or NOT GOOD
o o
28 Indoor Inlet Air Temp. (DB/WB) F DB/ F WB
o o
29 Indoor Outlet Air Temp. (DB/WB) F DB/ F WB
o o
30 Outdoor Inlet Air Temp. (DB/WB) F DB/ F WB
o o
31 Outdoor Outlet Air Temp. (DB/WB) F DB/ F WB
32 High Pressure Sensor psi(G)
33 Low Pressure Sensor psi(G)
34 Operating Voltage V
35 Operating Current A
36 Instruction for Cleaning of Air Filter to Client DONE or NOT YET
37 Instruction for Cleaning Method to Client DONE or NOT YET
38 Instruction for Operation to Client DONE or NOT YET
260
4.6 Saturation Curve for Refrigerant
4.0
R407C R404A
3.5 R507A R410A
R22 R12
R134a R407E
3.0
2.5
Saturation Pressure (Liquid) [MPa (G)]
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
REFPROP Ver.5.10
-0.5
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Saturation Temperature (Liquid) [oC]
261
4.7 Pressure-enthalpy Diagram for R410A
262
Test Run
5. Test Run
Turn OFF all the power supply switches.
Use a tester and make sure that all the switches are turned OFF.
Before test run, check that the unit is appropriately installed according to Installation & Maintenance Manual. After that,
inspect the following items.
Check Item Contents

1 Damage Are the unit appearance and inside of the unit damaged?
Is the fan motor runner mounted in the center of the casing?
2 Fan Motor Is the fan motor mounted away from the casing?
(The fan motor should NOT be touched with the casing.)
Are the screws loosened due to the vibration during transportation?
3 Screw Part
Check that the screw part is fixed firmly when installing, especially for the screw of electrical wiring.
Check that there is NO refrigerant leakage.
4 Refrigerant Leakage
The tightening part of pipe (flared part) may be loosened due to the vibration during transportation.
5 DSW Setting Check the DSW setting is the same as before shipping.
Measure resistance between electrical component terminal and ground with a tester. It is normal if the
resistance is 1MΩand over.
6 Insulation*
If 1MΩ or less, do not perform the operation due to insulation failure of electrical charge part.
Do NOT apply electricity to the terminal block of operating line. (Control PCB may be damaged.)
Stop Valve Fully

7 Prior to test run, check that the stop valve of the outdoor unit is completely open.
Opening
The operation is NOT available with the incorrect power phase order or lacking phase.
• Alarm “05” will be indicated on the LCD of remote control switch.
8 Power Supply Phase • “05” will be indicated on the 7-segment of outdoor unit.
Check the power supply phase according to the caution label attached close to the outdoor unit terminal
block or rear side of the service cover.
After completion of the check item 1 to 8, turn ON the power supply of the outdoor unit. The electricity is
Turn ON Crankcase supplied for the crankcase heater to warm the compressor. The compressor may be damaged without
9
Heater * preheating. Therefore, the compressor should be activated after the power supply is turned ON for at least
12 hours.
<For Use in both Cooling and Heating Operation>

Is indoor temperature DB 27oC or less during heating operation?
Indoor and Outdoor
10 (Heating operation may not be operated due to the activation of the overload operation prevention under
Temperature
the ambient temperature of 19oC or over.) To perform the test run, set the test run mode by the remote
control switch.
<* Insulation Resistance>

In case that the unit has been turned OFF for long periods, insulation resistance may decreases to 1MΩ or less because
the refrigerant is retained in the compressor. Check the following points.
(a) Disconnect the cables of the compressor and measure the insulation resistance of the compressor itself. If the
resistance is 1MΩ and over, insulation failure of other electrical charge part has occurred.
(b) If the resistance is 1MΩ or less, reconnect the compressor and turn ON the main power supply. The compressor will
be warmed up automatically. Check the insulation resistance again after applying current for at least 1 hours.
(Preheating time depends on the air condition, piping length or refrigerant condition.)
Before the leakage breaker is activated, check the rated capacity.
<* Stoppage of Compressor Operation>
The operation may not be available within 1 hours after turning ON the power supply due to the unheated crankcase
(stoppage code: d1-22, the ambient temperature is below - 10oC). If the compressor should be within 1 hours, turn ON
the power and wait for more than 30 seconds. Press PSW 1 on the outdoor PCB for more than 3 seconds. The forced
thermo-OFF function (d1-22) is cancelled and the compressor operation is available.
263
Test Run
5.1 Test Run by Remote Control Switch
Refer to “Installation 7. Test Run” and Operation Manual for Remote Control Switch .
264
Test Run
5.2 Test Run from Outdoor Unit Side
The procedures for the test run from the outdoor unit side are indicated below. Setting of this DIP switch is possible with the
power supply ON.
Setting of DIP Switch (Factory Setting)
DSW1 Test Run

Setting is required. Setting Item Pin No.
Setting Before Shipment
1 Test Cooling Operation 1
2 Test Heating Operation 1,2
3 High Static Pressure Function 4
4 Compressor Forced Stop 2,3
● Do not touch any other electrical part when operating switches on the PCB.
● Do not attach or detach the service cover when the power supply for the outdoor unit is supplied and the outdoor unit is
operated.
● Turn all the DIP switches of DSW1 OFF when the test run operation is completed.
DIP Switch Setting Operation Remarks

1. Setting of Operation Mode 1. The indoor unit automatically * Note that the indoor units operate in
starts operating when the test run conjunction with the test run operation
Cooling: Set DSW1-2 OFF. of the outdoor unit is set. of the outdoor unit.
2. The ON/OFF operation can * If the test run is started from the
ON be performed from the wired outdoor unit and stopped from the wired
OFF controller or DSW1-1 of the controller, the test run function of the
outdoor unit. wired controller is cancelled. However,
11 22 3 4
3. The operation continues for the test run function of the outdoor unit
Heating: Set DSW1-2 ON. two hours without Thermo-OFF. is not cancelled. Check to ensure that
the DSW1-1 of the outdoor unit PCB is
ON turned OFF.
OFF * If multiple indoor units are connected
1 2 3 4 with one wired controller, perform the
test run operation individually for each
refrigerant system one by one. Then,
Test Run make sure to turn the power supply OFF
2. Starting Test Run
for the indoor units in other refrigerant
Set DSW1-1 ON and the operation is
systems not included in the test run.
started after a few to 20 seconds.
When heating operation,

leave DSW1-2 at ON. Outdoor Unit
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
Indoor
Unit
Test Run Power OFF.

* The setting of DSW1 is not required for
the test run from the wired controller.
NOTE:
265
Test Run
DIP Switch Setting Operation Remarks

1. Setting 1. When DSW1-2,3 is ON during * Do not repeat compressor ON/OFF
*Compressor Manual OFF: compressor operation, frequently.
Set DSW1-2,3 ON. the compressor stops operating
immediately and the indoor unit
ON is under the condition of Thermo-
OFF OFF.
2. When DSW1-2,3 is OFF,
1 2 3 4
Manual the compressor starts operating
OFF of after the cancellation of three-
2. Canceling minutes guard.
Comp.
*Compressor ON:
Set DSW1-2,3 OFF.
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4
1. Manual Defrost Operation 1. Defrosting operation is available * Do not continuously repeat defrosting
Press PSW1 for more than three regardless of frost condition and operation.
seconds during heating operation, total time of heating operation. * When manual defrosting operation in
and the defrosting operation starts 2. Defrosting operation is not accepted by PSW1, the time left before
after two minutes. performed when the temperature starting defrosting operation is indicated
This function is not possible within of outdoor heat exchanger is on the 7-segment display on the PCB.
Manual five minutes after starting heating higher than 10oC, high pressure is
Defrost operation. higher than 3.2MPa or the unit is
2. Manual Defrost Operation Completion Thermo-OFF.
Defrosting operation automatically
Time Left (Every Four Seconds)
ends and the heating operation
restarts.
NOTE:
When the test run operation is complete, turn all switches of DSW1 OFF.
(1) If the wired controller is set to a different mode, the test run function will not start In this case, perform the following
actions before the test run.
Wired Controller: STOP
Central Station: STOP and Wired Controller is available mode.
COOL/HEAT Change-Over Switch: Connector (CN1) of outdoor unit PCB is open.
During the test run mode, do not control the wired controller, the central station and cool/heat changeover switch.
Otherwise, the operation mode will be changed or the test run will end.
If necessary, control them after the test run is complete.
(2) If an alarm code is indicated during the test run, reset the system by turning the main power supply OFF, then back ON.
The system should then operate.
266
Test Run
5.3 Checking the Test Run
(1) Indoor and Outdoor Fan
Check that the indoor fan and outdoor fan rotate correctly and the airflow is smooth.
Power Supply Voltage < Voltage Change >
(2) Check the power supply.
Initial Voltage
If the power supply is abnormal, contact the electric power company.
(V1)
Usually, voltage drop will occur when starting the operation as Operating Voltage
(V3)
shown in the figure (V2).
In order to protect the device, comply with the following normal
range of the power supply voltage. Starting Voltage
<Normal Range of Power Supply Voltage> (V2)
● Supply Voltage: Rated Voltage ≤ ±10%

● Starting Voltage (V2): Rated Voltage ≥ -15%
● Operating Voltage (V3): Rated Voltage ≤ ±10%
(3) Normal Operating Pressure
Normal operating low pressure is 0.2 to 1.1 MPa and normal
operating high pressure (Pd) is 1.0 to 3.5 MPa when the refrigerant
charge quantity is correct. Check the operation pressure in the test
run mode.
(4) High Pressure Switch
Check the operation pressure of the high pressure switch in the
table below.
Refrigerant Operation Pressure
R410A 4.15MPa
(5) High Pressure Increase Retry (Protection Control)

(a) High pressure will increase when the following procedure is performed.
Cover the air inlet of outdoor unit Cover the air inlet of indoor unit
during cooling operation. during heating operation.
(b) If the high pressure retry control occurs three times or more within 30 minutes, alarm code “45” is indicated on the LCD
of the wired controller or the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB.
NOTE:
High pressure may not increase until the high pressure retry is activated because of the temperature condition.
267
Test Run
5.4 Checklist for Refrigerant System
The system data can be checked on the 7-segment display of the outdoor unit PCB during the test run and the
troubleshooting. However, it may take time for checking because the operation cycle changes depending on the operating
condition.
To check the quality of the refrigerant system, the following checklist shall be used at the test run, troubleshooting, and
emergency check.
(1) Refrigerant System Check
The most important thing for the refrigerant system is to check that each electronic expansion valve opening and the
operating frequency is within the specified range. Each item varies in the value depending on the operating frequency,
indoor temperature and ambient temperature.
(2) The service system checker (PSH-4), which automatically calculates TdSH, facilitates the refrigerant system check. If
possible, record the operating cycle data using the service system tester.
CHECKLIST FOR TEST OPERATION
CLIENT: INSTALLER: DATE:

O.D.MODEL: O.U.SERIAL NO.: CHECKER:
I.U.
Model
I.U.
Serial No.
I.U.: Indoor Unit, O.U.: Outdoor Unit
Piping Length: m Additional Refrigerant Charge: kg
(1) General
No. Check Item Result
1 Is DSW setting for outdoor unit correct?
2 Are the power supply wiring and the communication cable
separate from refrigerant pipings?
3 Is a ground wiring connected?
4 Is there any short circuit?
5 Is power supply voltage within rated ± 10% ?
(2) Refrigerant System

(a) a. Operation (Cooling/Heating)
1 Operate all the units (“TEST RUN” mode).
2 Operate all the indoor units at “HIGH” speed.
(b) Sampling Data (Cooling/Heating, Indoo Temperature 21°C~30°C)

1 Check the operating data after 20-minute operation.
2 Check Pd and Td. Is TdSH +15 ~ 45°C
3 Is Ps 0.15 to 1.3 MPa?
4 Is Pd1.0 to 3.6 MPa?
(If the outdoor temperature is high, Pd becomes high.)
268
Test Run
(3) Check Item after Sampling Data
(a) Cooling Operation (It is applicable when the outdoor temperature is higher than 15°C.)
No. Check Item Standard Causes Result
• Fan Motor Failure
Is fan actually running when
1 - • O.U. PCB Failure
Fo (Airflow Rate of O.U. Fan) is not “0”
• Condenser Failure
• Low → Excessive Refrigerant
Is the total of iE (I.U. Ex. Valves Opening) abnormally low
2 - • High → Insufficient Refrigerant
or high?
Excessive Pipe Pressure Loss
• TL Thermistor Failure
Is TL (Liquid Pipe Temp. of I.U. Heat Exchanger) lower than It is normal when TL-Ti
3 • I.U. Ex. Valve; Fully Closed
Ti (Inlet Air Temp. of I.U.)? < -5°C.
• Short-Circuit
Is TG (Gas Pipe Temp. of I.U. Heat Exchanger) lower than • TG Thermistor Failure
It is normal when TG-
Ti (Inlet Air Temp. of I.U.)? • I.U. Ex. Valve; Fully Closed or
4 Ti
(It is applicable when Inlet Air Temp. is +3°C. higher than Slightly Open
< -5°C.
Setting Temp.) • Short-Circuit
Is there any excessive difference in SH (TG-TL) of • TL/TG Thermistor Failure
It is normal if the
I.U. heat exchanger among I.U.s? • I.U. Ex. Valve;
5 difference among units
(It is applicable when Inlet Air Temp. +3°C. higher than Fully Open, Slightly Open or Fully
is within ±7°C.
Setting Temp.) Closed
Is there any I.U. with the I.U. heat exchanger SH (TG- TL) It is normal if SH of the • I.U. Ex. Valve;
6 excessively lower than the other units’ value and is En (I.U. unit is up to -3°C lower Locked and Fully Open
Ex. Valves Opening) lower than “5%”? than the other units. • Mismatched Wiring and Piping
It is normal if SH of • I.U. Ex. Valve;
Is there any I.U. with the I.U. heat exchanger SH (TG- TL)
the unit is up to +3°C Locked and Slightly Open or Closed
7 excessively higher than the other units’ value and is En (I.U.
higher than the other • Mismatched between Wiring and
Ex. Valves Opening) lower than “100%”?
units. Piping
Is the temperature difference between I.U.s* more than
7°C?
* The temperature difference between I.U. means the
8 +7°C and over -
following;
in (Inlet Air Temp.) - on (Outlet Air Temp.) indicated on
7-segment display by check mode.
(b) Heating Operation (It is applicable when outdoor temperature is higher than 0°C.)
No. Check Item Standard Causes Result
Is Eo (O.U. Ex. Valves Opening) abnormally low or high • Low → Excessive Refrigerant
1 -
when TdSH is +15°C to +45°C? • High → Insufficient Refrigerant
1.6-3.6MPa (Pd is • Low → Solenoid Valve SVA Leakage
2 Is Pd “1.6” to “3.6” MPa? high when the indoor • High → Excessive
temperature is high.) Gas Pipe Pressure Loss
• Low → O.U. Short-circuit Low/High
O.U. Fan
3 Is Ps “0.15” to “1.3” MPa? 0.15-1.3MPa • Motor Failure,
Fan Module Failure or Outdoor
Ambient Thermistor Failure
Is the temperature difference between I.U.s* more than
+10°C when iE (I.U. Ex. Valve) is 100% ?
* The temperature difference between I.U. mean the • Failure in PCB, Wiring,
following; I.U. Ex. Valve and Coil
4 +10°C and over
on (Outlet Air Temp.) - in (Inlet Air Temp.) indicated on • Excessive Pipe Pressure Loss
7-segment display by check mode. However, this is • Thermistor Failure for Discharge Air
applicable only when (Inlet Air Temp.) - (Setting Temp.) is
higher than +3°C.
269

02-H Series-Technical Installation and Service Handbook

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

02-H Series-Technical Installation and Service Handbook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

VRF AIR-CONDITIONER

VRF AIR-CONDITIONER (HEAT PUMP)

Qingdao Hisense Hitachi Air-conditioning Systems Co.,Ltd.

TCY12019011G Date: Feb. 2023

: Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or

: Useful information for operation and/or maintenance.

● Do not step on or put any objects on the product.

CHECKING UPPON DELIVERY

3. External Input/Output and Function Setting 236

Model AVW-76HFFH AVW-96HFFH AVW-114HFFH

Model: AVW-28H3FH Model: AVW-36/48/60H3FH Model: AVW-76/96/114HFFH

4-way Cassette Type

Mini 4-way Cassette

Wall Mounted Type

● Standard Capacity of Outdoor Unit:

Model AVW-76HFFH AVW-96HFFH AVW-114HFFH

Minimum Individual Minimum Maximum Recommended

Modified capacity = Nominal capacity × Correction factor

Indoor Unit Type Model Correction Factor

Model AVW-28H3FH AVW-76HFFH AVW-96HFFH AVW-114HFFH

Model AVW-48H3FH AVW-60H3FH

Model AVW-76HFFH AVW-96HFFH AVW-114HFFH

Octave Sound Pressure Level (dB: Overall C Scale)

Octave Sound Pressure Level (dB: Overall C Scale)

Octave Sound Pressure Level (dB: Overall C Scale)

Central Frequency (Cycle per Second)

-13 16 -13 32 13-45 64

Mark Part Name Mark Part Name

8 Stop Valve for Gas Line

10 Pressure Switch (L)

11 Pressure Switch (H)

Mark Part Name Mark Part Name

12 Stop Valve for Gas Line

Mark Part Name Mark Part Name

unit: in. (mm)

Additional Refrigerant Charge Calculation

1/4 13.1in. 1/4 13.1in. 1/4 13.1in. 1/4 13.1in.

3/8 49.2in. 3/8 9.8in. 3/8 9.8in.

W11= 3/8 49.2 9.8 9.8 0.0201 1.38

Total Piping Length 121.2ft.(37m) Additional 2.08 lbs

28 5.5(2.5) 0.0201 0.0134 7.3(3.3)

4. Notice of Additional Charge

Reduced Refrigerant Charge for Special Indoor Units

1. Calculating Method of Additional Refrigerant Charge

3/8×16.4ft. 1/4×32.8ft. 1/4×16.4ft. 1/4×32.8ft.

3/8×32.8ft. 3/8×16.4ft. 3/8×16.4ft.

Additional Ref.Charge 3.3 lbs

Additional refrigerant charge according to table below.

Table. Additional Refrigerant Charge Calculation

4. Dip-Switch Setting for Piping Length PCB1

Mark Show Switch Key Position)

5. Notice of Additional Charge

Reduced Refrigerant Charge for Special Indoor Units

unit: lbs (kg)

M,"#Q M,"#! V=&C60#?W

Branch Pipe HFQ-052F

Branch Pipe HFQ-162F

H: Vertical Distance Between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit

* H and EL please refer to Refrigerant Piping Work in

Correction factor of heating capacity of unit and corresponding pipe length

H: Vertical Distance Between Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit

* H and EL please refer to Refrigerant Piping Work in

Outdoor dry bulb temperature

Liquid Line Refrigerant